What do you need help on? Cancel X
Translation Guide by nitake92
Version: 3 | Updated: 01/19/10
SRW GC Episode 1 Out in space, in a galaxy far away, a mysterious man tells his lady commander that the time to use the power of the C.U.B.E. (henceforth CUBE as in GameCube) for their glory has come to which the lady commander agrees. It is the year UC.0079, humanity has established outer space colonies in an age of advancement. However with the destruction of the Mars base some times ago, humanity learned that there are those out there that wish them harm. To combat this, defense teams have sprouted up to protect the world but the invaders that appear are numerous such as the Jyakku Empire, the Robot Empire, the Dinosaur Empire and Dr.Hell's Kikaijuu army. Against them are those such as the Photonic Labs, the Saotome Lab, Saishou Industries, and the Earth Defense Class. The colonies however are left undefended and unaided as the Earth Federation focused on defending the Earth which led the Zeon and Giganos to take advantage of this dissatisfaction and begin war on the Earth Federation for their own profits. The war between the Earth Federation and these two factions has continued for many months with the Federation on the losing end. Earth is no longer a safe place, it is being targeted. Some years ago in Japan, Suiun Akatsuki and his chief engineer Jinpui Kawanichi were investigating a UFO landing. Suiun noted that they only picked up on this with their new radar system otherwise they would have thought it to be a very small meteor that would break up through the atmosphere. With the Mars base's destruction as an example, they're not sure what they'll find. Suddenly Suiun and Jinpui see a young woman in the shadow from the "UFO" or spacecraft. She collapsed in front of them and Suiun decides to take her to get medical aid at his company's med ward against Jinpui's protest. Today, Suiun note that it's been many years since Fairy arrived. Jinpui note that Fairy has quite the engineering knowledge in addition to acting as Suiun's secretary and as a test pilot. Heck she even got a doctorate from a British university in no time. Suiun says that above all, Fairy is a good influence as a big sister to his daughter Akimi Akatsuki. Fairy arrives and says that the test unit is ready and everything seems to be ok and Suiun note that the problem is with the main pilot, they'll have to get Akimi ready. Jinpui note that Akimi don't want to pilot that thing so why force her though Suiun is headstrong saying that she has the same burning blood as him. Jinpui says that if he puts her on this path, there's no turning back. Fairy gives her assessment that Ms.Akimi (as she calls her) has talent, she doesn't think Mr. president made a mistake but she wonders if it's truly wise to send her to the frontline since she'll be targeted as the pilot of the robot and have a burden to bear. Suiun says that he's made his decision and Fairy will just have to believe in him. By the way, where is Akimi? She's supposed to be here. Fairy says that Akimi has gone out which doesn't exactly sits well with Suiun. In the town, we find our main heroine, Akimi Akatsuki, walking around town. She notes that the town's actually pretty big, it always look so small from her cockpit when she's flying around. Akimi tries to get a grip of herself stating "What kind of normal girls flies a robot?" and decides that starting from now she's going to go back and be a normal high school girl. Suddenly there is an attack on the town and Akimi sees a boy being hurt by the debris. She goes to aid him and tells him to stay still and let her look at his wound to his protestation. The wounds are only flesh wounds and Akimi bandages up the boy and grabs his hand telling him to run, it's dangerous here. The boy tells Akimi to stop deciding everything and listen to him but Akimi goes on and introduce herself and learn that the boy's name is Jeeg (no, not Koutetsu Jeeg nor Koutetsujin Jeeg, we should be so lucky) Jeeg says to stop holding his hand while she takes him to wherever it is she's taking him and Akimi replies "Why you're quite shy aren't you? That's cute" This annoys Jeeg who retorted "You, who do you think I am?" which got a reply of "Why you're Jeeg, you just told me and I'm Akimi, not you. Call me by my name. " At the office of Saishou Industry, Suiun note that there's an attack and is angry, where is Akimi? He tells Fairy to deploy alone first. At the hangar, Fairy tries to do that but note that she can't bring out the machine's full power alone. Akimi arrives apologizing for being late since she has to take this boy to a shelter and tells Fairy that they'll deploy the Soul Gunner. Guess her little sojourn to return to life as a normal girl is going to have to be on hold. Meanwhile, at Takeo Watta's elementary school, Watta is playing dodgeball with Kaoru cheering him on. The attack on the town put an end to that as his vice-president comes to pick him up. This looks like a job for the star of GC, Takeo's General Company (Yep, the game doesn't stand for Game Cube but General Company) otherwise known as Trider G7. Trider G7's launch from the public park begins with a public announcement from Watta's beautiful secretary ala a train platform and Trider G7 appear ready to take on the evil robots and earn money for the extremely small four person company. The Vice Pres tells Watta to be careful about firing missiles since they're expensive. As an alternate, he can fire some beams if necessary. The enemies are Ondron's robot army from the Robot Empire. The trio of Falsebu, Belzebu and Daitu also creates Jark monsters as one of their usual plan to invade Earth for the Jark Empire and just for the heck of it, the Dinosaur Empire's Mechasaurus also joins in the fun. SoulGunner piloted by Akimi arrives to help Trider G7 but the Vice Pres says that it's their rival company's product out to take the job from them which the beautiful secretary (I'll get her name later) says that he shouldn't say that, it's an ally mech. Akimi chides Watta that he should be more serious with the job instead of saying that what with the town being destroyed and Watta says that she's just trying to make sure he doesn't get the job done what with Saishou Industry taking job offers that General Company needs to keep afloat. Akimi says she's just joking and asks if they can work together since she can't stand by and watch the town burn, it isn't about money for her as it is with Watta and she'll have to talk to her dad about the rivalry between their two companies. Watta chides Akimi for being daddy's little girl whereas he being the head honcho, he's got a lot of responsibility managing his employees instead of being able to go do what he wants but this isn't the time to talk about it. A voice comes out "Hey guys, what the heck are you doing just sitting around" and three mechs appear with the pilot Jin shouting "The Earth Defense Class is here." The vice pres's response is "The EDC's RaijinOh, another rival" (The worst kind, they're free) Watta shouted "Trider's the best, RaijinOh GO HOME!!" which earns a rebuttal from Jin "What? We came to help, what's with that attitude?" Akimi asks Koji and Asuka if things are always like this between Watta and Jin and Koji says that it's a pain and Asuka grumble that he wants to go home. The enemies began to move and the three groups of "heroes" decide that they should cut out the bickering and squabbling and get to work. Jin shouted "Let's show them our strength. Guys, let's do it. RaijinOh Muteki Gattai!!!" RaijinOh forms and takes care of the Jark monsters to which Belzebu and Falsebu blames Daita for it's failures. Trider G7 also takes care of Ondron's robots which shocks Ondron that Earth's robot are more powerful than he expected. Akimi wonders if Jeeg is alright and if he'll behave in the shelter. However Jeeg had left the shelter and saw Soul Gunner and mutters to himself "That's Soul Lancer? No, it's similar but why would the humans built something so similar? This bears investigation." After the battle, Fairy reminds Akimi that her father is quite furious for her skipping out on their meeting and Akimi whines that she doesn't want to hear her daddy's lecture. Jin says teasingly like a kid his age "Akimi's in trouble." Maria's voice comes in saying that he's being disrespectful to his elder since Akimi bails them out of trouble more than once in the past, now come back to class. Jin says that he's taking the rest of the day off which makes Maria quite ticked off. Kooji and Asuka says that they should go back, Maria's scary when she's pissed off which earns an angry "What did you say?" from Maria. Akimi then says that the EDC seems to have problems of their own (They're one to talk) to which Asuka asks if she heard and Akimi says that they were talking on an open channel. Kooji apologize and Akimi says to take care of things for her, she's gotta split which makes Jin grumble that adults seems to always take advantage of them though Kooji says that Akimi is just a teenager. Later on at the General Company, the Vice president reports to Watta that the city needs the money that they can use to pay them to do repairs so they haven't made any immediate cash, only credits and combining this with the repair costs for Trider, they're pretty much in the red this month. The other employees note that the people will still be grateful to Trider. (This will hopefully translate to more jobs) Meanwhile Ondron is being berated by his superior Zakuron, who says that Earth is a B-Class target, Ondron shouldn't be coming back with failures. Ondron blames it on other factions also interfering and Zakuron tells him to use those other factions to their advantage. After signing off, Ondron then wonders why they're targeting a B-Class planet anyway. Episode 2 At the Saotome Institute, Mechasaurus are attacking and the automatic defenses they've put up are no longer enough to repel them. Shou asks if Hayato is planning to use that thing but they still don't have a third pilot. Hayato says that with Musashi dead and Ryouma quitting, who else is left to pilot but him who's one of the original team. Shou says that Hayato's body can't take it and Professor Saotome says that Hayato and the other still have things to do; they've found a candidate for the third pilot. They have to go recruit him and leave the defense of the lab to the Defense Force. Gai says that the 3rd guy will probably be a failure like all the rest anyway. Hayato lament that if his body hadn't become this damaged then he would have been the one piloting right away. Professor Saotome says that as the one still living, they still have jobs to do or has Hayato forgotten Musashi's sacrifice. Hayato says that he'll never forget as he flashback to the final days of their battle with the Dinosaur Empire. Ryouma had amnesia and couldn't pilot. They were trying to get "that thing" up and running but couldn't and Musashi decided to go out alone in Getter Robo to stop the Dinosaur Empire. In the end he sacrificed himself by blowing the Getter Robo up taking most of the Dinosaur Empire with him but there are still remnants. Professor Saotome says that Musashi sacrificed himself for the future and they can't let a tragedy like that happen again so they'll have to believe in reinforcement from the defense team. Meanwhile the RaijinOh general,Bushida and Chief Ashikatsu who usually hires Trider for job are briefing the EDC, Akimi and the vice pres on the attack on Saotome Institute. Asuka asks what happened to Getter Robo and Jin ask if he really doesn't know, even someone like Jin heard of how Getter Robo got badly damaged in the Dinosaur Empire's big attack some time ago and self destructed taking along the Dinosaur Empire's main forces. However there are remnants left that are still attacking. The Vice Pres ask if this is a formal request for a job, if so then he'd better get the Pres from school. Jin is all fired up to go and help. At the Saotome institute, the Mechasaurus have breached all defense line but Akimi's trio arrives in time and begins to dispatch the enemies. Jin says that if it's just these guys and they're THIS pathetic, RaijinOh alone is more than enough for the job. Asuka tells him not to be cocky, they're still outnumbered. Gai note that they can breathe easy now that help is here. Shou says that they're not out of the woods yet with Ondron's robot also arriving and more Mechasaurus also appearing. Jin and the others note that this is quite bad. Ondron says that the Earth Robots have their hand full with the Mechasaurus so his robot troops can take advantage and finish them off. However more help arrives in the form of TexasMac. Jack tells the Japanese Super Robots that they can go home now that TexasMac is here. This doesn't sit well with Jin and Watta who asks where Jack was hiding and shivering a couple of minutes ago. Akimi wonders if they can rely on Jack. The foursome manages to defeat all enemies and Watta's employee tells him to come home for some snacks. Jin wants to go home too but Maria tells him to come back to class. Akimi wants to go home and take a shower though Fairy tells her not to forget and write up a report on this. Akimi says that she'll do it tomorrow though Fairy tells her to do it today or she'll claim she forgets the details already. Jack note that the Japanese Super Robots are all piloted by kids though Mary note that their skills are topnotch with Jack noting that this is quite a country. Hayato note that they owe Jack and Mary one not to mention the people from the defense team. Later on, Chief Ashitatsu asks when the new Getter team will be ready and Prof. Saotome says that they're about to go get the candidate for the 3rd pilot. Hayato note that if they could only find one more idiot for this job then they'll be set. A couple of days later at Saishou Industry, Suiun is annoyed that Akimi is late again for their meeting, he told her to come within ten minutes after his call. Akimi of course ignores her dad and ask Fairy what's up which enrage him to no end and Akimi retort "oh shut up daddy" Jinpui says that there's this job in outer space that Suiun has taken for Akimi and Akimi says that if the job's in outer space then it means she won't be coming home for a while, what about school? Suiun retorted "Who cares about school, works come first" to which Akimi asks if that's what a responsible parent should be saying. Outside at the park, Akimi note that if it was for vacation then space sounds good but it isn't. She bumped into a boy who turns out to be Jeeg. Akimi says that she was worried whether he was ok or not after that ruckus a couple of days ago. Jeeg says that he's not a little kid. Akimi asks if he lives around here and Jeeg says that he's not telling her to which Akimi then says that she doesn't really care anyway. Jeeg's response is "Well then, don't ask" and Akimi says "Well I like to see you all flustered like that when I ask." Akimi is then interrupted by a call-sign from her dad and asks Jeeg if he comes to this park often, her house is in that building, Saishou Industry, over there. Her parent is owner of Saishou Industry. Jeeg is quite surprised and say "Akimi...Akatsuki... of course. I have a lot to ask you." "Ok...but later" Akimi says as she leaves Jeeg a bit dumbfounded "God...I don't understand her... I really don't." Jeeg then note that Akimi will be a good source to get information from. Episode 2A At Class 5A-3, the members of the Earth Defense Class are having a meeting over whether they should take this new job that the General asks them to. It means going out into space. Jin of course wants to go and it devolves into bickering. Some kids don't want to go for petty reason such as space food being tube paste or for more personal reasons like Asuka saying that they're soon to enter 6th grade and soon have to take middle school entrance exam. They can't afford to go gallivanting around in space. Some noted that there's a war going on in space and they don't want to go there. Mr. Shinoda, their class teacher and Ms.Himeki comes in and says that they're not the one making the decisions alone. The PTA has already voted NO unanimously for the EDC so they're staying put. Mr. Shinoda says that while their job is to protect the Earth as Eldran left that task to them, their job is also to study hard as students of this school. Ms. Himeki says that there'll be a lot to do back in Japan. Maria thinks it over and agrees so the EDC is staying put. Later on Jin grumbles that it's so unfair, Watta's also an elementary school student yet HE gets to go. Koji says that Watta is the president of his own company so his priority is different. Jin then asks what about Akimi? She's only a high school student and not the president of her company yet SHE gets to go. Asuka tells Jin to stop grumbling since with those two gone, only they and RaijinOh are all that's left to protect Japan. (I guess the Mazingers aren't well known to them) At Watta's General Company, the staffs receive another phone call from the RaijinOh general saying that the bad guys are at it again wrecking the town. Watta deploys and note that they just don't give up, THIS time he'll stomp them so hard they'll think twice about showing their face again. RaijinOh and Soul Gunner also arrive. Akimi note that she's going to go into space soon and she isn't even done with the preparation yet, why do they have to attack. Fairy smiles and asks Akimi as to what type of preparation is she talking about since all the packing and preparation are being done by others. Akimi says that she still has to go shopping. Watta shouted that if Akimi's THAT reluctant to be here then butt out of interfering with his job. Akimi tells Watta to take it up with HER dad; she doesn't want to do this job anyway. Fairy tells Ms. Akimi that the city is burning and that they should get serious against the enemies which are Ondron's robot and Jark monsters. After they finish off Ondron's robot, Akimi says that she's going home and Jin begrudgingly returns to class. The Vice Pres offers to take Watta back to class since he can still make it in time for some class. Watta tries to talk himself out of it but the Vice Pres and the Secretary says that he has to go when he has the time. Out in space, Ondron is again cursing that the Earth robots foiled his plan, just wait till next time. Episode 3 Today is the day Akimi leave for the job in outer space, Side 7 to be precise. They will rendezvous with the Cosmorangers J9. Akimi can't believe the famous J9 are also coming on this mission. At J9Base, Bowie notes that with lot of occurrence happening, they've been kept busy with not much time for R&R. Omachi says that is not going to last since Aizak got them another big job, which is to safeguard a new Federation ship. Omachi notes that for the Feds to have to hire them means that they've sunk quite low on reliable manpower. Aizak says that out in space, the Zeon and the Giganos are quite stronger than the Feds which Kid says that it's because the Fed's weapon are outdated compare to the Zeon's Mobile Suit. Aizak asks if they want to do the job and the rest of the J9 team oblige and Aizak says that the job is also being taken in conjunction with General Company and Saishou Industry from Earth. Bowie notes that it's those two companies that are taking most of their job on Earth. Aizak says to make preparation and rendezvous with them. Out in Earth's atmosphere, Akimi notes that the job of guarding a new Federation ship is beginning to feel a bit dangerous. Fairy says that in a sense, they are also part of the Federation (what with their contract right now) Akimi wonders WHY they have to do this anyway and Watta's voice comes over the intercom saying that if they don't give their all to a job they've taken then they won't be trusted in the future. Akimi is surprised that Watta's also taken this job and asks about the EDC and Watta says that they phone him to tell that they're not coming, something about the PTA vetoing them from coming. Akimi says that she wish they would take on her dad. At Side 7, we meet Kaine, Tapp and Light who are loitering around, Kaine note that there's a lot of military people in their colony lately. Light says that rumor has it there's a new Federation Ship stored here and Tapp wonder if their colony is going to become a battlefield. A blast suddenly rocks the colony and Tapp says that he just had to jinx them. Zeon's Zaku troops arrive and head for the Federation's hangar with Jin disobeying orders and rush in alone determined to make a name for himself. Nearby a young Amuro Ray note that it's a Zaku. Frau Bou comes to get him but Amuro tells Frau that it's dangerous and for her to get away. More blast rock them killing Frau's relative and Amuro tells her to run, she's a strong girl, run to the shelter. Amuro gets angry at the Zeon's Zaku and see a white MS lying underneath a canopy. He notes that it's the Mobile Suit that his dad was developing and wonders if he could use it. The brand- new MS begins to rise and Jin tells his captain that the enemy MS is standing up. Jin fires on it but it appears to be unharmed. Denim tells Jin to get away but Jin figures he could still take it as the RX-78-2 Gundam stands ready for battle. Bad move Jin, as the RX-78-2 Gundam takes him out easily. Denim is enraged at Jin's death and moves in to attack. Denim tells Slender to return to their ship to report the situation. Meanwhile, Kain, Tapp and Light are also still near the Federation base, they find a gravely injured Federation solider who ask them to take these keycards to the containers nearby. He dies and Tapp wonder what they should do and Kain says that this man asks them to do a job before dying. They have to carry out his last wish. The trio arrives to find a trio of robots. Giganos troops also arrive into Side 7 looking for the D-Weapons reported to be stored here. Kaine note that it's not Zeon's Zaku but Giganos's Metal Armour that are heading their way. He gets angry that they come here and burn up his neighborhood and they've got the jokers right here to even up the score. HE's going to beat them up good. Light says that he agrees though Tapp isn't that fired up. Light says that he'll take the one with the dome-head and Kaine says that he'll take this one which leaves Tapp with the cannon- one. Tapp gets annoy but agrees to the idea. The three D-weapon then activates and the Dragoon troop called Dragonar appears. Kaine asks Tapp how it feels to be in one of these things and Tapp says that actually it feels quite good to which Kain says "And here you were complaining just a minute ago" Light then says "Shall we go" and Ken says "Right, let's kick their butt." The Dragonars tackles the Giganos's Metal Armour and Amuro note that those three are allies, he wonders if there are more allies MS around to help. IF those three can hold off the enemy's reinforcement then he might be able to handle things on this front. Meanwhile, Light notes that the white MS might be the talked about MS that the Feds are building. Kaine says not to talk, he's busy trying to get this thing to work like he want it to though Tapp says that he's a pro at piloting his own machine already. The Giganos troop can't believe they're being defeated and call for more reinforcement. Light wonder if they should run though Kaine is against it with the Giganos/Zeon coming to their home and ruining it and such, beside if they run, the Giganos/Zeon will kill everyone. Help arrives in the form of Akimi, Watta and the J9 team. Kid wonder if the one fighting are Federation machine and Omachi says that it's probably the machines they were hired to guard. Aizak note that that's the case and the enemies probably attacked first, time for them to do their job. The team finished off the Zeon/Giganos troop and Kid commends Akimi for her skills. Akimi asks for Kid's signature later. Watta notes that there are a lot of robots gathered here and Akimi notes that the enemies might have a ship nearby. Fairy relay the order from the Feds to Akimi, all of them are togathered at the White Base. Aizak notes that they should go before the enemies can attack again. Omachi, Kid and Bowie then ask if they should take these others with them though they annoyed Kaine. Amuro ask if they should move to the dock and Akimi ask if he's not a Federation solider. Amuro says that he's a civilian and for them to help escort him to the dock. Akimi is surprised to know that. Meanwhile at the White Base, Bright Noah is readying the evacuation of civilians into the White Base though as Ryu and the civilian Sayla Mass pointed out, they're short handed on people with a lot of Fed member dead from the assault. Bright says that they'll have to let those people do the work and help get evacuation supply even though this ship is top secret and also for whoever is piloting the Gundam and the Dragonars to pitch in. The team note that this is the White Base and it's not just any ordinary Fed ship but one equipped for war. Bright apologize for using them like this and they can bill the Federation for overtime and such later. Amuro meets Bright for the first time and is dismayed that Bright is ordering him to stay on as the pilot for the Gundam and that he should be better with it already. The same goes for Kaine and the others and they're not keen on following that order also. Bright says that they went and operate the Dragonars without permission so they don't get any say in this. He's the captain of this ship and it's his responsibility to keep everyone alive and if it means forcing civilians to follow orders then so be it. That's their situation right now. Kaine says that they already paid back the debt by repelling the Giganos troops; let the Federation soliders handle it from now on. Tapp and Light says that they were asked by a dying solider to take the cards to the container and here they are for the Fed soliders to use afterward. The trio turns to go and Bright says that if people don't do what they can then how are they going to survive. Amuro says that he still doesn't want to do it but there seems to be no choice with this and Bright says Amuro can hate him all he wants. At the Musai, Slender is reporting to Char Aznable and Char decides to report this to Dozul and tells him of the Fed's V Operation which consist of new Federation MS and Metal Armour and he needs supply to sink it. Dozul authorize it and also says that he's sending some capable Giganos troops over, Maiyo Plato and his troops, the Practice. At the White Base's cafeteria, Kaine says that they were only fighting to protect people; they won't cooperate with the Feds though Light says that most of the Federation pilots are dead, if the Zeon/Giganos attack again then there's going to be problems. Ryu Hose suddenly comes in saying that there's a problem with the Dragonars, he'll let Bright explain. Kaine, Tapp and Light can't believe it but Bright says that he's the one who has a headache, it seems that the Dragonars have registered the three as its' pilots so no one else can use it. Until they can get to a base where they can delete that information, the three of them are drafted and he's turning them over to Sarge Ben Rooney to learn the in and out of piloting. Sarge Ben then tells them to march out; they're in the army now. When Kaine doesn't oblige, Sarge Ben drags him out kicking and screaming. Bright says that they will now leave for Lunatz and for Mirai to pilot. Amuro comes in saying that he's done his job and Bright gives him another job which doesn't sit well with him. Hayato Kobayashi and Kai Shiten offer to help Amuro and Bright tells Hayato to tell Ben that the Cabarier-0 for the Dragonar-1 is available for use. Ryu wonder what the enemy is planning and Bright note that they'll be attacking again soon enough. Episode 4 Maiyo Plato rendezvous with Char's Musai and consult with Char on attacking the White Base. Maiyo suggest sending in some Zaku first to gauge their capability. Char asks Maiyo that if possible, to only disarm both the Fed's new MS/Metal Armour since it might prove useful to capture it for use. At the cafeteria, the Dragonar Trio are tired out after going through training after training that Sarge Ben put them through. Light see a cute girl at 11 'o clock and it turns out to be Akimi and Watta who greets them and tells them that they're pilot of Soul Gunner and Trider G7. Kaine and the others can't believe that a cute girl like Akimi and a kid like Watta was the one piloting those machines that helped them in Side 7. Watta takes offense to being called just a kid since he's the president of Takeo General Company. Tapp apologizes and says that he's heard a lot about the "We'll do anything" (that isn't too immoral, etc) Takeo General Company. Kaine and the other introduce themselves to Akimi with Kaine calling himself the leader of the gang. Akimi says that they're close in age so they should be good friends and she commends the trio on how well they did on their first time in the Dragonar. HER first time was pretty horrible and Kaine has a huge smug and say "Yeah, we're THAT good" Light and Tapp however reveals the truth that the Dragonars are equipped with super computers that compensate for the pilots' shortcoming but the supercomputers are what is preventing other pilots other than the one registered to be pilots from piloting the Dragonar, which is why they were drafted. Akimi says she understand the feeling, she went through something similar (with her dad) Tapp says that Amuro and the others were drafted too. Frau Bo, Dian, Linda and Rose comes in showing the refugee the cafeteria and how they'll get their meals and medicine (what little they have) Kaine gets quite attracted to Linda and Akimi note that those three (Dian, Linda and Rose) must be volunteer. Tapp and Light also gets quite attracted to Rose and Dian. Akimi asks Frau where they are headed and Frau says that it's Lunatz and Dian asks if that's when the refugee will be able to leave. Kaine note that that's probably where their fight will be over. The alarm sounds and Akimi and Watta scrambles though Tapp isn't too keen on going out. Rose says that she'll root for them and Linda says that everyone thanks them for doing this which perks Kaine up and he tells the other two to put it into gear. Hayato Kobayashi asks if they don't have any smaller pilot suit for him and Ryu says that this is the closest they've got to kid-size. Amuro note that they're already being put to work by the Feds and Kid says that it's better than being able to do nothing and he tells him that Amuro should try and think differently, instead of thinking that they're being used by the Feds, think that they're fighting to protect their friends, family and the refugees from Side 7. Deploying, Bright tells Kaine that he has the Cabarier-0 for use and that they should utilize everything they have if they plan to survive to Lunatz. Ryu wants to talk to Bright, they're still underpowered and he thinks that if they can capture an enemy MS to use then it'll make their journey a little safer. He thinks that Amuro is good enough to sharp-shoot the enemy MS's part so that it can be immobilized and captured. Bright tells Amuro the plan and says that they're depending on him to do this which Amuro doesn't like being pressured like this at all. Amuro disable some Zaku and Bright says to move the White Base near them to capture them. Char and Maiyo arrive and Maiyo tells Char that the White Base is probably headed for Lunatz since it's the only base that the ship can dock. Char says that they can't allow that, he'll take on the V Plan's MS which leaves the D-Weapon for Maiyo and his cannon fodder, the Practice. Bright orders counterattack and the new White Base crew note that this is it, they're going to fight in a war for real. Maka, one of the operator report that one Zaku is moving three times faster than normal and Aizak says that it is the Red Comet Char, with him is also the Blue Falcon of Giganos. Bright knows about these two's reputation as aces and wonders if they'll be able to survive. Aizak says that it's no worry, they'll take them on and the Braiger team backs him up on this. Akimi launches a bit late and Fairy brief her that this is her first time fighting a battleship so she'll have to fight differently by taking out it's engine or weapons. This goes for larger enemy as well. Kaine confronts his future brother-in law and shouts that he doesn't care who the Blue Falcon of Giganos is, if he gets in the way, he'll take him out and Maiyo is amuse that someone like Kaine wants to take him on but he'll agree to it. After one clash, Kaine is surprised at Maiyo's speed, he can't keep up and Maiyo is quite surprised that Kaine can withstand that attack. Maiyo is defeated when the others arrived to back Kaine up and Maiyo notes that he was too careless this time. Char does his famous "Let me see, the capability of the Federation's MS" line and Amuro is resolved to take Char out. Char like Maiyo is taken out and he notes that he too must have underestimated them. The battle is over and Bright note that they've repelled them and that they will continue to Lunatz. Kaine dock in from space for the first time and say not to leave him behind. Aizak tells Kid who wants to dock in the White Base that he has a lead to follow and they will go by themselves for a while, they can leave the guarding of the ship to Akimi and Watta. The White Base reaches Lunatz and Fairy excuses herself to report back to the company. Bright is in conference with Wakkein who orders the White Base to head for Jaburo on Earth. Bright asks that at least, the refugees be granted asylum here since there are sick people. Also, in their current condition, they can no way reach Jaburo. Wakkein says that the White Base is a new model ship and while he's sorry that there are refugees aboard, they need the White Base to go to Jaburo at once as per order from Jaburo. They can unload the refugee and get resupply at Jaburo. He will resupply them as best as he can. After Bright leave quite angry, a subordinate asks Wakkein if the White Base will really reach Jaburo. Wakkein doesn't know, all he can do is gives them supply and an accompanying Salamis. The war against Zeon and Giganos had turned so bad that they're drafting civilians now. Bright relays the news to everyone and Mirai says that the civilian contractor (Akimi and Watta) are to extend their contract until Jaburo. Watta note that this is turning out to be one long job but he can't leave the refugee unattended. Akimi is of course disheartened at this but Mirai says that they're relying on Akimi and Watta. Kai asks if the White Base will make the trip alone and Sayla says that one Salamis will accompany them since that's all the Feds can spare. Amuro tells Kai to stop complaining, it's not going to change anything and Akimi says that they'd better check up on their machine. Amuro note that they'll have to do this in order to survive. Episode 5 Char and Maiyo note that the V-Plan MS and the D-Weapon are stronger than they imagined. Char says that intelligence report that the Feds are already planning mass-produced MS / Metal Armours based on these prototypes. Char note that they'll trail the White Base and observe them for a while. Maiyo ask if they should rendezvous with friendly troops for greater firepower though Char says that the White Base will probably make a run for Earth, either Jaburo or Japan from the looks of things now, so they can't let them slip away too far. The White Base launched from Lunatz to Jaburo. Meanwhile in a Salamis, Shiro Amada takes a look at Earth and note that it's different from looking at it from Side 2. Shiro tells Michael to take a look though Michael isn't up for it since they're going there to wage war and Shiro says that that's right, they'll drive the Zeon out from Earth. Michael note that Shiro doesn't get it, it's like he think he's going for a picnic or something. They are suddenly witness to a Federation/ Zeon skirmish in which the Federation troops are slaughtered and Santas wonder if this is the end for him. Shiro wants to go out to help and runs to the Bridge to get permission. At the Bridge, Captain Reed says that the battle is too close and they have to get away since their mission is to rendezvous with the White Base to escort it. Shiro says they can't abandon their allies though Reed says they have no means to fight but Shiro says that they have a Ball and he'll use that. Shiro deploys and note that he can't just let an ally die while watching since he doesn't want a repeat of what happened in Side 2. Shiro rush over to Santas and tells him to retreat to the Salamis, he'll hold them off and he rush to grab the experimental Zaku piloted by Aina Saharin. He manages to rush them both away from the battlefield. Norris is shocked by this but can't leave the battlefield to search for her yet. Santas's ally is slaughter as he retreated which leaves him alone to fight. The White Base arrives and Reed fills Bright in on the situation and Bright orders the team's deployment. The J9 team also arrive saying that they saw the experimental Zaku and a Ball crashed together heading for parts unknown and decide to investigate. Aizaku says that Char might appear so keep their guard up. Giganos troops appears saying that Char ordered them to come help Norris and Norris wonder if they're actually after the federation ship. The team defeats Norris and the other troops. Santas asks them to find the Ball's pilot. Meanwhile Shiro is lost in space and have landed on space debris. He hopes someone finds him and someone does, only it's Aina Saharin, the Zeon pilot he had a tango with. Shiro tells Aina to stop with the gun, there's no Zeon or Federation right now, they have to work together to both survive since the air is running out. They both agree to split up to search for something to use to signal their respective ally and rendezvous in ten minutes. Shiro's watch is broken so Aina gave him her personal watch. Shiro found a firework missile and he hopes it works. Aina says that if it doesn't they'll both die, Shiro says it'll work, there's Earth over there, he's going down there. Aina asks why and Shiro says that it's to wage war but also he think he's going to find the answer he wants on Earth on who he is, what he can do and so on. Aina says that Shiro doesn't fit the image of a Federation soldier that she imagined, she's a bit jealous. Norris arrives to find Aina and Aina tells Shiro to come with her, Shiro refuse saying that he doesn't want to be a captive and his side will come soon enough. Akina introduce herself to Shiro who does likewise and she left before he can give her watch back. Santas arrives to rescue Shiro. Shiro is sound asleep in the White Base and Frau says that he's just tired from the ordeal which makes Michael note that Shiro's a remarkable guy. Michael introduce himself to Santas, he's been ordered to join the same squad as Santas, the 08th Ms Squad as they are now called are ordered to remain stationed on the White Base and their leader is sleeping beauty over there. Santas laughs and says that that's good and Michael says that it isn't, under this no regards for his life captain here (or could it be Yuuki) he's not gonna have enough lives. Santas says that Shiro saved HIS life and there's no telling what will happen in war. Santas note to himself that Shiro Amada may be the one who breaks his curse of bad luck. Kaine asks Bright if it's true that Shiro will be their commander and Tapp note that he sure has the devil's luck. Amuro asks if that means Shiro will take over as the Gundam's pilot and Bright says that he'll ask Shiro's opinion. Aizak arrives and says that they were tracking Zeon movement after they left but they'll be joining up with the ship from now. Poncho also arrives and says that he's the J9's manager. Kaine says that with the J9 team here, it'll sure get exciting though Ryu says that this is no game and Bright and Sarge Ben orders them to go to the deck and prep their Dragonars. Bright grumbles that this isn't a school but Aizak says that those people were in school just a little while ago and Kid assures Bright that they're good which makes Bowie asks if Kid wants to find and train a protege from one of them. Kid says that he's not that old yet. At the Deck, Akimi notes that they're entering the atmosphere and Amuro says that Char might take advantage of that. Fairy notes that being attacked here might prove difficult for them especially with newbie pilots. Watta says it's no problem with all of them banded together and Akimi says that Watta sure is cheerful and Watta says that the Red comet can come, in the atmosphere, Trider can still work easily. Episode 5A Shiro is asked by the Dragonar team to teach them some dog-fight techniques though he's not sure how to teach them since they just met. Kaine says that he doesn't have to get them to equal the enemy aces but just enough so that the enemies won't run rings around them. Shiro says he understands and he'll arrange a combat simulation in 10 minutes. In Akimi's room, Fairy is telling Akimi about the training that Kaine and the others are going to go through with Shiro and Akimi says that they've sure got the drive. Fairy continues smiling "Well, it's certainly encouraging" and Akimi then says sheepishly "Uh oh, I have a bad feeling this is leading up to something" Fairy conclude saying that they haven't trained for a while so they should rectify that situation but Akimi bails immediately. At the cafeteria, Rose and the others are conversing amongst the refugees when Sayla and Sarge Ben comes in asking for volunteers to help in the White Base's reentry, especially technicians. Linda says that she's study some engineering before though it might not be much and Dian and Rose also volunteer to help even though they might not be much help. At the deck, Kai asks if Hayato is training in the simulator again and wonders if it's gonna make much of a difference with the enemies right after them though Ryu tells him to shut it. Shiro arrives saying that he's going out to train with the D-Team. Kaine meets Linda and Sarge Ben explains how Linda volunteered to help and Kaine says that they'll protect this ship no matter what. Suddenly the alarm sounds, an enemy ship is fast approaching them. Light says that the enemies are cutting into their training time though it can't be helped so the D-Team deploys along with the others. Kaine says that to protect the babe, they'll go through anything. Light says that once they get down to Earth, everything should be fine from then on so they have to shape up and fight. Shiro admires their courage and says that he and the others will deploy right behind them. The team manages to take care of the enemies without them delaying reentry. Upon returning to the White Base, Kaine smirk and asks if Linda saw that and Linda, Rose and Dian praise the three for good work. Meanwhile Shiro note that the Dragonar team might be a bunch of civilian newbies but they're quite skilled. From now on their lives are in his hands so he's got to work hard at leading them. Suddenly the watch that Shiro got from Aina began to beep and Shiro wonders how to stop this thing. After a little fumble, he stopped it and wonders how Aina is doing. Episode 6 Shiro formally announces himself to the White Base pilot crew and that he will, for now, be leading the team in battle and he wants everyone to remain in their current MS/ Metal Armours, etc for now. Amuro asks why he has to remain as the Gundam's pilot since usually someone with military training like Shiro should be best qualified to take over the Gundam. Shiro says that his own MS is waiting for him on Earth and for Amuro to get acquainted with the Gundam as much as possible. At the Bridge, Bright asks Mirai if she's comfortable entering the atmosphere and Mirai says that she did it once when she flew a space glider but that was with full contact with personnel on Earth. Bright says that the basics are the same though Mirai is more worried about Char attacking and Bright says for her to focus on getting them through the atmosphere safely. Sayla announce reentry and for all personnel to remain in designated quarters. Watta asks if Trider is in top shape and his employees say that they just finished repairing it. Akimi note that Watta is sure care-free, it must be because he's gone into and back from space a lot of time on his own. Fairy says that as pilots, they should relax when they can since they don't know when they'll be called into action again. Akimi says she knows that but she can't helped but be worried, she note that Fairy seems right at home in space, maybe she actually came from outer space. Fairy asks if that's so and Akimi says that it seems that way with her being this superwoman in everything. Reed says that he'll go through reentry with the Salamis's capsule but suddenly the capsule is damaged by a Musai's fire and Reed barely makes it to the White Base. Bright orders the team to deploy and Amuro to detain the enemy. This is so that the White Base makes a run for Earth's atmosphere though Amuro resents being ordered and pressured like that. Sayla tells him to be careful and Amuro snaps back asking if she really think he can be careful in the midst of combat. Sayla says that of course he can. Beaten, Amuro deploys "Amuro, ikimasu." Shiro deploys in a Guncannon to help Amuro and Shiro tells himself to be calm and Santas hopes that everyone makes it out alive. Everyone else also deploys. Maiyo and the Practice along with Char blocks their path and Maiyo note that the enemy will be making a break for reentry which is why this is the best chance to attack. Norris also says that he will fight on Aina's behalf. Meanwhile at the White Base, Reed asks why Bright allows the Gundam and D- Weapon to deploy, they have to do reentry in 6 minutes and they can't lose those two super prototypes. Bright says that Reed can say whatever he want, his mission is to reach Jaburo alive with all his personnel. Char and Maiyo are defeated and Maiyo is astonished that the D-Weapon's pilots have gotten better this quickly. The team reached the atmosphere and prepares to do reentry. Bright tells Amuro and the Dragonar trio to hurry up and get back in but suddenly one Zaku appear intent on sinking the White Base. Amuro and the Dragonar trio surround it and demolishes it but all five of them are caught in Earth's gravity and is beginning to be pulled down. The Zaku pilot begs Char for help but Char says that the Zaku cannot withstand reentry, but the pilot's death wouldn't be in vain since they'll now have another chance at the White Base. Aina asks Norris if they can't do something but Norris says that it's too late.Bright ask if they can't move the White Base closer to get them in but is told that this is the closest they could go. Watta says that he'll go get them and Trider G7 deploy. The Vice pres tells Bright to believe in their Pres. The White Base goes through reentry and once they regain visual see two forms entering the atmosphere. It is the Gundam and Trider G7 in carrier mode, the Dragonar team is on top of Trider preventing them from burning up. Maiyo note that Char's plan was twofold, if they couldn't sink the White Base, then they could alter it's reentry course. Char says that from his estimate, the White Base should be landing in Zeon territory commanded by Garuma Zabi. Episode 7 Reed is told that they've been forced to land in Zeon territory in the United States. They can only do one thing and that is to do their best on their own to get out and head for Jaburo. Shiro and Ryu are told to brief the pilots on this, it's vital they know the White Base's situation. Ryu says that after reentry, Amuro's condition is getting a little strange. Meanwhile at the cafeteria, the Dragonar trios are wooing Linda, Rose and Dian (as usual) asking how they feel coming to Earth and promising to take them for a drive around Earth soon. Dian note that the Dragonar trio are perky as usual and Light and Tapp says that they won't get anything out of being glum and a worrywart. Kaine says that he is worried about Amuro a little since he's shut himself off in his room ever since reentry. Dian thanks them for getting them down to Earth and Tapp and Light says that they should celebrate and lookie here, he's found this nice little sake. Unfortunately Sarge Ben comes and takes the stuff from them telling them to go on patrol. He mutters that these twerps seem to need constant supervision all the time. Frau Bo comes to visit Amuro who's trying to sleep since he hasn't gotten a decent night's sleep since leaving Side 7 but he can't seem to fall asleep. Frau asks if Amuro should consult Sayla who's training to be a doctor. Amuro shout to leave him alone. Frau tells him to stop it, this isn't like Amuro but Amuro retort that riding an MS and fighting others isn't like him also. Frau says that the war between the Feds and Zeon/ Giganos have taken their toll on both side with teenagers being drafted to fight. Amuro says that the Feds are using them as bait; they're developing stronger new weapons and needs something to draw the Zeon/ Giganos's attention which is them. Frau says that Amuro is over thinking things. Meanwhile at a Zeon base, Garuma looks over recon photo of the White Base. Char arrives along with Maiyo and Aina and Garuma tease him that it isn't like him to not be able to stop one ship. Char hits back calling Garuma by his full title which cause Garuma to pause and says to just call him Garuma like the old days. Aina is introduced and Garuma says that her brother Gineas is also here. Garuma tells Char to rest up though Char says that he won't let his prey out of his sight. Garuma then asks if Char wants to accompany him in attacking the White Base right now. Garuma's force arrives at the White Base's location and Garuma says that this act will finally make him a man in other's eyes, especially his family's. Char laughs maniacally which Garuma tells him to stop, others are watching (This should have been your first clue, bright boy) Maka and Osuka, the White Base's operators say that Zeon troops are deploying and that another ship is heading for them. Reed note that it's the Federation's Media carrier, it must have rushed through enemy line. Bright says that it's quite reckless for them to do that. Matilda contacts them saying that this is the supply ship and they have materials for the White Base and the White Base has to get here fast. Reed note that it must be the 08th MS team's Mobile Suits that they're carrying, they can't afford to lose that. Reed orders Shiro, Santas and Miguel to get ready to board the Media and take their MS once they reach it The White Base reach the Media and Matilda tells them to hurry and get into their MS. Karen says to open the hatch for the Ground Type Gundam and Eledor says that he's doing that now. Shiro note that this is HIS Gundam and ask who Karen and Eledor are, Karen says that she is Karen Joshua, one of his subordinate in the 08th MS team and so is Eledor. Shiro says to do their best and now that they're all together and though he may not know much about them yet, he has one thing to say, don't die, there is no glory in death. Eledor notes that Shiro sure is naive but keeps it to himself. The 08th MS team deploys and Migel ask where HIS MS is and Eledor says that Migel is riding the hover with him. Migel lament saying that he thought he'd get an MS to pilot and Santas says that Migel's a little too green for piloting an MS. Char says that new MS have popped out of the Media and Garuma wonders when the Feds were able to amass this much firepower and decides to deploy himself since he has his position and reputation on line. It's something Char wouldn't understand since he had no family. Char says that he will deploy also. Shiro tries to attack an enemy but Karen tells him to pull back since he's not good enough yet, Shiro ask if she's questioning his skill and Karen says that this is different from battle in space and Shiro says that unskilled people have their own ways of fighting, just she watch. Char is defeated by Amuro and Garuma tells him to pull back. Garuma himself is defeated, (don't mess with Super Robots with just a Gau, bright boy) Shiro note that he's getting the hang of fighting on ground and apologize for worrying Karen. Karen note that it's probably because of the MS's spec that Shiro is still breathing and Santas note that everyone is ok, he's going to bet on the Captain's strong luck. At the White Base bridge, Matilda says that Reed, injured and sick personnel and refugees are to be transported to the Media while the personnel like Karen and Eledor along with the MS are to board the White Base and for the White Base to continue it's course. The Dragonar team tries to protest saying they were roped into this and Matilda says that she came here on order of General Revil and this is her order. Bright asks why they have to maintain present course. Matilda says that General Revil consider the White Base's capability and fighting prowess as equal to the best of the Federation army and the rest of the Federation is not in much of a shape right now. Bright asks when they can get the next supply and Matilda says that they have to get out of Zeon territory but she will say this, the Federation are not abandoning them and letting them out to dry. The J9 team tells everyone that they have been asked to accompany / guard the Media out of Zeon territory. Akimi note that the Media now has refugee and V-Plan data on it so guarding it is a necessity but then note that if the White Base go with the Media, they could get out of here. Fairy says that it's dangerous since the Zeon will be gunning more for them. Akimi then note that for the Media to get out safely, they have to draw the Zeon's attention. Akimi note that things are getting so complicated, just when she is going to be able to go home. Meanwhile Aina meet with Ginias who tells her that the Apsalas prototype is ready and it will change the face of the battle. Aina says that she wants to be her brother's strength. At the Zeon Dukedom, Giren Zabi tells Degin that Garuma is in contact with them.Garuma apologize for being defeated but Degin tells him not to worry about it and Garuma promise that he will have good news for them next time. Giren asks if Degin isn't too soft on Garuma. Degin says that this isn't time to focus on victory on a small battlefield, the Feds are up to something, a major counter attack of which the V-Plan are but a small part. Giren says that even so, Garuma's loss would affect their troop's morale and says that they should have Gineas complete the Apsalas as soon as possible, with it they can use it to take over Jaburo. Episode 8 Char and Garuma are planning their next move against the White Base and Garuma is glad to have Char here to support him. Garuma then invites Char to a party he's holding. At the party, Gineas thanks everyone for their involvement in the Apsaras project which has finished it's first phase and Garuma says that they're counting a lot on Gineas's project and Gineas says that that's why Lord Degin gave him a lot of fundings and he's glad to be of help. Iserina then greets Garuma and Garuma note that Iserina had been talking to Aina. Garuma tells Aina to enjoy the party and excuse himself and Iserina. Aina herself isn't feeling too well and excuse herself. At the veranda, Norris asks why Aina came here and Aina says that it's for her brother's dream. Aina says that if Apsaras is completed, the war will change but lots of people are going to die. Norris says that he will pay the price for that since his life is devoted to the Saharin house. Aina note that with her bloodline, her reputation, her honor weighing on her, sometime she feels like a puppet to all these things and she's a little jealous of Iserina who's free from this to be with her man. Garuma ask if Iserina's father still won't accept his daughter being in love with the son of the Zeon dukedom's leader but Iserina says that she doesn't care about Federation or Zeon, even if she betrayed her father, she will be by his side. Garuma says that once he finishes with a project (the White Base) his father will listen to his request. A solider informs Garuma of the White Base's location and Garuma order the Gau to deploy along with alerting Char. At the Zeon airbase, Maiyo is surprised that Garuma isn't asking for their help and Char says that Garuma has a lot of confidence this time since the White Base is near a border line that's a Zeon stronghold. Gineas says that the Apsalas prototype is also ready for use and it would be a good test to pit it against a mother ship like the White Base. Char says he understands but Lord Dekin expects a lot out of the Apsalas project and they can't afford for it to be shot down. Gineas doesn't like that though his body is in no shape to argue and Char tells Gineas to rest, he'll take care of things and if the conditions are good, he'll request the Apsalas be deployed. Meanwhile the White Base is in the ruins of a city with Zeon forces closing in on them. Bright decides to hide the White Base inside the ruins of a dome and for all pilots to be on standby. Amuro is quite annoyed that they're not really soldiers but Bright is ordering them around like so but Light and Tapp tells Amuro to quit it since no one like fighting but they have to make it to Jaburo. Shiro tells Amuro that he understands Amuro's feeling but they all have to work together to survive and he wants Amuro's help. Amuro tries to tell Shiro that that's not what he was trying to say but then apologize for troubling them all. A Gau fleet arrives and starts bombing the city trying to lure the White Base out. A lot of the people on the White Base are scared and Watta asks why they're just sitting here hiding, they should go out and kick butt. Fairy tells Watta that with their supplies limited, they have to pick their fights carefully and avoid fights that can be avoided. Garuma decides to search for the White Base on foot and Char volunteer for that. Garuma tells Char that once he finds the White Base, he should tell him at once so he can take the Gau to destroy it. Bright note that the enemies are now on foot and to deploy their forces and to lure the enemy ship into the White Base's firing range so that they can sink it in one concentrated barrage. Char note that the White Base isn't coming out, their MS troops are trying to lure the Gau fleet somewhere, which means the White Base should be inside that dome and it's quite a good plan really. Char is then sunk by Amuro and he notes that he doesn't have to give it everything he's got this time and retreats. However he tells Garuma that the White Base is beyond the area where the enemy MS are retreating, beyond that dome over there. Bright sees the Gau going pass them and orders the weapon primed and the engine started and soon the White Base attacks, damaging the Gau severely. Garuma decides to turn the Gau around to kamikaze himself onto the White Base. Char's voice then comes over the intercom to Garuma/ "Garuma, if you hear this, curse yourself for being born, you were a good friend but your father wasn't such a good man, hahahahahahaha" Garuma then shouted "Char... you TRICKED me." Bright note that the Gau is trying to kamikaze itself and orders Mirai to raise altitude and burn rubber to get out of it's path. The Gau crash killing Garuma but the White Base is ok and Char leaves. Karen notes that it isn't just luck that they survived this long. Watta note that this was what's called a strategy, he should take notes and his staff tells him that that's good but he shouldn't forget to study his normal curriculum also. Watta tells them to stop reminding him of that. Fairy notes that the plan almost went too well as if they had an unknown collaborator but puts it out of her mind. Iserina is shocked to learn of Garuma's death and so are Gineas, Aina, Maiyo and the Practice. Gineas note that they should have deployed the Apsaras, Garuma was one of the few people who truly supported his project. Meanwhile at the White Base, Bright hope that the enemies would stop harassing them for a while and Mirai tells him that while the ship is roughly ok, everyone has been pushed to their limit. Shiro and Ryu agree that the pilots' stress had been building ever since they left Side 3 especially Amuro's. It might be best to not put them on duty for a while. Bright says that he'll leave the personnel management to Shiro. Ryu also says that one of the Ground Type Gundam's head was also damage as a result of the blast from the Gau's kamikaze and they had to fix it what they've got and the results aren't pretty. Bright says that as long as it moves and fights he's ok with it. Episode 9 Bright note that they've made it past enemy line so now they have to decide their route to Jaburo. The shortest route however is peppered with Zeon base so Bright decides to make a detour to the west and get some resupply from Federation base there. Shiro note that Japan's self defense force has good relation with the Federation and Bright note that a lot of the people here are from Japan, if they head there, a lot of them would relax and decides on that route. Several days later, Japan At the Juusenkitai base, Shinobu note that he's finish recon and now to log some time in the battle simulator. Shinobu sees Shapiro talking with Sarah who says that she'll be at Shapiro's side no matter what. Shapiro berates Shinobu for his bad landing and Shinobu counter that the two of them should get a room instead of doing their love scene in public. Shapiro then tells Shinobu that he's too green and can never match him as he is now. Shinobu tries to put that to the test but Shapiro sends him backward with a kick and tells him to go practice some more. Ryou and Masato then ask if he got into a scuffle with Shapiro again and Masato tells him of the news that they'll soon be assigned to the White Base which Shinobu note is that new Federation ship they've heard about. Shinobu asks if Shapiro is coming too and Masato says that of course he is, and Shinobu note that that's a drag. Suddenly an enemy alert is sounded. Ryou tells Shinobu to calm down because they're a secret group so they can't go out whenever they choose. Commander Ross Igol says that a huge enemy fleet is attacking Japan and will cross path with the White Base. The Juusenkitai are to deploy and support the White Base. Masato note that the White Base seems to be extremely important and Ryou note that it's important enough to blow the Juusenkitai's secret for. Meanwhile at the Adarus base, Dr.Arl asks where Lord Kento is going and Kento says that he isn't this prince of the planet that Dr. Arl wants him to be. Dr. Arl says that the proof is that Kento got Atlas, Berarios and Ganpa to combine so he is definitely the son of Prince Harin and the heir to the throne of Elios. Danji then say that Kento is a war orphan just like them and nothing else. Dr. Arl then says that Lord Kento is the key to the revival of Elios after he defeats the Zarl Intergalactic Empire. Tanosuke says that Kento defeated them already and Dr. Arl says that that was just a recon unit which will tell the Zarl of Daltanias's appearance and they will soon attack the Earth.. Manabu suddenly says that enemy forces are appearing. Kento note that it can't be helped and tells Danji that they should deploy. Sanae tells them to be careful. Appearing in the city, Danji says that they have to do as least damage to the city as possible and Dr. Arl tells them to combine. Kento shouted "Cross In" and Daltanias is formed. Daltanias is attacked and Danji tells him to be careful though Kento retorted that it's taking all he's got to pilot this thing, he still doesn't have the hang of it. Dancougar arrives and Masato wonder if the Lion chest robot is their friend. Shinobu then ask to which organization does it belong to. Kento asks if they're military, if so shut up. He hates military people, especially those like Shinobu. Shinobu is ready to come tear Kento a new one but Sarah reminds him that the mission comes first. Shinobu then retort that Sarah is all good-girl like in front of Shapiro. Shapiro says that if the other robot isn't an enemy then let them do like they please since the White Base is soon to enter this area. The White Base arrives and is surprised to find that a battle is going on. Ryu note that they thought they could relax a bit here. Shinobu makes contact with the White Base telling Bright that they've been assigned to the White Base and are here to protect them. Fairy couldn't believe that the Feds have developed something other than an MS. Akimi then asks who the other one is and Shinobu says that they're someone in need of a buttkicking but not now, they don't seem to be enemy. Kento tells him to stop badmouthing him and Watta tells Kento to focus on the enemy at hand first. Shinobu note as the White Base team enter the battle that they're pretty good. However, suddenly Shapiro says that another enemy force has entered the fray. It is Baron Ashura leading Dr. Hell's Kikaijuu army out to conquer Japan and you know that this is a job for the Mazinger team of Kabuto Kouji and Tsurugi Tetsuya in their Mazinger Z and Great Mazinger. Kouji shouted that he won't let Ashura do as he pleases. Sayaka and Boss also come berating Kouji for leaving them behind like that and Kouji says that they'll get in the way of him and Tetsuya. The Mazinger team then enters the fray. After a couple more minutes, the Earth Defense Class also shows up with RaijinOh and Jin note that everyone's already tangoed without them. Watta note that the EDC are still ok and Jin says that while Watta and Akimi were out in space, they were the one protecting Japan. Akimi says that that must have been tough taking care of Japan all by their lonesome and Jin eats up the praise saying that as long as the EDC is here, these morons won't be able to do anything. Ashura gets angry and orders the Kikaijuu to take them out. However Ashura is no match for the assembled Super robots and has to beat a hasty retreat. Jin then greets Akimi and Watta that it's been a while and Koji says that they should have called. Watta says that they didn't expect to have to deploy and fight here and Akimi says that she didn't think the Mazinger team would also arrive to bail them out. Kouji says that it's all right but they have to go now, they'll meet again. The EDC also has to return to class and Commander Igol tells the White Base to head for the Juusenkitai base. Kento decides to go home also but is stopped by Dancougar saying that they have a lot to talk about. Kento is annoyed but Dr. Arl says that they should go along since it was with Dancougar and the team's help that they won and Kento reluctantly agrees. At Kroppen's ship, Kroppen and his commander learns of Daltanias's appearance on Earth and that of the gathered force it seems to be allied with and Kroppen swears that he will destroy Daltanias and it's ally. At the Juusenkitai base, Commander Igol is told about Daltanias and the Zarl Empire. Dr. Arl says that he created Daltanias to fight against the Zarl but upon it's completion, Elios was pretty much conquered so he had to flee with the prince Harlin but they got separated when they arrived on Earth. Lord Kento is the heir to Lord Harlin. Shinobu can't believe that this brat is a prince and Kento says that he knows and he doesn't believe it himself. Commander Igol finds that hard to believe but Dr. Arl persist that it's the truth. Commander Igol says that if that's true then they have a common enemy since the Juusenkitai was created to fight against the aliens that attacked the Mars base Commander Igol says that they want Dr. Arl's help since they know so little about outer space. Kento says to not make deal without his consent, he's not going and Danji agrees with both saying that they're not going to go out there and die for someone they don't know, he's only fighting to protect his friend and has no intention of helping out the Feds in their war. Commander Igol then says that if it's true, the Zarl will target them and Daltanias and they will endanger the lives of their friends. Shinobu adds that Kento's just afraid of fighting which is why he's coming up with excuses. Masato apologize for Shinobu saying that their leader is foul mouthed and Ryou adds that Shinobu's just worried whether Kento and Danji can continue to protect their friends by themselves if this keeps up. It might be wiser to make use of the team to survive. Kento can't find anything to argue with and Commander Igol then says that it's decided. Bright meets with Commander Igol, Shapiro and Dr. Hatsuki and Commander Igol says that he will resupply them as much as he can and adds Daltanias and Dancougar to their rank. Commander Igol says that they cannot take refugee from the White Base since that would compromise the integrity and secrecy of the base even more so they have to strengthen up the White Base for its journey. They will also need to send data of alien invaders to Jaburo on the White Base. At the White Base Cafeteria, Akimi asks Kaine if it's true that they've got leave and Kaine says it is, they've got leave to go outside and some free time and Akimi is up for it but Fairy says that they have to return to Saishou Industry for machine maintenance which peeves Akimi to no end. The next day, back at Saishou Industry, Akimi is lounging around her dad's office and overhear Fairy's voice saying that she can't stand hiding the fact from everyone else and Suiun says that everyone is doing their best to stay alive right now, they don't need more worry. Fairy says that at least they should tell Akimi but Suiun says that once Akimi gets emotional about things, she doesn't see the big picture. Akimi then comes in and asks what the heck they're keeping secret from her. Suiun says it doesn't concern her and Fairy says that Akimi heard nothing but Akimi says that Fairy wanted to tell her something, wasn't she? Fairy says that she can't just yet and excuse herself. Suiun and Jinpui say that Fairy was feeling guilty about keeping something from Akimi and for Akimi to learn about it like this must really be hard. Akimi says that she'll pretend she heard nothing, at least for a while at least for Fairy. A bit annoyed, Akimi went to the park noting that she's had the fun drained out of her and takes the chance to screech and scream a little out of frustration. This attracts the attention of Jeeg who tells her to quit it. Jeeg then realize it's Akimi and says that he's been waiting for her everyday since she said she'd come here a lot, what a waste of time. Akimi brightens up and ask "Oh...were you waiting for me?" "Could it be that you're...." and Jeeg tells her not to get any ideas, he's only interested in Saishou Industry. Akimi starts to sniffle a little looking a bit down prompting Jeeg to try and do his best to cheer her up to which Akimi then bursts out laughing saying "Made you look, god you're easy." Jeeg isn't exactly amused and Akimi apologize saying that she hasn't had a good laugh for a while since there were lots of things to be worried about so he's done her a big favour and she's really happy that he was worried about her. Jeeg says "oh..well...ah..I'm glad you're ok" and Akimi says that she's glad he's ok too. Jeeg then ask why she didn't go to school since he checked and Akimi says that it's a secret. Jeeg then ask if she's a part of some secret weapon or something trying to pry more info from her. Akimi thinks that all boys are alike since they seem to like big guns and asks if Jeeg has an interest in her company's product. Jeeg says that he saw a humanoid weapon which he's interested in though it hasn't been around lately. Akimi froze and meekly says "Well...I wouldn't know..." Jeeg then ask what she's doing here anyway and Akimi says that she's come here to get her father out of her mind and Jeeg note that she's definitely hiding something but it's best to change the subject before she notice he's quizzing her. Putting on his best fake smile, he apologize for asking a lot about stuff and Akimi note that the guy must really be interested in her to ask this much nonsense. Jeeg then asks if Akimi's seen this woman before and hands her a picture. Akimi note that the girl in the picture is quite a beauty, is this Jeeg's girlfriend? Jeeg says that it's a friend of the family that he's searching for. Looking closely at the picture, Akimi note that the girl in the picture looks eerily like a young Fairy. Akimi tells Jeeg that this person looks like someone she knows if she was younger. Jeeg says that the photo is a couple of years old so the girl in the photo might have changed her hair style and grown a bit. Akimi asks about her name and birthplace. Jeeg bluff saying that she's from space (the colonies) and that he doesn't know her name because she might be using a fake name back then. Akimi says that it seems this is another person from whom she knows since that person is from Britain and if he gives her a copy she can use her company's network to try and find her for him. Jeeg says that it's ok, he doesn't want to make a big deal out of it. Jeeg then note that he has to go and Akimi ask if she'll see him again. Again with the fake smile, Jeeg says that they'll definitely meet up. Alone, Jeeg note that Akimi definitely is hiding something about Saishou Industry and that robot but he'll get the truth out of her eventually. Sally then comes and says that her big bro seems to be all stiff and blushing when around Akimi. Jeeg ask if Sally had been watching him and Sally says that it's dangerous to make contact like that, he seems to be jelly putty in her (Akimi's) hand. Jeeg admits that Akimi can dominate the conversation with him and it's hard to get stuff out from her but she's the one holding the information they want. Sally reminds Jeeg that they have to hurry and finish their investigation on the CUBE and Fairy's location. Episode 9A The Dragonar team is having fun with Linda and the others on the beach. However they are called back into action when Jyakku monsters and Baron Ashura makes another attempt on the city. Tapp and Light note that it's like they haven't rested at all. The EDC's RaijinOh also arrives to help out. Jeeg and Sally sees the Soul Gunner and note that it's that robot from before and Sally note that it must have went some place else which is why they haven't seen it recently. Jeeg note that it seems a little too coincidental that when Akimi returned, the robot also did. RaijinOh is ganged up on and Jin note that this might be it but suddenly Eldoran's voice rings out telling them not to give up, the fate of the Earth lies in their hand, Jin says that he understand but RaijinOh can't move anymore. Eldoran says that he will lend them his strength once more and take them to the nearby Castle saying that he will give them the strength to protect the Earth once more and the castle turns into a robot, another RaijinOh. Eldoran tells them to protect the beautiful planet Earth and leaves. Jin, Koji and Asuka say that the battle is not over yet and returns to the fray once more. Ashura and ilk are defeated and the team returns to base. Later at the Cafeteria, Frau Bou asks everyone to be seated for their meal and is surprised to find a pig called Tonsuke running around. Frau asks for the animal to be put elsewhere but the Daltanias kid wouldn't have it since Tonsuke's their friend. Sanae apologize but ask for the kids to do as they please for now. Danji wonder what is up with this ship, there are civilians running around like crazy. Manabu says that his research shows that over half aren't professional soldiers and Ochame asks what's going to happen to them now and Kento says that he'll protect them like usual. The ship is headed to Jaburo and Jiro ask if Kento is going to cooperate with the Feds and Kento reasoned away that he's just using them to get back at those that burn down their town. Episode 10 Akimi note that it sure was a short stay in Japan and she felt that she didn't get any R&R at all. The White Base is headed straight for Central Asia which is also a Zeon/Giganos territory but not as fortified as America, there are guerilla troops fighting against them. Shapiro reports to Bright about his assessment on the MS/ Super Robot team's fighting capability, they're good but still got a way to go. As for Amuro, he's got talent but no discipline as a solider at all. He's begun the process to train other crew member to be MS pilot since compared to the Juusenki that makes up Dancougar, MS are extremely easy to pilot so they should have more pilots ready in no time. Shinobu and Kento are grumbling about the regimen that Shapiro puts them through especially Kento and Danji since they're not exactly soliders though Ryou says that it's to make sure they become good enough to protect the one they love. Watta's engineer asks what the Juusenki runs on and Masato says that it converts their rage energy to move the machine though Sarah shuts him up since that's military top secret. Watta hearing this notes that Shinobu must really fit the bill since he always seems angry. Shiro comes in asking if they've seen Amuro, and Akimi says that outside of battle, he's made himself scarce. Amuro is in his room using the computer as usual and Hayato, Kai and Shiro comes in saying that Frau asks them to check up on him and Amuro thanks them for the concern and says to tell Frau that he's gotten some rest. Shiro tells Amuro not to over do it. Amuro goes to the deck noting that new enemies mean that there are new movement patterns which he has to prepare the Gundam for so he might have to do an overhaul on the OS. However he overheard Bright and Mirai talking with Bright asking if Mirai think that Amuro is a Newtype and that in order for them to survive, it might be best to remove Amuro from the Gundam since if they accept him as he is now, he'll come to think of himself as something special. Amuro heard this and runs away and Bright prevents Mirai from going after him to explain. Bad move, Bright. Meanwhile, Eledor heard that his song has made the chart and decides to go out to town to celebrate saying that the official reason is to go investigate and drags Miguel into it. They met up with Amuro who has decided to leave the ship and decide to tag along. Frau sees this and asks Amuro to stop and Amuro says that Bright and Mirai told him he was unnecessary. Amuro launch taking the Gundam with him along with Eledor and Miguel taking their hovertruck. This frustrates Bright to no end. Eledor note that with this happening, he guesses he'll have to jump ship from the Federation. Shiro is brought up to speed on the three's running away and decides to go looking for them and Akimi decides to go too since desertion is a major crime in an army. Fairy says she'll try to talk with Bright and calm him down a bit. The three has made it to a bar but Eledor suddenly tells Miguel to take off their Federation jacket since he hears Zeon car coming. A large army of Zeon including Norris and Ramba Raul's troop arrives at the bar ready for some good time before their operation. Ramba's wife, Hamon decides to treat Amuro and co. as well. Amuro decides to decline which makes Ramba quite interested in him and he decides to treat Amuro as well. One of Ramba's men catches Frau who's come to get Amuro, and since she's wearing a Federation uniform. Ramba decides to let Frau and Amuro who he surmise as the girl's boyfriend go saying that when they meet next time on the battlefield, things won't go as easy as this. However he then tells his troops to restrain Miguel and Eledor and then tells Norris that they've caught Federation spies. Norris and Aina wonder if the Feds have caught on to the Apsalas program's testing. Meanwhile Shiro is at an oasis and meets up with Gigi, a guerilla fighter who hates both Zeon and the Feds who knocks him out and takes him to meet her leader and father Barest. Barest informs Shiro of Miguel and Eledor's capture and Shiro promise to drive the Zeon out of this territory in exchange for his freedom. Those two are his first subordinates and he doesn't want to let them die. Barest doesn't trust the Federation but Gigi note that Shiro is different and Barest relent. On the way back, Kiki leads Shiro out though with a gun aimed at him. A sound comes from Shiro's pocket that is from Aina's watch and Kiki decides to take it with Shiro saying to give it back since it's on loan. Meeting up with Akimi, Shiro relates his misadventure and what he found out. The two meets up with Fairy and Frau who says that Amuro left her again to try and rescue Eledor and Miguel. Shiro tells Frauto go back to the White Base and get everyone while they go and rescue Amuro. Eledor and Miguel are surrounded by Zaku aiming for them as sports, both doesn't want to die and Miguel blames Eledor for this mess and Eledor says to make a break for their Hover truck though he got wounded trying to get on so Miguel is the one driving. Amuro arrives in the Gundam to rescue them with Ramba Raul arriving in the Gouf noting that if he let one of them go while retaining the rest, they would surely bring back others to rescue them. Hamon tells him to be careful since they have no idea of the enemy's strength Akimi and Shiro also arrive to help out but so does Norris who says that he'll get revenge for Garuma. Then the White Base arrives and Bright says that he'll deal with Amuro later and for the rest of the team to deploy. Shinobu says that if they were going to run away, do a better job and Kento says that he thought that all the Feds solider would quickly sentence deserter to death at gunpoint, Shinobu's all right in his book and Masato says that Shinobu has broken quite a few law of his own. Norris is defeated but note that now that they have the White Base's location again, they can regroup and attack with much more forces behind them. Ramba fights the Gundam and Amuro note that the Gouf is a lot different than the Zaku and Ramba Raul says his famous speech "This is no Zaku, boy, no Zaku (beat that Heinne) Ramba is defeated by the Gundam and is surprised that the boy Amuro is the pilot, he notes that the time are sure changing. Raul congratulates Amuro on his victory but reminds Amuro that it isn't through his own skill that he's won but by the power of the Gundam that he's piloting. Barest says that without MS, the Zeon can be driven off the town and orders his guerilla fighters to advance. At the White Base, Shiro does some disciplining to Miguel telling him that the platoon is a team and selfish action can lead to its destruction. He then says that he's glad that Miguel's all right and to rest up. He then goes to check up on the wounded Eledor. Amuro isn't so lucky as Bright throws him into the slammer saying that his action endangered them all no matter what the reason and refuse to listen to Amuro's reason. Amuro says that if the enemies come, they'll just drag him out to fight for them again and Ryu says that Amuro isn't the only one who can pilot the Gundam and Kai tells Amuro to think about that. Ryu then ask Bright if what they did was really good for Amuro and Bright says that Amuro doesn't think much about other people and their situation and it is best if they leave him there until he cools down. Shiro says that his two troublemakers have been given stern lectures though Sarge Ben thinks that's too light a punishment and Shapiro agrees. Shiro reason that the two of them being hunted by Zeon mobile suit is punishment enough. Sarge Ben then ask if Eledor is all right and Shiro says that Karen had medical training so she's patched him up enough. Shapiro notes that Zeon has gotten wind of them and it might be better to stay here and get some info from the guerilla until they can determine their course. In the slammer, Amuro says that he is the one who can best use the Gundam and Ramba Raul's word comes back to haunt him that he won only because of the Gundam which makes him want to beat Raul fairly. In the next morning, Shiro and the 08th Team are then drafted by the guerilla to carry supplies for them as payment and Shiro tells Karen to go along which makes Karen wonder if Shiro has his priority straight. Meanwhile back at the Zeon Dukedom, Gihren Zabi makes his speech about Garuma's death and inspires Zeon solider to fight on against the Federation. At a bar, Char hears Gihren's speech asking why Garuma die and mockingly says "Because he was a kid (wanting to be a man)." Char is then approach by Jeeg and Sally who says that they have a preposition for him. Episode 10A Ramba Raul has decides to attack the White Base and the White Base cannot outrun them so Bright decides to fight. Amuro is still in the slammer and thus undeployable. Ramba tells his men not to be suicidal, this battle is meant to chip away the White Base's strength and supply until they're weak enough to be taken out. Giganos forces also arrive to aid Ramba Raul in getting revenge for Garuma. The White Base team beat them up and Shapiro note that they'll be after the team again. Ryu agrees noting that they're not just any Zeon troops. Light says that he picked up their conversation on D-3, it seems they're being targeted by Ramba Raul and his troops who are after them as revenge for Garuma Zabi's death. Shapiro has heard of the Blue star Ramba Raul (not so sure of Ramba's nickname) and note that they've been target by quite an enemy. Episode 11 Ramba Raul asks Klamp as to the White Base's movement and is told that they've made no movement to get out yet but have deployed recon units to investigate Zeon stronghold. Klamp wonders if the WB team is aware of that project since they might have seen the aftermath of the testing of the Apsalas. Ramba Raul tells Hamon that they're still understaffed to take out the WB so he'll have to contact Norris for more reinforcement. True to Klamp's word, the 08th Ms team has found traces of mega particle cannon fire from the Apsalas and note that it must be from a new Zeon weapon. Kiki then ask if her info was correct, 3 days ago, her men saw something going down here. Shiro radioed the White Base informing them of his team's find and that there might be an enemy base nearby. His team will go on ahead to confirm it's existence. Shapiro offers his opinion that that is the best course of action since they must destroy the super weapon although Bright says that their prime objective is to reach Jaburo as quickly as possible and thus should avoid unnecessary confrontation. Shapiro says that the top at the Federation has acknowledge the WB team as an extremely capable squad that can operate by itself and in order to get out of this area safely, it's best that they trash the super weapon first before it's operational to be used on them. Shapiro offers a strategy of sending in a team to divert the attention of the Zeon while the White Base moves out while another team guards the WB during that time. For this they'll need Amuro so his punishment should be lifted. Shapiro however notes that his plan is going along quite well, he only has to bide for his time. In the corridor, Sayla note that they'll be attacking a Zeon base and she might have a chance to make contact with a Zeon solider and hear about her big brother. The Dragonar team and a couple more units are send to aid the 08th Ms team in taking out the Zeon base and it's new super weapon which Shiro has guess that it might be a new Mobile Armour. The new MA or Apsalas is piloted by Aina and Norris note that the Feds have turn the table on them attacking first before they can go aid Ramba Raul in attacking them. Norris tells the Cyclop troops to help hold them off since the Apsalas is still a test unit. Aina note that the WB is here and it's a chance to get revenge for Garuma and Isarina. The battle begins and the White Base soon arrives to break through the line. Suddenly Osuka says that the Gundam is launching even though Bright hasn't given the order and Osuka says that it seems Sayla is behind the wheel. Ryu says that Sayla isn't good enough yet and it shows when the Gundam crash landed on the ground. Sayla note that things went better in the simulation but now that she's out, she's got to get contact with a Zeon solider. Ramba Raul's troop deploy as they have been tailing the White Base. Shapiro note that it's not a large force, they can wipe the enemy out in one go and to deploy units to assist the Gundam. Shapiro also request Amuro be transfer into the Gundam right away and Bright tells Frau to get Amuro from confinement. Ramba Raul targets the Gundam and Raul note that they're quite green having deployed the Gundam when the hatch to it's cockpit isn't repaired and gets close to finish Amuro who he thought is piloting the Gundam. He then see that it's a girl and whips out his pistol telling her to surrender but then is shocked to see Sayla's face asking if she is Alteicia. Sayla is surprised to hear her real name and Ramba Raul ask if she's forgotten the son of Zimba Raul who was Zeon Daikun's loyal subordinate. Sayla ask why then does he have his gun pointed at Alteicia. Ramba is at loss for word when Ryu comes out in the Guntank and Raul attacked it and Ryu return fire. Ryu tells Sayla to get away and Amuro will take her place. Sayla tells Ramba Raul to turn back. Ramba Raul retreat and tells Hamon to attack the White Base and he'll assist. Hamon asks what just happen and Ramba Raul says that he made one of the greatest folly in fighting. Amuro in the Gundam attacks and finishes him off and Ramba Raul note that it's the boy from before and Ramba Raul then says to watch closely, this is what happens when you fall in battle. Ramba Raul dies and Sayla can only regret his passing. Aina's Apsalas falls (this is not SRW AP where you have 20,000 HP up you know) and Shiro decides to take advantage by clinging on as Aina tries to leave the battlefield. Aina tells the MS pilot to get off, does he want to die. Shiro remembers that voice as both Apsalas and Ground Type Gundam takes off. Shinobu note that he can still try to shoot it down with the DancouHou but Ryou says that at height and at that distance, Shiro will be the one to die if Shinobu shoot it down. Karen reports to the White Base that their leader has gone missing and Bright says that they're in the midst of operation, they'll have to deal with it later. Kiki can't believe that Shiro is gone. Kosun is defeated and Bright note that the pilot must have been knocked unconscious so they should capture him for information. Hamon is of course furious at Amuro for killing her husband and Amuro tells Hamon to stop, Ramba Raul is dead. Hamon is defeated and Frau asks what they will do to the captured Zaku pilot and Bright says that he'll think about it, first they have to see about Shiro. Speaking of Shiro, he figured out that Aina is the pilot of the Apsalas and calls out to her. Aina recognize Shiro and tells him that he should get off, he might be able to make it out alone but Shiro wouldn't have any of that and finds a way to crash land both units gently enough that they make it out alive. However they are stuck in the Himalayas Mountain (go figure) Both have to stick together to make it out alive like last time. Shiro says that he hated the Zeon but after meeting her in space, he can't forget about her, even if she's a Zeon or have a lover. Aina says that she doesn't have a lover and even if he's a Federation solider, her answer is... Akimi and the others respond Shiro's distress signal and Akimi runs into Norris and both starts fighting. Shiro note that if they keep it up, one of them will die and tries to go out to get them to stop. Norris saw Shiro and Aina together and Akimi note that Norris is here for Aina and calls for him to stop. Norris agrees and commends Akimi on her good dogfight skills. Shiro note that just now, there are no Zeon or Fed solider, people can understand each other if they try but if the fighting continues, he will have to face Aina again, he asks Aina if they really can't do anything with this war and Aina has no answer for him. Back at the White Base, Miguel greets Shiro though Shapiro says that Shiro broke regulation using a top secret Federation code for a distress signal while in the midst of a Zeon solider. Fairy says that the odds of the Federation code being intercepted by them are higher. Akimi agrees saying that if the rescue came later, they'd be frozen popsicle. Shapiro says that it didn't change the fact that he used the code and there was a prior case of him having contact with a Zeon solider, is that coincidence? Santas tries to stick up for Shiro though Karen isn't so sure and Shiro says that he talked with the Zeon solider about cooperating to survive, and only that. Shinobu also sticks up for Shiro saying Shapiro is talking crazy. Shapiro says that it isn't just their problem, for good measure he'll have to have Shiro undergo a tribunal hearing. Sayla meanwhile agrees to take any punishment for taking out the Gundam and is sentenced to 3 days solitary confinement. Meanwhile Kosun is shown his cell and Sayla asks to give him his meal before his confinement. Entering his cell, Sayla ask Kosun who the Red Comet is. Kosun says that he's Char Aznable and he was rumoured to be from Earth. He's rumoured to hold a grudge against the Zabi and is rumoured to have been at fault for not protecting Garuma Zabi. Ryu comes in saying that Sayla wasn't supposed to come in and ask question and lead her to her cell. In her cell, Frau says that if Sayla wants anything, give her a ring and she'll find a way to get it for her. Alone, Sayla note that Char must be her bigger brother. Episode 12 General Revil is reviewing the White Base's activities and notes that they really are something which is why he tells Matilda that he authorize sending them new MS, weapons and supply. Meanwhile at the Giganos Empire on the Moon, Gildor allows Maiyo to go back to Earth to reclaim his pride by attacking the D-Weapon and the White Base again along with the three Black Stars in the Odessa Campaign. The Black Stars are being briefed by Makube that they are to attack Revil's forces first but they says that they will take care of the White Base first. At the same time, Shiro is at a Federation Base hearing defending his action with Aina. Shiro says that there are good people on the other side (Zeon) which illicit a snicker from some troops and he is ordered to return to the White Base to continue their mission of drawing the enemy's attention. Eledor has healed from his injury and is welcomed back to the team, he asks about Shiro's inquisition and is told that Shiro got off light but it's better than being sent to the firing squad. Shiro returns and tells the team that their mission will only get more dangerous from now on as they will be tackling the best that Zeon/ Giganos will throw at them but they must remember that they are not butcher and that the other sides are also people. Shapiro hears of this and mocks Shiro's view saying that war is where people shed of their skin of humanity and become ravaging beasts. They must kill the enemies before the enemies kill them. They must become ruthless. Shiro says that he can not think and fight that way and Shapiro retort that Shiro will never be able to protect his friend and Shiro says that he will find his own way. The J9 team arrives and says that at least Shiro isn't about to run away from his responsibility so that's good. The J9 team is back and this time for the long haul and Shapiro says that he will see Shiro's answer on the battlefield then. Kiki has also decided to go back home since she's Barest's daughter and she has responsibility back home. She tells Shiro that he's still quite green but has extremely good quality that she hopes Shiro never lose as the war continues. Sayla is assigned the new G-Fighter which the Gundam can use as a carrier and though Sayla tries to refuse, Shapiro brings up the point that Sayla did take the Gundam out without permission which the punishment is actually more severe than a couple of nights in the brig. Shinobu grumble that Shapiro is always belittling and going down on others to which Shapiro heard and tells the Dancougar team to do another set of exercise. Amuro is talking with Matilda and ask if the WB has to join in the Odessa Campaign, Matilda says that they have to but she'll help as much as she can. It's obvious that Amuro is enamoured with Matilda and Matilda says that Amuro's data and ideas on MS are quite good and have been sent to be considered for use. Akimi note that with all the new models coming in, she wonders if they have a new model for use as well since she remembers having to go test this and that back home. Fairy says that it's in the work and Akimi says "I thought so, God I hope it's not something weird, I mean, the pilot is me, a beautiful girl." Sarge Ben tells the Dragonar Team that their pilot license cannot be revoked just yet but they have made modification to the Dragonar to allow it to fly and they have been given promotion to a point that they now outrank him which means that he'll have to be polite to them. Tapp and the others however are too depressed to even think of taking advantage of this but suddenly enemies attack. The Dragonar team deploys and so does the 08th MS team. Kaine and the others note that they're not used to aerial warfare yet, this is going to be hard and see that Shiro has a new Gundam to which Shiro says that it's just his old Ground Type Gundam patched up with handy modification. Sayla isn't too sure about this but Matilda reminds her of her crime taking out the Gundam and the reason she got off light is because they believe that she might also be a Newtype. Mirai tells Bright that the engines are only at 50% so they can't move just yet and Matilda asks if that's just Mirai's intuition or something more. Mirai says that that's how she thinks things are, only that. Matilda says that she'll lend all the support she can. The enemies are the three Black Stars and Maiyo's Giganos troops. Gaia smirk that the Fed's MS aren't all it's cracked up to be and tells Mach and Oldekka to follow him and attack the White Base. Amuro sees this and moves in to intercept but got surrounded. Matilda moves in and attack trying to free Amuro but Oldekka then attacks her Media killing her. Enraged at this, Amuro attacks Mach but wasn't able to kill him and have to retreat before being surrounded again. The others back Amuro up and soon the three Black Stars are defeated and have to retreat. Maiyo and his troops are defeated by the Dragonar team. Maiyo note that the Dragonar team have improved and he'll get them for this one day. The battle is over and Frau Bow tells Bright that the Odessa Campaign has ended in victory for the Federation and the White Base is to move on to it's next destination on it's trip to Jaburo and deal with any Zeon/ Giganos force along the way. At the end of the day, Makube console himself saying that this was just one battle but with the resource that Kishiria has sent him, Zeon can last for 10 more years. (or so his deluded mind believes) Meanwhile Bright tells everyone to salute those who gave their lives in the Odessa Campaign. Akimi wonders why human have to hurt and kill each others like this and Sayla regret not being good enough to help Matilda with Amuro shouting out her name in sadness at the setting sun. Episode 13 The Goum Jame troops are ordered by their superiors to change objective but them being dirty fighters and rogues, Goum Jame decides to kill his superior in order to assume command and go after the White Base which is heading towards Belfast. Several days ago back in Japan, Shou and Gai are testing out the new recruit in a Getter Gattai formation only for the pilot to not be able to handle it and crash to the ground before they can Gattai and save him. Hayato note that they must find the third man soon before "they" make their move. At Belfast, today, the Neo Getter team is scouting out a man named Ichimonji Gou in an underground wrestling match. Gou beats his opponent silly only to find his opponent transforming into a Dinosaur man. Shou see this and asks Hayato if they really shouldn't go to help him. Hayato says that they're not interested in normal people and if Gou gets himself killed here, then it's a mercy killing since what lies ahead is hell. Gou doesn't need help as he beats the Dinosaur man to death with his bare hands. Hayato claps at Gou's performance as Shou reads Gou's history out to him including the fact that his parents were killed 5 years ago during the Dinosaur Empire's final assault and he's been living as an underground fighter making money winning matches since then. Gou asks who they are to dig up the dirt on him and Hayato says "I'm Jin Hayato, the man who will show you hell" Suddenly there is an attack and Hayato tells Gou to get out of the building and live. Gou and Hayato makes their way out and see Dinosaur Empire mech to which Gou asks "Weren't they supposed to be wiped out 5 years ago?" Hayato says that their extinction was highly exaggerated as Gou's eyes is showing him the truth but they've been dealt a big blow to which they need to kidnap capable humans to experiment on and turn into their foot solider slaves. The Neo Getter machine arrives piloted by Shou and Gai and Hayato tells Gou to get in and shove him in. Hayato then flies the Neo Eagle and initiate the Getter change to become Neo Getter 1 but the strain of the gravity took it's toll on his body and he begins to cough up blood. Gou asks if he's all right and Hayato says that it's old wounds but he thought Gou'd passed out from this already. Gou then smiles maniacally and says that this is the most fun thing he's ever been in. Gou then note that Hayato isn't up for this and tells him to get in the back and tell him how to control this thing. Hayato says that there's a lever which needs to be pulled along with voice activation command for the various weapon. Gou note that it's easier than he thought and Neo Getter 1 engages the Dinosaur Empire's mech. The Goum Jame troops arrive and so does it's mark, the White Base. Bright and Shapiro note that they'll have to take out both the Giganos and the Dinosaur Empire or the city is doomed. The Practice also arrives following their mark on the Dragonar and asks for the GJ troop's cooperation. Goll, one of the four heavenly general got annoyed at the Practice so much that he fires upon them which shocks the Practices. Goum Jame tells Goll to discipline himself, the real target is the White Base and Maiyo also arrives to command the Practice. Kaine note that the Practice boys and Maiyo are sure persistent but Light says that with the combined fire power from both groups, they could be in for quite a fight. After a long tedious fight, both groups are defeated by the team and Goum Jame note that the Dragonar team and the WB are worthy prey and he'll get them next time. Watta notes that the Neo Getter is really quite something with Gou going on a testosterone chest pounding round of "Of course, who da man? I'M the man" Gai says that they'll be counting on Gou's help from now on. Looking on, Hayato muse to himself "The three idiots' all here, do you see that Musashi?" Later on, Hayato tells Bright and Shapiro that he and the Neo Getter team will be joining up with them. The Neo Getter team is inexperienced but their good point is that they're all idiots who aren't afraid of death or anything. They can get good work out of them. At the Cafeteria, the D-Team is wooing it up with the girls as usual. Sarge Ben tries to get them to go run some practice drills but suddenly remembers that they now outrank him and Tapp says that the fight with the Giganos today was enough work to be today's practice. Tapp then asks Rose what she plans to do once they get to Jaburo. Rose says that she, Diane and Linda will go volunteers to help survivor in camps. They weren't allowed to leave until the WB reaches Jaburo because they know of military secrets. Sarge Ben is quite smitten with Diane and is sad to see her go and Light wonder since when did that happen? Meanwhile in the Artic, Galery and Bat are talking about the emergence of Neo Getter Robo. It'll be quite some time before Lord Gol reawakens and they manage to harness the power of this ancient relic so Bat note that it might be wise to form temporary alliances with other powers for now until Lord Gol obtain ultimate power. Episode 14 Makube reports to Kycillia that the White Base has finally reached Jaburo and Kycillia tells Makube that Zeon is starting their major offensive towards that base by using the Apsalas and converging all it's remaining forces on Earth. The White Base has reached Jaburo and is now on repaired. Many officers note that it has gone through many trials and tribulation to get here and no longer looks like a brand new ship but the things that will go down in legend. Akimi note that the White Base is being strengthened up with new equipment and MS added to it. The J9 team tells Akimi that Amuro and the rest of the WB crew have been officially entered into the Federation and now commands quite a respectable rank. Akimi wonder what they should do next, technically their job is finished since the WB has reached the intended destination but she's been with the WB team for so long that she really can't just leave them like this. Fairy says that that's quite like Akimi. Slegger Law arrives and introduces himself to Bright saying that as of today, he's been stationed aboard the White Base and promptly tries to charm Mirai who says that she's going to go look for Sayla to relieve her of patrol duty. Sayla meanwhile meets up with Char unexpectedly and her suspicion is confirmed that Char Aznable is her older brother Casval Rem Daikun. They get into a bit of argument as to what each other are doing but are interrupted by Mirai searching for Sayla. Char leaves telling Sayla or his sister Alteicia to quit the Federation and get out of here. Mirai reaches Sayla and ask if she didn't notice a Zeon solider here and Sayla lies saying that she didn't. Meanwhile Kaine and the D-Team are shocked to learn that Linda is getting off here and leaving right now and go over to see them. Linda asks if Kaine wouldn't get off the WB but Kaine says that while originally he didn't want to fight but it's not like he wants to kill other people that he's chose to remain with the White Base, he just doesn't think he should leave things like they are now and get off, he doesn't want to run away. However an alarm is sounded, the Zeon have attack. Kaine tells Linda to wait, he doesn't want to say goodbye like this. Pissed off, Kaine says as he launch in the Dragonar that he's going to give the enemies everything and more this time for interrupting. Makube arrives with a large contingency of Zeon along with Hamon's troops seeking revenge for Ramba Raul. General Revil orders a Code Red and orders the WB and its team to deploy to fend off the Zeon. The battle begins and after a while, Amuro, Kai and Hayato also launch but the Goum Jame troops also arrives to make things difficult Char and the Cyclop troops also arrive to make things difficult and Char announce his presence by impaling a Gm. Goum Jame is defeated and he notes that his prey is quite a vigorous bunch. Char is also dealt a finishing blow and he notes that he'll have to pull back for now and regroup, he hope that Altecia took his warning and left the White Base. Bright ask for status report and is told that they've repelled the first wave though fighting are going on nearby. Shapiro advises that the second wave will come here soon enough and they should use these moments to resupply. Inside the White Base, Shiro order all units that have finished resupply to redeploy immediately and stand guard for the second wave. Episode 15 Bright is notified of the second wave which is Zeon/ Giganos's main attack forces and orders all troops to deploy now and prepare for battle. Amongst the invading forces are Maiyo and the Practice. The Practice boys are a bit overeager saying that this is their chance for glory by participating in such a big campaign. They are almost hit by Jaburo's automated defense which downed a Gau. Maiyo tells them to concentrate on surviving first and glory will come later. Aina also deploys in the Apsalas III and ask her brother if this will end the war and Gineas says that they will end it with their hands though Aina is quite disbelieving of that. Akimi note that that flying armoured flea of a Zaku had gone and mutated into a more heavily armoured version. Fairy tells Akimi that it's probably their enemies main attack force and to be careful. Shiro shouted out asking if Aina is the one in there, she has to get off; she can't pilot something that destructive. Aina apologize but says that this is her brother's dream and this will end the war. She begs Shiro to run and then fires the Apsalas's beam at Jaburo. Revil is informed that while Jaburo is still functional, that shot took out a mountain and he notes that it's Zeon's ace in the hole. Aina tells everyone to stop fighting and to open Jaburo up for peace talk. This applies to both side and Shiro is a bit relieved over Aina's intention. Gineas meanwhile is furious and tells Norris to get him to Aina. He tells Aina to stop this silliness and attack the Feds or she'll die. Aina says that she knows this thing's power so she can't fire it lightly. However Feds force attack the Apsalas and a couple of Gm Sniper rush in to finish the job. Gineas takes the opportunity to have Norris take Aina away while he pilots the Apsalas. Shiro is in dismay that he couldn't help Aina or do anything but Karen tells him to calm down. The battle begins and soon Maiyo is defeated and he lament that he will not see this battle to the end and retreats. Gineas's Apsalas is also taken care off (Sorry pal, you're not the 80,000 HP monster in AP here) and he dies shouting that he was supposed to change the tide of the war against Jaburo with his Apsalas. Makube is also defeated and he cursed the Federation for defeating him twice. He'll be back to settle the score no matter how many time it takes. General Revil note that with this, they can finally begin the Hoshi Ichigou plan (Star 1) and that the White Base has become essential to the Federation's strategy. Later, Revil tells Bright that the WB is to go into space to attract the Zeon's attention there. Bright isn't too happy about being the decoy every time since half the troops are amateurs but Revil says that he believes that they have grown up during the war and the WB is the best that the Feds have right now and he will provide support as much as he can such as giving them the new Gm Sniper to use. Bright reluctantly accepts the mission and brief his team telling the independent contractor (Watta, Akimi and the J9 team) to continue their work and they will be compensated. Kaine and Akimi aren't happy with Kaine noting that this means he's going far far away from Linda and Akimi notes that she's not getting back to Japan at this point. Shapiro informs Dr.Arl about the decision and tells him and Kento to cooperate and rack up some favor out of the Feds. Kento doesn't mind since he doesn't like Giganos and Zeon anyway for starting this war that created orphans like them and Danji agrees. Especially after hearing Gihren Zabi's talk about the chosen people, Kento's really annoyed at Gihren. Dr. Arl counters saying that chosen people like wise kings who rules their subjects are naturals. Kento says that he hate those who looks down on people from up high. Sayla, meanwhile, is alone and is thankful that at least her brother Casval is still alive. Elsewhere, another sibling reunion occurs as Linda runs into Maiyo. Linda tells Maiyo to come to the civilian camp if he wants to avoid the Feds but Maiyo says that he's finished prelim repair on his mech and he'll be going back into space soon so he's taking Linda back to Giganos but Linda reject going back to Giganos and runs away. Kaine is also still feeling quite down about having to leave Linda but Tapp and Light reminds him that they'll probably be able to meet up again one day. Episode 15A Danji asks Kento if going into space is really such a good idea since they wouldn't be able to bail if they want to. Kento says that it's ok since he doesn't like the Zeon/ Giganos for what they did, what about Danji. Danji says that Earth's his home and he wouldn't let the aliens do as they please to the Earth. Jiro and the other kids come up to Kento and begs to be taken into space with them, they don't want to be left behind but Kento says that this isn't a game and for them to wait here and live on in their behalf. When the kids tries to insist, Kento stamp his foot down and says No leaving them running away in tears. Sanae comes up to Kento and starts crying telling Kento that he's being selfish and that he hasn't considered the feelings of those left behind, always wondering if those that left will return or not She ran away in tears too and Kento wants to go after her but Danji tells him that it's better they part this way since seeing her again now will bring even more pain to both side. In an official ceremony, the WB is officially christened the 13th autonomous corps and Amuro, Bright and the others are officially given rank. Amuro starts asking if giving them ranks is supposed to make up for no help at all. Kaine and the D-Boys agree saying that they should get some money for this. What they earned is the official reading them their ranks giving them a knuckle sandwich. At the Med bay, Sarah tells Amuro and the D-Boy that being in the army means they need to know when to keep their mouth shut. Frau agrees on that saying that Amuro and Co were just asking for it back there. Ryou says that the Dancougar team can't practice what they preach though. Sarah then asks Frau about the kids Kento brought along and Frau says that she left them at the orphanage in Jaburou but wonders if they'll be truly happy there. Amuro says that it's better there since children shouldn't see war first hand. At the bridge, an alert comes out saying that Feds forces have located a Zeon grouping doing some retreating and that they are to go and give pursuit. Said Zeon force is Aina's group. Norris tells Aina that they've loaded all they can into the shuttle and Sanjibal to leave for space and that the Feds will be here soon. Norris plans to deploy to fight off the Feds and Aina plans to do the same though Norris wouldn't have it. When the Feds arrive, Aina took the initiative and launch in an Apsalas that was cobbled from spare parts and fires a warning shots to the Feds saying that if the Feds allow them to retreat into outer space, then she will not attack and will surrender afterward. However the Feds solider wouldn't take the demand and begins to attack. The WB soon arrives and Shiro plans to talk to Aina. Karen says that Shiro's still quite naive but Santas points out that he's still the one that got them out of lots of scraps like these so they'll go along. Norris decides to deploy as well and some of his troops decides to follow him. Aina wants to stop this or she'll be responsible for Norris's death. Shiro confronts Aina and ask her if she plans to continue fighting and Aina says that she's fighting for the troops that support her, but once they reach space, her battle is over. Shiro says that he's been asking himself why he fights everyday since he met her and he's found a reason beside fighting Zeon, he wants her to come with him. Aina says that she plans to surrender to the Feds after this battle anyway but Shiro says that he wants her to come with him to the White Base and Aina decides to believe in Shiro and agrees to join him. Shiro tells his team to pull out since the Zanzibal is beginning to launch into space and rushing off after it is almost impossible and fighting the Zeon soliders here can be left to the Federation troops already here because it's a meaningless fight. At the hangar, Kento is shocked to see that the kids and Sanae have snucked back on board and grumble that they are idiots for doing so. Dr. Arl says that he'll have them help on Daltanious to earn their keeps. Meanwhile, Aina is being interviewed by Bright and Shapiro. Aina says that she'll accept any terms and condition for herself but to let Shiro off the hook for not pursuing the Sanjibal. Shiro says that it's his decision and he'll take responsibility for it. Bright says that he would have made the same decision. Shapiro tries to push the point but Bright says that they can't waste time and resource on a meaningless fight and uses his rank to shut Shapiro up. Meanwhile, back at Jaburo, Rose tells Linda that it seems that Sanae and the gang had snucked back on board the White Base. Diane also comes to tell Linda that her father, Dr. Plato is also here at Jaburo and if she would go see him and perhaps forgive him for creating the Metal Armour that the Giganos use in their war. Linda says that she has to sort out her feelings first and she can't go see him yet. Episode 16 Jeeg and Sally meet up with Char and Lalah on board his ship. They introduce themselves as from Guardisword. Their objective is the same as Char, to go up against the White Base for personal reasons. Char notes that the White Base is headed for Side 6 but that seems to be a feint. Their true objective is probably to draw attention away from the massive Federation troops that are launching from Earth. However if Char's team ignores the White Base and tries to take out the Federation troops then the White Base will most assuredly double back and run interference for them. Char note that their target is the White Base anyhow so they can leave the large Federation troops to Commander Dozzle. Char then contacts Dren to attack the White Base and hold them there until he and his team rendezvous sandwiching them. Having made it out of Earth's orbit, the White Base team is confronted by Dren's troop who deploys Biglo Mobile Armour against them. Sleggar gets overeager to take one out and fires upon launching but miss to which Kai tells him to calm down. Shapiro tells the team that another Zeon troops is coming up behind them so they have to take care of the one ahead of them fast or risk being sandwiched between enemy forces. The team hears that and gets to work defeating Dren. Dren can't believe that he was defeated before Char even arrived and Char arrives moments later noting that the White Base had grown a lot stronger to have done this. Jeeg note that this can't be just a normal Federation Ship, there has to be some secret behind it. Char agrees and to find out, they have to engage them. Lalah also says she will deploy but for Char to remain on his ship to get ready to retreat. Char asks if they can't beat them and Lalah says that this isn't the place to sink the White Base. Jeeg and Sally also say they will deploy. Jeeg notice the Soul Gunner and note that its movement is possibly due to Guardisword technology and Sally says that's true since Earth tech isn't at a level that they can possibly stumble onto it and discover it on their own yet. Jeeg note that that means Fairy is still alive and on board that ship and the only way to find out is to go past their defense and attack the ship. Sally tells him to wait up for her since he always leaves her behind and go off by himself foolhardily. Jeeg is beaten up and he notes that it's time to retreat for now, but before that. Jeeg then moves his mech up to the White Base. Shapiro notes that they're not attacking and Frau notes that there's communication from Jeeg. Jeeg thanks them for not firing and note that even Earthling military pay courtesy to each other in the midst of war. Bright ask if they're not from Earth and Jeeg says that they are from Guardisword but they're working with Zeon for now. Shapiro says that Guardisword is probably an outer space faction. Jeeg says that there should be a woman named Fairy from Saishou Industry on board or maybe using another name. Sally adds that they've found out that the machine from Saishou Industry uses Guardisword technology, so don't try denying it and Fairy Firefly is from Guardisword. If she is on board then please turn her over. Bright says that if even she is on board, they're not going to turn her over. Jeeg says that he doesn't expect them too at this moment but he'll give them time to think it over. Both Jeeg and Sally leave. Shapiro thinks to himself that those two must be the one who leaked the information about the Muge Solbados Empire to him. Bright is furious that those two think that they can just waltz in and demand things from them just like that and Shapiro says that they're probably confident in their fighting skills to coerce the other side. When this is over, it might be best to have a talk with Ms. Fairy. Amuro also have a first meeting Newtype style with Lalah who note that he is an enemy that has to be destroyed since he will bring Char suffering but feels as if she can't do it and leaves. Amuro tells her to wait but Shapiro tells him not to follow any retreating enemies. Amuro wonder what the heck that was. Char's ship also takes a beating and he retreated as plan. Akimi note that that's over but Fairy is deep in thought. Later on at the deck, Shapiro quizzed her about the Soul Gunner being Guardisword's and Fairy says that it is. Akimi is confused since she saw the plan being drawn up by Jinpui, their head mechanic. Fairy says that it was based on Guardisword technology. Shapiro then asks if she's not from Earth and Fairy says that she isn't. Shapiro says that this is quite a problem for her and Akimi begs Fairy to tell them the truth and Fairy says she will. At the Bridge, Fairy says that she is from Guardisword as they heard but her home planet was destroyed by an interstellar war by the energy released from a power source called C.U.B.E. C.U.B.E. is said to be able to destroy worlds and create new one. Afterward, her remaining cohort manage to secure a safe haven from their enemies' eyes and it was there that the new leader of Guardisword, Helrukka manage to obtain his hand on the C.U.B.E and he manage to gain everyone's cooperation, whether this was by coercion or not is unknown. Their purpose was to rebuild their home planet and create a world where there is no interstellar war. At least that's what everyone believed but Fairy says that she found out the truth that Helrukka plans to use the power of C.U.B.E. to subjugate the entire universe. Some years ago.... Worth tells Fairy if she's made her preparation and Fairy tells Worth to get on but Worth says that he's staying behind. The Soul Lancer that they've developed is planned to incorporate the C.U.B.E. and they can't let it and the main developer who is Fairy fall into Helrukka's hands. Fairy has to take this machine away and complete it so that it can be used as hope for a peaceful world. Fairy says that it means they should both go. HE promised her. Worth says that he'll stay behind and gather up evidence to convince others. Fairy says that at least he should tell Sally and Jeeg since he can't go it alone. Worth says that failure means death and he's not about to rope them in at this stage but they'll come around eventually and help her and he'll go to her one day. Worth then leaves Fairy. Back in the present day, Akimi then ask if afterward, Fairy made her way to Earth and Fairy says that's how things went. Shapiro then ask if the reason the enemies from outer space are invading is because they want the energy of C.U.B.E. Fairy says that she doesn't think they know about it but what's certain is that Guardisword is leaking other information to other enemy factions. If those factions knew about C.U.B.E. then their movement would be different. Shapiro then asks if it isn't easier to just come steal the C.U.B.E. instead of invading. Fairy says that there is a key needed to regulate the power of the C.U.B.E., she doesn't know what it is but without it, no one can use the power of the C.U.B.E. safely. Shapiro then notes that that's why Fairy cooperates with Saishou Industry, to research a way to regulate it. Bright says that the White Base are dealing with the Federation's war, they shouldn't have to be dealing with this but Shapiro says that Daltanious, the Dancougar Team and J9 were put on the White Base to deal with this situation. They are not just a lure team right now. Bright relent and says that Fairy is to be treated like before, this is not a request. Later on, Amuro asks Bright where they are next headed, is it to Solomon? Bright says that they are headed for Side 6. It's a neutral colony and Zeon wouldn't attack it openly so they can buy some time. Akimi says back in their room that Side 6 means that they can relax and get some shopping done and note that Fairy is a bit depressed. Fairy apologize for not telling Akimi sooner about this though Akimi isn't at all bothered by it and tells Fairy that they'll be working together just like before. Fairy starts to cry from having to keep quiet for so long and Akimi comforts her. Episode 17 The Cyclops troop has infiltrated Side 6 noting that the White Base has entered here. Schteiner wonders if the WB is here to pick that thing up, if so they have to steal it before that happens. Schteiner then orders Bernie to go to the dock and assess the WB's strength and to take Al with him so he doesn't look suspicious. Akimi note that now that they've reached Side 6, it's shopping time and Fairy agrees noting that they didn't get to do much at Side 7 except fight fight and fight. Akimi then asks if the Guardisword people from the last battle was some friends of Fairy. Fairy says they are but those two haven't realized Helrukka's ambition yet. Akimi then says that they should convince them then but Fairy says that they don't have that luxury in the midst of battle since those two are quite formidable pilot. Their names are Sally Emil and Jeeg Aldrid, two of Guardisword's ace pilots. Akimi is a bit shocked at the name Jeeg and says that it's the same name as a recent acquaintance of her. Fairy says that's the first she's heard of it, where did they meet? Akimi spills the bean happily about their meeting and then note that Jeeg was asking about Saishou Industry a lot but then laughs it off saying that Jeeg can't be a pilot. Fairy says that she'll go check up on the Soul Gunner since she isn't feeling like going out. Akimi note that that sure spoiled her mood pretty quick. At the deck, Amuro wonder what the cause of the problem is since the joints are functioning normally. Hayato asks what Amuro is doing and Amuro says that he's checking up on the Gundam's joints and connections since recently he felt that it's become quite unresponsive. Ryu says that that's weird since it should be fully tuned. Hayato brush it off as Amuro's overthinking and ask if he want to come to town with them. Amuro says that he'll go alone later and Ryu tells Amuro not to be a shut in and go out and get some air. Amuro note as everyone takes off that they seem pretty happy and go lucky considering that more and more powerful enemies are popping out of the woodwork. Amuro is then approached by a lady named Christina Mackenzie who says that she is ordered to take Amuro to a lab since they have something big to show him. Amuro tells her to wait a minute and runs off and Chris note that that was Amuro Rei, she can't really believe that a boy like that can pilot the Alex better than she could. Chris thinks back at her time testing the Alex and it's new wide cockpit screen and magnet coating and that it's response time and movement are fast enough to scare her. Is this thing really meant to be used ? The mechanic tells her that it's up to the pilot and Chris ask if he's saying that she isn't good enough to use the Alex to it's full capability. The Mechanic says that he think Chris is good but this thing was made for another Type entirely, it'll be passed onto the White Base's pilot Amuro Rei. Driving Amuro to the Base, Amuro asks that this is supposed to be a neutral colony so why is there a Federation lab/base here? Chris says sadly that the Federation does not officially accept the treaty of neutrality with Side 6 so there's a lot of problem recently. Amuro then tells her to watch out for a kid and Chris swerves right in front of Al. Chris note that it's Al and tells him not to just run up like that. Al ask if his camera is all right, he's going to the dock to take picture of the ship and then he lies saying that he's going to meet his dad and runs off. Chris says that it's a boy who lives next door to her. Al and Bernie spied on the WB noting that there's a Gundam right there and there and there. The WB sure has a lot of Gundam. Al asks if Bernie can win against a Gundam and Bernie says that he'd give it 50/50 odds. Bernie then asks if Chris said anything about him since he did bothered her and her hospitality a bit. Al says she said nothing and asks why. Bernie tries to cover it up saying that she's a Fed solider so they might be able to get some info from her. Al says he'll ask her then. Bernie then tells Al that it's time for the operation and for him to go hide someplace safe. Amuro asks if this is the thing Chris wants to show him and Chris says it is, the Gundam NT-1 or Alex. It has magnet coating on it so it's response time should be greater thatn the RX-78-2 that Amuro usually pilots. This machine was created just for him but right now it's in the midst of testing so he'll have to make do with the RX-78-3 nearby, it's got magnet coating also and ready for use. No sooner has the word left her mouth that the alarm sounds. Amuro note that it's the enemy and Chris can't believe that this is happening in a "neutral" colony. The Cyclops troop has arrives and Schteiner tells Bernie not to get reckless, they're only here to steal or destroy the new MS. Once they do that, they have to retreat before the WB troop can arrive. Garcia tells Bernie not to die since he's the only one with a rank lower than him and thus the only one he can boss around. Chris meanwhile is against fighting in the colony but the troops tell her that this is the only way to limit casualty in the colony. Amuro agrees with this and deploys in the RX-78-3 and Chris reluctantly follows in the Alex. Schteiner note that with it being operational, they have no choice but to destroy it Amuro note that the RX-78-3 is quicker to respond which is thanks to it's magnet coating. Chris note that Amuro is amazing, he's already adapted to the RX-78-3 like a pro. It looks like what they say is true; he's leap and bounds over her. The WB team arrives and Fairy asks if Akimi didn't go out shopping and Akimi says that she just can't go out and have fun while Fairy works. Akimi then tells Fairy not to worry by herself, they're partner. Anyhow, they're here together so they can respond to the emergency call. Bright says that it's inside a colony so they can't deploy all their forces so they'll have to make do with this amount. The team defeats the Cyclop troops and Chris has to commend on how awesome Amuro is on the battlefield but Amuro says that it's because Chris was watching his back that he could fight like that. Chris takes that as a compliment and says that they should get their Gundam to the WB since that's where it'll be stationed from now on. A wounded Bernie manages to find Steiner's badly wounded body in the forest of Side 6. Steiner asks what happened to the Gundam and Bernie lied saying that Miesha took care of it, and they have to retreat now. Steiner says that Bernie's a bad liar and passed away. Bernie screams his captain's name and vow to come back and get revenge but then says that that's a lie, he's scared of fighting. Al also comes looking and see everyone dead and screams that it's a lie. At the White Base, Bright is quite shocked to see that Chris is the Gundam's pilot and that she will be stationed on the White Base from now on. Going back home, she meets a dejected Al and says that she's going to be sent out to space. It's quite sudden but she's glad she got to told him. If he meets Bernie then tell him for her. Al says that Bernie will definitely regret it. Back at the base, Akimi note that today's shopping plan was a bust but at least she should be able to get a good shower but then she notice someone skulking around. Sally notes that unless they go in further, they won't be able to get any info on the White Base and Jeeg agrees that they're not just any normal Federation force. Akimi bust up on them and note that it's Jeeg, what is he doing here? Jeeg tries to lie saying that he's got an interest in mecha but Akimi tells him to tell the truth and Sally says that her big bro's face is so easy to read that he's lying. Sally then decide to take matter into her own hand and attacks Akimi telling her to endure the pain a bit. She then grabs and twist Akimi's arm which shocks Jeeg as well. Sally note that it's not like her big bro to be this fluttered. Sally says that since she's from Saishou Industry, she should know about Fairy which perks Akimi's attention and Sally continues that unfortunately, she saw them so they can't just let her go. Jeeg note that that's true so they'll have to take her to Guardisword. Akimi shouted that the two of them are just being deceived by Helrukka which surprises Jeeg and Sally. Shinobu and Ryou suddenly chance upon Akimi and see that there's an invader and runs towards them. Jeeg tells Sally to withdraw and Akimi tells Jeeg to wait up. Akimi can't believe that Jeeg is the one Fairy was talking about. Ryou checks up on Akimi and note that she seems to know the intruder. Episode 17A Bernie note that everyone's dead and there's no reason for him to stick around here anymore but he wonder if that's really fine with him betraying the trust of the captain and everyone especially Al's. Al then appears thanking god that Bernie's all right. Bernie says that he plans to attack the Gundam once more to beat it and asks for Al's help. At the White Base's deck, Oscar report that an enemy Zaku has appeared inside the colony. Bright notes that it must be a leftover enemy from the previous attack; Shapiro says that most of their troops are now outside the colony repairing the damage and guarding against further Zeon attack so they can't deploy immediately. Chris offers to go alone to stop it before further damage can be done. Al asks what Bernie's plan is and Bernie says he plans to lure the Gundam into the woods which is where his trap will ensnare it, afterward a Heat Hawk should be enough to take it out. Bernie tells Al not to cry and Al says that he can't help fight at all. Bernie says that he alone is enough for fighting, what he wants Al to do is to do as what the disk he's giving Al tells him to do. This is only if he's dead, he wants Al to see it and follow orders. It's an important job so he's counting on Al. Bernie then says that it's just in case, he has no intention of dying. Al leaves and Bernie flashes his best fake smile and turns his attention to the Alex that has arrived. Shapiro tells Chris that since it's only one enemy, she should try disabling it to capture it. Reinforcement will be here soon. Chris says she'll try. The Alex takes on the Zaku and Al prays to God saying that he'll be good from now on, he won't do anything bad but please protect Bernie and let him live. However some more Zeon/Giganos forces arrives and they see Bernie fighting and note that he must be a remnant of the Cyclops troop and decide to aid him. The WB forces also arrive following them. Chris disables Bernie's Zaku and tells him to surrender. Bernie note this is it and opens his cockpit hatch which surprise Chris that it's Bernie. She opens her own hatch and asks if it's truly Bernie. Bernie is surprised that it's Chris and Chris is glad that she didn't go for the kill. Chris radioed to Bright that she's captured the Zaku and will be returning to base with it leaving the others to fend off the Zeon/ Giganos troops. The others dispatched the Zeon/ Giganos troops and the battle is over. Later on at the deck, Bernie admits to Chris that he doesn't plan on returning to Zeon, he was planning to start a new life afterward as a cop on this colony or something as penance for the trouble he brought this colony. Chris says she understands and she'll try to do something so that he wouldn't get taken away by the Feds. Bernie asks if they can do something like that and Chris says that this ship is a bit different from the other Feds although she's only gotten aboard herself. Bernie says that he'll trust Chris's judgment and will go along with her but he's not going to fight fellow Zeon soldiers. Chris says she understands. Episode 18 At the Dukedom of Zeon, Dekin says that Gihren's request to use the Solar Ray seems to indicate the lack of capability as a solider but Gihren says that they will wipe out the fleet of Federation forces with it; it is the most expedient way. Dekin then asks what Gihren plans to do after winning and Gihren says that the population has dwindled thanks to the war, he plans to ensure they don't increase but leave only the more capable master race to rule. Dekin asks if Gihren knows about Hitler, since what Gihren is doing is like him. Gihren brush it off and says that he has works to do. Later on, a solider asks what Dekin is planning to do, having the Great Dekin ship launched since Gihren is the one in charge of the actual military operation. Dekin says that with the advance of enemy forces from outer space beginning to attack the Earth, this is no longer the time to be fighting with the Federation. They must use their position now to negotiate a favorable treaty on their behalf to walk away from this with Solomon and Granada still in their control. However at Abaoque, Gihren is notified of the Great Dekin's launch and note that his father has grown old but it's too late anyway. The White Base has now rendezvous with Wakken's ship and Wakken told them that they are to participate in the battle of Solomon as the frontline. Hayato note that they might be going to their last stand but Gou says that this is a place to go wild gleefully disturbing Sayla a bit. Wakken says that the main fleet will arrive soon so they will only have to hold on until they do. Meanwhile Akimi is still down after the revelation of Jeeg's true identity but Fairy tells her to put it out of her head for now, they will talk about it afterward. Akimi asks how Fairy can just switch gear in her mind like that and Fairy says that she believes that Akimi is the one who can talk and convince Jeeg. At Char's ship, Char is informed that Kycillia has ordered his ship to make for Solomon as reinforcement. Maiyo says that if the White Base is headed there, so should they. Char ask if Maiyo is comfortable going into this as his subordinate but Maiyo says that after his repeated defeat at the hands of Dragonar, he only wants revenge. At Solomon, Dozle is surprised that Kycillia is helming a massive cavalry from Granada to aid Solomon herself along with Char's ship. Dozle note that just to be safe, he wants the woman and children evacuated immediately. Defending Solomon at the beginning is Konskon's troop and he deployed 12 RickDoms only to have the Gundam earn it's legend by defeating them all within three minutes. Reinforcements begin to arrive in the form of Hamon, the Three Black Stars and then Dozle deploys in the BigSam himself to get rid of the White Base before the main Federation fleet can arrive. His arrival fuels the Zeon soliders Amuro note that the BigSam deflects a beam blast from Wakken's ship and Shapiro says that it's a beam coat. Sleggar tells Amuro that they have to get close; they're fighting against time since this is war. (just make sure you don't ram your G-Fighter in it, Sleggar) Hamon and the Three Black Star are defeated and Hamon says that no matter how many time it take, she will always come back to attack the White Base. Konskon's ship is destroyed and he dies. Dozle can't believe that the BigSam is defeated, his pride and Zeon's glory won't allow it and he dies as the BigSam explodes. Bright note that they did it but Mirai says that they've suffered considerable damage soloing the place. Bright order the White Base onto Solomon and Shiro orders the staff to get ready to resupply their mech as best as they can. Akimi ask if they've taken Solomon already but Shiro says that until the reinforcement arrive, they can't let their guard down. Episode 19 Bright ask what the situation with the Zeon reinforcements are and Oscar says that they're near the moon and Shapiro note that it must be Kycilia's force. Hayato says that by the time they arrive, the Federation's main force should arrive too and it'll prove impossible for them to recover Solomon. Bright says that Kycilia's troop may retreat after picking up Zeon soldiers that escaped from Solomon. Oscar says that the main Federation fleet is here and Revil is amazed that the White Base managed to take over Solomon by their lonesome. A solider tells him that the Great Dekin ship has entered the area and is asking for negotiation. However before anything can happen; a flash of light hits both the Great Dekin and Revil's fleet obliterating it. Dekin curses Gihren while dying. Bright is notified of the situation as well as Kycilia's fleet's arrival. Makube says that the Federation is in disarray and that it is their best chance to attack and Kycillia orders their fleet and some of the Solomon's troop that they rescued to be deploy. Oscar says that other Zeon fleets are on their way and Bright says that if they retreat now, the surviving Federation ships don't stand a chance; they have to make their stand here. Char's troops also arrive and Maiyo says that from the situation, they can retake Solomon. Lalah tells Char to be careful, she has a bad feeling. Jeeg and Sally also deploy and Sally note that they couldn't get Fairy back at Side 6 but Jeeg says to focus, they may have a chance this time. Amuro note that Char is here and he wonders who the person that is in that Mobile Armour is. Fairy says that she is curious as to why Jeeg and Sally are with Zeon Amuro attacks Lalah and note that he's feeling this feeling again and Lalah asks who he is but before Amuro could answer, Char cuts him off telling Lalah not to converse with the enemy. Amuro rush Char shouting his name and Char note "Not bad". Both Char and Lalah are defeated and retreated. Elsewhere Kaine note that Maiyo is dogging him again and shouted "God, you're persistent" Maiyo retorted that he won't let the Dragonar get away. Maiyo and the Practice are dealt with. Jeeg shouted to the Soulgunner "Fairy, if you're on that thing, get out of the frontline and come with us" and Fairy says "I can't do that Jeeg, I won't return to Helrukka" Jeeg says that Fairy is too attached to these humans which makes Akimi shouted "HEY, what the heck do you mean?" This surprised Jeeg "Akimi? You're on there?" Akimi shouted that Jeeg and Sally are the one being lied to, she's heard enough from Fairy to know that they're invading the Earth. Jeeg counters "Yeah, go ahead and say that while you humans are busy obliterating each other, we're working for the peace of the entire universe, don't lump us in with Earthlings" Akimi then shouted "Then stop fighting and start explaining." Jeeg says that this isn't the place, it's a battlefield. Jeeg then tells Fairy that the intergalactic alliance has grown since then and her strength is needed. Fairy then says that she's decided to walk alongside the Earth people and she hopes that Jeeg and Sally realized Helrukka's deception soon. Jeeg then says that this is going nowhere, he's gonna use force to bring Fairy and Akimi both back to the Guardisword. Akimi gets angry and then shouted "Jeeg, you dunderhead, I'LL turn your machine into scrap and haul you back to base" Jeeg shouted back "You mean you'll try" Jeeg and Sally are then defeated and Jeeg can't believe he lost and decides to retreat with Sally. Makube dies and he asks his subordinates to give Kycillia his vase collection since they're good stuff. Too bad that Kycillia's ship gets beaten too. Kycillia decides to retreat to Abaoque to investigate why the Solar Ray hit the Great Dekin ship. She believes that Gihren is behind this. However her trip is cut short when in her retreat, Char's Gelgoog appears and Char says that he's sending Garuma's big sister to him. Char fires and sink Kycillia's ship killing her. Char then says that the future that he wants does not need the Zabi family in it and leaves. The battle is over and the Federation remnant decides to rendezvous at Solomon. Shiro tells everyone to rest up but be ready to deploy at a moment's notice. Shapiro note that the Federation won this round but it's a fleeting victory since those people will soon be here and he who is selected by God will begin his journey. Episode 20 Near Solomon, Jeeg and Sally note that the Feds have won this battle even though the Solar Ray demolish more than half it's troop, but the main event is now starting since the Interdimensional Gate is opening. Bright wants to know what that is as unknown troops begin popping out. Fairy says that it's an interdimensional gate and those troops are the MugeSolbados. They're allied with the Guardisword and have decided to add Earth and all it possess to their empire in order to win the intergalactic war. Akimi says that they waited until the Feds and Zeon were both weakened in order to strike. Desgaia of the Muge says that the time for the Earthling to quake under the power of Muge is here. Shapiro says that the time for the outer space's true invasion is here, this is why they've only been investigating up till now. Shapiro deploys under the pretense of adding to the team's firepower but then says that the Federations and Zeons are fools, he's leaving for his glorious destiny; fools like them can continue to protect the Earth for all he cares. Shapiro then rendezvous with Jeeg and Sally. Shinobu demands to know what the heck Shapiro is doing, this is treason. Sally thanks Shapiro for his help, thanks to him the plan went perfectly. Jeeg mutter that if only Akimi would be this cooperative but Sally then tells him to forget her since they have plenty of other stuff to do. Reginia then arrives and thanks Sally and Jeeg for tenderizing the Zeon and Federation, it's great work from GuardiSword's best agent. Sally tells Reginia to be careful since Zeon and the Feds still have some firepower left. Reginia says to leave it to her and for them to go to the next star system for their next mission. Sally asks Jeeg what about Fairy and Jeeg says that they'll have to leave it to Reginia. Jeeg and Sally leave with Shapiro. A Federation captain contacts Bright saying that they've lost General Revil and are quite damaged. They have to retreat to Lunatz and ask the White Base to cover for them. Bright says that it's up to them to take on this huge fleet. Aina then deploys in the GM Sniper saying that she'll fight since they need more firepower but Shiro is against it. Aina then says that she hates waiting around doing nothing and didn't Shiro say that they would be together in all things. Shiro then apologize saying that he did forget and asks for Aina's help and support. The battle begins and though the White Base team is tired, they manage to hold the line for the damaged Federation fleet to start getting clear. More enemies arrive and Bright tells everyone to hang on. Suddenly Hatsuki of the Juusenkitai troops contact Bright to have him and everyone get out of the Gandol Cannon's range. The Gandol then appears and fires it's cannon obliterating the enemy's reinforcement. Hatsuki explains that this is the Gandol ship; it was developed in secret to be used against outer space invasion as humanity's trump card. Hatsuki then tells Bright that the Gandol will charge into the interdimensional gate to investigate the outer space situation and they will need all of the firepower the White Base team has. Desgaia is sent packing and Reginia is defeated and she says that she overestimate herself but don't the team get too cocky, she'll have plenty of time to play with them from now on. All the team then enters the Gandol as it enters the interdimensional gate. Hatsuki then tells Fairy that he heard about Fairy's story from Saishou Industry and while it might be a half-baked plan, they need to go into outer space. In the Gandol, Hatsuki introduce himself and that he will be commander for the duration. Bright and a handful of the White Base crew isn't here, they will be needed to remain on Earth. Dr.Arl notes that his knowledge might prove useful in outer space. Meanwhile, Shinobu and the Dancougar team talk with each other over Shapiro's betrayal. Shinobu gets angry and says that he'll beat Shapiro up the next time they meet. At Akimi's room, Akimi ask Fairy if they know their destination and Fairy says that outer space is vast but if they're using the gate that Muge Solbados open then it might be a domain under their or their allies' control. Episode 21 At the Gandol Bridge, the Dancougar team, Shiro and Hatsuki are talking about Shapiro's betrayal. While he doesn't know about the Gandoll's development since it was top secret, he knew a lot about the Feds and it's inner working and plans. Aizak note that it's best they focus on their location and situation right now, it's pretty obvious they're lost in space. Fairy says that from the star's location, they're obviously in Pentagona World. When she was in Guardisword, Pentagona was part of of the galactic alliance that obliterated Guardisword but she doesn't know a lot about it. Dr. Arl says that Pentagona is an ally of Elios. Elios, Gamon (of Pentagona) and Edon are the holy trinity or the three kingdom alliance. Akimi then says that means that Pentagona is part of the galatic alliance that obliterated Guardisword and Kento asks if this three kingdom alliance is an alliance of invaders? Dr. Arl says that each of the three countries is peaceful but maybe they've been taken over by the Zarl while he's in his cold sleep towards Earth. Fairy says that the Zarl alonog with Pentagona and Grados makes up the Galatic alliance, that's because Pentagona was conquered by Oldonna Poseidal. Dr. Arl didn't think that there'd be another group as dangerous as the Zarl and Kento asked how long was Dr.Arl asleep anyway? Hatsuki asks if Dr.Arl can guide them around the Pentagona star system and Dr. Arl says that they're near the planet Mizun. As long as the House of Gamon continues to exist, they will continue to resist Poseidal's rule so they should have friends here. Kento says that Dr. Arl sure got peppy quite quickly and Dr. Arl says that it's a good chance to start the revival of Elios. Hatsuki says that they'll go down to Mizun and try to find this House of Gamon, he'd like to talk to Sarah and Fairy afterward. Afterward, Sarah asks Fairy how it went with her and Fairy says that it's the same as with Sarah's case which Sarah says is about Shapiro. Fairy says that doubt in the battlefield is dangerous, for her it's to go up against old friends and for Sarah is to go up against a lover. Fairy asks Sarah if she can shoot him down and Sarah says that she will, he's a traitor. Fairy says that saying is different than doing; it's quite hard when they're face to face. She believes that Jeeg and Sally are only being deceived and they can be explained to which makes her doubt. Sarah says that it's different with Shapiro since he's always been ambitious from his core. She would have gone along with him and his ambition but seeing the other's on the White Base that fought alongside her, she couldn't just betray them. At Little Say base on Mizun, Kyao tries to persuade Daba to join the Poseidal army again. Daba says that he won't budge on his position and Lilith backs him up on that. Kyao mumble that he sure is unlucky tagging along with Daba like this to enter the resistance army. Lecce comes and tells Kyao not to confuse Daba with such thinking since the leader of the resistance Stella Koban is here. Amu also arrives with Stella who asks Daba to help him go to talk to the Aman merchant Amandra Kamandra for fundings since he's a big sponsor. Kyao tells Stella not to get any idea, they're not officially part of the resistance army yet. Stella says that Amandra is a big sponsor of theirs though Lecce says that he funds and sells to both the Poseidal army and the Resistance army. Stella says that he knows that quite well, Ms. Former Poseidal's 13 general. Daba says that Lecce believes in him that is why she's here, stop doubting her. This gets Amu in an uproar and Kyao asks if she'd like to swap partner and go out with him. Amu kicks him in the butt and says she'll do it. Daba says it's dangerous but Amu says that Stella accepts her. Stella says that he wants Amu here in case they fail to do so and Kyao says that that's pretty much taking hostage. Daba tells Amu to come with him but Amu is stubborn saying that she won't if Lecce's still there. Kyao says that women seem to always be like this which earns him another butt kicking this time from Lecce. Kyao asks Daba what they should do and Daba says that they'll accept the job but nothing better happens to Amu. Kyao asks Stella to take Lecce hostage as well but Lecce uses this chance to take a jab at Amu saying that she won't betray them as long as she's with Daba, which is more than she can say for Amu right now. Meanwhile Poseidal tells Nei Mohan, one of her 13 General that she has a mission for her, it's from the Galatic Alliance that their army is a part of along with Grados and Zarl. A battleship from a distant star system has arrived here, she is to capture it. Nei note that the ship is headed for Mizun, right where the resistance is located, she'll have to rely on her subordinate Gabley. On their journey, Lecce asks Daba if he's serious about entering the resistance since it's hopeless. He doesn't know the full power of Poseidal. Daba says that Poseidal conquered and rule five of their star system, he thinks it's wrong. Kyao says that it's useless to try and talk him out of it. Daba can be quite stubborn. Daba says that they've arrived at Amandra's secret dock. Inside the dock, Daba asks why Amandra is backing the resistance army and Lecce guess that it's to help him continue to sell weapons to the Poseidal army.Daba is angry that Amandra's final purpose is to make money and Amandra says that that's pretty much it though the money is only coming in from Poseidal's side though. Suddenly they heard an explosion and Kyao says that Poseidal's army is coming here. Daba says that they'll act as a lure while Amandra escape. Amandra says that they aren't the target and for Daba to view this. Some minutes ago, the Gandol appears near the area and Kento is pissed at Dr.Arl. It seems that the force they try to talk to attacked them. Dr. Arl wants to try again. Lecce wonders what that ship is and Kyao think that it might belong to one of Poseidal's galactic ally but Daba doesn't think so. Gabley arrive and is elated at being able to steal weapons from other star systems. Hatsuki says that they're not here to fight and Dr. Arl says that if they just talk, they'll come to an understanding but Gabley refuse to talk and orders the attack. Hatsuki orders the team to deploy. Kyao note that it's Gablet Gabley at the command and Lecce says that they can use this chance to get away but Daba is interested in the message that's coming from the ship. Dr. Arl is busy blabbling away asking if there isn't a representative of the House of Gamon that they can talk to. Kyao note that the old geezer is talking about dangerous stuff on open channel and Lecce agrees saying that all of the House of Gamon was executed by Poseidal. Daba says that that person is asking for the House of Gamon's help and Kyao says that it may be a survivor but he's a little behind the time since the House of Gamon was wiped out decades ago. Daba says that he can't let this be and decides to join in the fight with the L-Gaim which surprise Kyao. Daba announce himself to the Gandol team and asks for their code. Dr. Arl asks if Daba is from the House of Gamon and Kyao tells the old geezer to shut up about the House of Gamon. This gets Kento laughing and Tapp notes that he likes Kyao's attitude, he thinks he'll get along fine with him (He should, since they're voiced by the same person, just don't try to do it with Yazan or Beck) Kaine note that at least there's SOME reasonable people around here. Lecce tells Dr. Arl that the House of Gamon was wiped out by Poseidal and Daba says that because of Poseidal, everyone's suffering which is why they're fighting as the resistance army. Lecce and Kyao then says that they didn't agree to join up yet but Daba says that the fight's starting. Gabley note that it's Daba Mylord, while they've shared a meal together, it's a dog eat dog world, only the strongest will survive and that's him. Kyao says that they didn't eat anything together; Gabley only stole their meal. This ticks Gabley off and he says that they'll decide the winner with Heavy Metal and Daba is up for that. Gabley can't believe that someone who's going to have a glorious history of wins on the battlefield like him lost and Daba says that it's now that's important and that he's won. Gabley says that the last to remain is the winner; he'll be back. Gabley wonder what these other people are, they're quite strong in their own right Later on, Daba is filled in about the team and Kyao says that it's quite a shock knowing they're from another star system. Hatsuki says that they're here to gain information on the invaders to their own star system. If there's a resistance army that's fighting the same enemy then they want to make an alliance. Daba says that like they said before, Poseidal had conquered this star system and Dr. Arl can't believe that the House of Gamon had been wiped out which makes Daba says that someone from the House of Gamon should be alive somewhere. The resistance is full of people against Poseidal, it's possible they might meet those people Hatsuki says that they'll entrust things to Daba and Daba says to leave it to him. Kyao and Lecce wonders if that's a good idea, Daba says that he's taken care of Lecce and Lilith pretty well up till now. Hatsuki says that it can't be helped and there are mistrust on both side but he think that he'd like to trust Daba. Lecce notes that that's Daba good point, he possess a quality that makes people trust him. Returning to Little Say, Daba gives Stella the fundings from Amandra and asks for Amu to be free. Stella says that the fundings should suffice but he's brought a target back with him. That ship is targeted by Poseidal's force and bringing it back to base would put this base in danger. How does he plan to take responsibility? Daba says that he'll drive off the invaders and to show he's serious, he'll give the resistance the plan to create L- Gaim. Kyao says that if Daba does that, then their chance of joining the Poseidal army will be gone and Lecce tells him that it never was there with Daba around. Stella wonders what brought about this change of heart and Daba says that he has a desire which the coming of the ship sparks so he wants them to accept the ship. Stella meets Hatsuki and says that while he's glad that they have the same goal, Hatsuki shouldn't expect much supply since they're running low too. Daba thanks Stella for agreeing to work with the Gandol team and Stella says that he's had an interest in the L-Gaim. It's a fine Heavy Metal that if mass-produced will give them a lot of firepower. Daba says that that's only if they get used to it. Kyao grumble that he thought they'd be wearing those cool Poseidal uniform and Stella wonder if Kyao decided his life on how cool he looks. After a stern scolding from Daba, Kyao agrees to join the resistance army and Stella agrees to lecture him on all their philosophy which makes Kyao shudder why he ever open his big mouth. Episode 21A Stella asks Hatsuki if the Gandol needs much repair and Hatsuki says that it went through a bit of combat before arriving here.Stellar then wonders if it can't be used for the coming mission then. Daba argues that these people just got here, don't start sending them out on mission.Stella then asks if Daba's group want to go at it alone and Daba agrees to but Hatsuki says that they'll join in as well. Later on Hatsuki tells the team that their mission is to disperse some of the enemies, a hit and run. This is important to gain the resistance's trust and resource and Shiro note that it's not a bad plan. Arriving at the battlefield, the team deploys and attacks. The battle is over and Kyao sees that some Heavy Metal are left intact too, they can definitely use this. The team retreat just as one of Poseidal's 13 General arrives. Later on, Stella agrees to let the Gandol use the dock for repair. Episode 22 Emergency repair on the Gandol has started though the team isn't exactly happy that they're lost in space. Watta and his subordinates wonder what to do since they have families back home on Earth. Kaine and the D-Team wonder why THEY had to be the one to jump into the unknown like this. Amuro says that the only way to succeed in this mission is to RETURN home with information on outer space and Sayla backs him up noting that they don't have a mean to return home. Amuro note that the enemies are the one who attacked Earth so THEY must have a way to go to Earth. Fairy agrees saying that something like the gate used at Solomon is their best bet though she doesn't know what type of gate technology the Galactic Alliance have. At the bridge, Aizak and Hayato wants to know more about this star system and Kyao and Lecce agrees to teach them though Lecce says that it's probably mostly her doing the teaching. Lecce says that the "outer space" star system that the team refers to is broken down into five zones or empire. One of them is Pentagona comprising of the planet Mizun, Goam, Gastgal, Traidetal and Sayla. Dr. Arl adds that originally the House of Gamon rules over these planets but Lecce says that right now Poseidal has conquered it. Kyao says that sooner or later, they'll get to join Poseidal's army which makes Eledor ask if they aren't really the resistance army. Lecce says that Kyao and Amu aren't dedicated so they'll probably betray the team sooner or later which really gets Kyao's goat up. Lecce says that she was originally one of Poseidal's general but decided to follow Daba to defeat Poseidal which Kyao says is because she's got the hot for Daba. Hayato then ask them to return to topic. Next up is the Zarl Empire that conquered Elios. Dr. Arl says that Emperor Dolmen and his commander Kroppen are the one that holds the power there. Lecce then says that Dr. Arl may not know that the Robot Empire from the planet Gabal under Commander Zakuron has agreed to work with the Zarl Empire. Next is the Edon Kingdom, while it hasn't been taken over, it's been surrounded by the Galactic Alliance which makes them boxed in and thus no one can enter that empire easily these days. Shiro note that the Edon Kingdom still exist which means that not all hope is lost. Hatsuki note that if they get their ship repaired, it's a place worth going to but they'll need more information. Lecce says that the last is the Grados Empire but there's not much information on it at all. Lecce says that when she was with Poseidal, the only info she heard about them was that they were heading to attack another star system so it might be the team's planet. Kyao ends the explanation that these empires (outside of Edon) have banded under the name the Galactic Alliance. Aizak then asks about their purpose and Lecce says that it's to not invade each other and to spread their sphere of influence over the galaxy but there's probably no main purpose since each empire's style is different. Outside the dock, Stella asks Hatsuki if Hatsuki is dissatisfied with his decision and Hatsuki asks just how long Stella plans to keep them working for him and Stella says that it's obvious that it's until they defeat Poseidal. What's more, this ship is too eyecatching to move around freely. Hatuski says that they can use the Gandol to act as lure against the Poseidal army. And for that they'd like to move freely since they want to head for the next star system. Stella is dead set against that saying that Hatsuki can say that after they defeat Poseidal (it's quite clear that Stella isn't letting this golden egg out of his grasp) Hatsuki says that they're not abandoning the Pentagona star system but they have to analyze and split the enemy and get help from ally star system. Without it, they're not in a position to beat Poseidal. Stella says that his team will gather information and plan the time to strike; they have to wait and obey his command. Daba tries to speak up for Hatsuki saying that Hatsuki's team has veteran soliders and strategist which is more than they have but Hatsuki decide not to pursue this further and agrees to work under Stella for now since he doesn't want to cause a split in rank. Later on, Daba apologize for putting them in this situation and Lecce says that she thinks that Hatsuki's plan is definitely doable and will gain them lots of result, it's quite clear that Stella just doesn't want to acknowledge it. He's lacking in the drive to defeat Poseidal. The so-called resistance army is also full of amateurs and they're in no position to really defeat Poseidal at all. Kyao agrees saying that being in the so- called resistance army is just too risky but Daba won't change his mind. At a Poseidal base, Gabley apologize to Nei Mohan for his loss but Nei says that they didn't know about the Gandol's capability. Gabley point out that from reports, the resistance is gathering supplies and they seem to be able to pinpoint a location. Nei says that Chai will take care of it; it's time to let these resistances get a taste of pain and for Gabley to go attack and gather more info on them. At Little Say, Poseidal force are attacking and Daba says that they have to fight, he plans to deploy in the L-Gaim but Stella tells him to not get far away from base and let the automated defense take care of it. Daba says that the automated defenses are no match for the Poseidal force. Hatsuki backs Daba up saying that if they play defense on this terrain, their forces will be cut in half since the terrain will work against their ground MS,Heavy Metal. Stella shouted that HE'S the commander As the battle begins, Stella orders the automated defense to attack but Daba and Lecce deploys with Lecce saying that there's no ways she's obeying a losing strategy like that. This gets Stella in an uproar and Hayato note that they can't just let this be, so he says out loud that he's disobeying Hatsuki's command to stay put, who's with him? Gou is all charged up for it with Shou saying that they have to go along to stop Gou's rampage, and Gai says sarcastically that it's such a problem. Shinobu says that obeying orders all the time just isn't in their blood. Same goes for the "trouble-making" D-Team. Shiro, Amuro, Chris, Watta and a couple more decides to follow. Stella says that they're troublesome but Hatsuki says that it might be so but they're quite good at fighting and to watch. Daba notice Gabley who has no problem charging in to settle old scores. The fight begins and Chai note that the resistance have gotten some other forces with them and Nei contacts him saying that she'll join in soon since the resistance have unknown forces with them. She's bringing the O-Je to test it's function. The battle continues and Chai is angry that the team isn't falling like he wants them to so he decides to bring out all his forces. Chai attacks the L-Gaim saying that it's his prey and Lecce tells Daba to be careful since that's Chai Cha, one of Poseidal's 13 General. Chai and Gabley are defeated and Nei arrives with her subordinates to "test her machine" The battle begins again and Lecce note that it's Nei Mohan's O-Je. Nei says that she'll get Lecce THIS time and Lecce is up for it. Nei note that Daba is good enough to give Gabley trouble and Daba note that Nei is quite good too. Nei is defeated and she note that while the O-Je is a good Heavy Metal, it needs fine tuning and she decides to retreat. Daba thanks everyone for going out with him and Gou says that those losers were weak, got anyone with more backbone? Shou tells Gou not to gloat but Lecce says that taking out two of the 13 general in the same battle is quite an accomplishment. Dr. Arl wonders noting Daba's action for a while whether he could be... Fairy tells Akimi not to be deceived, this is only the beginning and underestimating the opponent is the biggest enemy. Stella admits that his plans were wrong but still they did disobey orders and Daba agrees to be punished alone but to leave the others out of it. Hayato finishes his report on the profile he gathered on the Resistance army and that they're full of amateurs who doesn't have it in them to advance to be professional. Hayato says that that also seems to hold true for the Poseidal army, only a few are elite soliders while the rest are just amateurs. Aizak says that the resistance is too weak, only Daba's ideal won't keep it aloft and Hayato says that they'll have to strengthen the resistance to fend for themselves if they want to make any headway here. Lecce asks Daba if he's fine with having his surroundings dictating his actions or in other word, going with the flow. She wants Daba to make his objectives clear. She wants him to take the position of leadership. Daba isn't comfortable with that saying that Lilith, Amu, Kyao and Lecce all decide to follow him on their own, he never asked for them to follow his lead. Amu's arrival stop this conversation as Daba says he'll go help Kyao and the two girls starts bickering in no time. Episode 23 Akimi asks Fairy if this star system is all under the Galactic Alliance's control since it means that they might not bump into Jeeg and Sally. Fairy says that while the Galactic Alliance was enemy with Guardisword, it ended with Guardisword's home planet being destroyed, so it might not be too strange if Jeeg and Sally sneaked in here. Fairy asks if Akimi wants to meet them and Akimi says that she doesn't want to leave things as it were, she'll capture them next time and make them see reason. At the Gandol's dining hall, Daba explains that they are getting ready to mass produce the L-Gaim which makes Amuro and Sleggar quite perplexed since that's quite sudden. Daba explains that the resistance had been advancing plans to mass produce Heavy Metals for their own use for a while. Kyao adds that for the Pentagona star system, mass producing Heavy Metal is quite quick and easy. Daba says that they have to go back to base, Stella is calling them. At Little Say, Kento asks why Dr. Arl is staring at the L-Gaim and Dr. Arl says that the L-Gaim is quite familiar, it's appearance is similar to the Kairam that the Yaman Tribe once used. Stella comes in asking if Dr.Arl thought so, that's why he called for Daba. Stella tells Daba that Daba's brought problems with him since L-Gaim uses Yaman technology. Dr. Arl note that the Yaman clan made up the House of Gamon so what seems to be the problem? Stella explains that Poseidal wiped out the Yaman clan from the face of the star system utterly to show her power and no one in the Resistance is going to dare used technology from a damned tribe. Stella's troop agrees with him and Lecce asks if these losers think being the resistance is playing for them. Daba says that his dad made L-Gaim but Stella continues to say that it still uses Yaman technology. The soliders say that thanks to Daba, they've been targeted by the 13 general; it's all because of his damned Yaman blood. They shout for Daba to be expelled. This gets Kyao angry "Why you ungrateful losers, Daba gave you his prized L-Gaim for your cause" Stella says it's different, if they have Yaman amongst them, they will face Poseidal's full wrath. Lecce says that she's always thought so but this confirms it, Stella and the others aren't serious about fighting Poseidal. Dr. Arl agrees with Lecce but Stella says that if Dr.Arl wants to pursue this, he'll expel Dr.Arl too. Gabley insist Nei that he be given another chance at the resistance's base but Nei slaps him telling him to calm down. She then allows Gabley to do it though Gabley is quite angry at being slapped, he note to himself that he won't forget this and he'll rise through the rank and get payback one day. Poseifal force under Chai attacks Little Say and Stella orders the Gandol team to deploy. Gabley also arrives to aid Chai under the pretense of paying back debts that he owes Chai. The resistance soliders see that it's a huge Poseidal force and shouts that they're done for. Amu tells them to stop shouting and deploy for god sake. Daba asks why the Resistance army isn't deploying and Lecce says that they're too busy cowering in fear. Kyao says that it looks like the only one capable is the Gandol team. Stella berates his troops for cowering like that but they're too scared to obey Stella. Daba tells everyone that if this keeps up, everyone will die; if they don't pull together then they'll never make it out. This makes the soliders think twice and they reluctantly deploy. Stella can't believe that the soliders were moved more by Daba's word than his own As the battle rages, Stella bemoans that there has to be something that he can do but Hatsuki tells him that all they can do is wait and believe in the team's victory. However suddenly a King Cobra sneaks up on Stella and bites him. Hayato shoots it dead but wonder what a King Cobra is doing here? Hatsuki says to call the doctor but Stella tells him to continue fortifying the base. Hatsuki says he'll take care of it and Hayato tries to rush Stella to the medic but note that the poison is preading too quickly. Daba wonder what's happening at the base and Hatsuki informs him which makes Daba wonder how Stella could have been attacked Gabley and Chai are defeated but Gabley plans to go back in but Nei contacts him and ask what is the meaning of this defeat? She tells him to retreat and come see her at once, which is an order. The team finds out that Stella has died and Lecce is surprised since no attack ever hit their base. Kyao is surprised to find out that he was killed by a snake. Sarah notes that this makes the morale of the people on the base hit an all time low. Gou says that it can't just be any normal cobra. Lecce thinks it's weird and Daba wonder if it's a trained snake sent by the enemy. Hatsuki say that it's a possibility but for them to try an assassination while attacking the base seems unnecessary. Aizak says that he has a premonition about this and wants to exam the cobra's remain more carefully. Lecce tells Amu and Kyao later that with Stella gone Daba himself must become one of the more important people or at best the face of the resistance. Though Amu and Kyao mocks the idea Lecce notes to herself that if mentally Daba is running away from something, now is the time for him to stand his ground. Episode 24 Most of the resistance soliders are fleeing the Little Say base after Stella's death. Many decide to return home and admit defeat. Kyao wonder if Daba shouldn't try to stop them but Daba says that it can't be helped, there are other resistance army that will continue the fight. Kid and Shiro note that these people have no obligation to fight to the death, they're not as commited. Hayato says that the resistance here is just a collection of those discontented; they haven't received training at all so they're not an army. Daba acknowledged that and says that the resistance needs to gain more capability to make itself a force to be reckoned with. Also if each of the resistance soliders doesn't want to overturn Poseidal's rule then they won't be able to make headway. Hayato and the rest leaves and Kyao ask what's next for them and Daba says that they should try to make contact with other resistance army and join them. Lecce tells Daba to quit with this crap which surprises Amu and Daba. Lecce tells Daba that he may not know it, but he fought with the 13 general many times and survived, he's already become one of the last hopes of the Resistance army. Poseidal will be gunning for him to quash any hope of the resistance and this time it'll be on another level with huge forces sent after him alone, bandits will be out to collect rewards that Poseidal army put out on him. There's no way that the Resistance army at this stage can fight Poseidal troops and continue to protect him, they're just too weak. Amu asks what Lecce is trying to suggest and Lecce says that Daba's presence right now is counter productive, he's just going to draw attention from the enemy and that's not what the resistance need.Daba needs to leave the Pentagona star system as part of the Gandol team. Kyao doesn't understand what Lecce is saying. Lecce says that they need to bide for time and chance, the Gandol is quite strong and Daba won't stand out and they seem to be willing to help. Daba is quite lost for word and Lecce tells him that they're trying to forge a revolution so he has to be willing to go for broke and put everything he has behind this. Daba admits that he lacks the determination to do that right now, he can't find it in him to commit fully. Later on, Lecce asks what the Gandol will do next and Hatsuki says that they think they'll try heading for the Edon Kingdom in the next star system, they might be able to get the Endon Kingdom to back the resistance army using Dr. Arl as a meditator. Dr. Arl notes that King Dokuga will most certainly lend them his strength. Lecce asks for Daba to be brought along to widen his view of the world. Hatsuki says that Daba is leader material for the resistance and Lecce points out that the resistance can't protect Daba right now, what with Stella's assassination. It's not safe even amongst the resistance. Without Daba, the flame of resistance will be snuffed completely. Daba asks to be one of the team and Hatsuki and Aizak note that they'll need his help for their endeavour so they welcome him aboard. Amu asks to go along too but Lecce tells her that right now they can't win against Poseidal so they need to go to another location and rebuild which means that with Daba gone, it's up to her and Amu. Amu tries to protest but Lecce more or less tricked her into going along. Amu finally decides to do it if it's for Daba dearest and Daba says that they'll meet again. Meanwhile at Nei's ship, Nei learn that Giwasa had ordered the assassination of Stella. Giwasa says that he use his contact with Nubia Connection to do it which pique Gabley's interest as to what Giwasa is planning. Giwasa asks about the Resistance's movement and Nei says that many have deserted the resistance but a handful of soliders still exist after a new leader seems to have been found. Giwasa note that Stella wasn't much of an influence on the Resistance then and he then orders Little Say to be totaled. Little Say is under attack and Amu note that they can't leave if the Poseidal troops are coming in full force like this. Lecce note that this is bad, the 13 generals are serious this time. Daba understands the situation and says that he'll do something since the Gandol is deploying right now. The only way to survive this is to rush through the Poseidal troop's offense at full speed and outrun them. The Gandol will lead the rush and then head for space. Once the Gandol does that, the rest can abandon their mech or whatever, but they have to try and survive. Amu and Kyao pout that Daba always listen to Lecce during all this and Amu say that it's because Lecce's a solider. Kyao says that Lecce is always trying to be the "teacher's pet" This gets Daba angry and he lets Kyao have it in the face and tells Kyao to stop picking on her. The two gets into a fight and Daba shouted that things can't continue to go on like the past or they'll all get killed. Lecce herself is fighting and don't think she'll be around everytime; if she's gone who's gonna pick up the slack; it might have to be Kyao or Amu. So it's high time they learn what needs to be learned while Lecce's still around. He himself might die sooner or later and who's going to continue the fight against Poseidal if that happens. Daba cries and ask why they don't understand. Kyao sigh and says that Daba doesn't have to get THIS emotional and he makes a decision and runs off. The Gandol deploys and Akimi note that it's one huge army this time and Fairy tells her to concentrate on getting the Gandol out of this in one piece, they can't afford to have it damaged again. Amu asks if the L-Gaim's part and weapons have been checked and Daba says that Kyao already did it when he ran off. Amu asks if that's true and Kyao says he did it. Lecce tells Amu to gather the resistance soliders and head off. A few soliders decide to aid Daba in escaping and the team deploys to back them up. After the battle rage for a while, Kyao says that the Turner ship is ready to go and deploys, this ship contains personnel and the vital things that they could take from Little Say. Gabley is defeated but his troops say that they have taken over Little Say, all that's left is to get rid of the Resistance's ship though Nei note that it won't be as Gabley makes it out to me. Nei orders Little Say to be totally demolished and as Little Say burns, the Resistance soliders note that their base is gone but Kyao says that they can rebuild if they're still alive. Amu hope that she'll get to meet Daba again as the Turner ship begins to leaves, Amu then wonders where Lecce is and realize she's been tricked. Nei and her subordinates are beaten and she note that the ship that helped out the Resistance, the Gandol and it's robot army, have powers beyond that of the normal Poseidal army. She has to report this to Giwasa. The Gandol makes it out to space safely and Hatsuki note that he's figured out a lot of the Gandol's weak point and problems, if they can find a place and material to modify it, they wouldn't have as much problem as they do now. Aizak says that the enemy they just faced may have given up on them but they're still in enemy territory so it's best to be on guard The Turner contacts the Gandol and say that they will now leave for another resistance location. Kyao note that he never thought he'd be saying goodbye to the Turner ship and Daba says that it's carrying injured personnel and vital materials so they'll be leaving it in the care of the resistance for a while. Daba and Kyao suddenly see Lecce walking out the door. She makes up a flimsy excuse that Daba lacked knowledge so she's here for support. Daba says that there's more to it than what Lecce is selling, such as the true reason Amu was sent along with the Turner ship. Kyao says that it's unfair of Lecce to do this since Amu likes Daba also. This stings Lecce's conscience. Lecce later on asks Daba if she should leave the ship since while she really thought Amu wasn't suited for combat so she shouldn't be on a warship like this but what she did was unfair. Daba shouted that she shouldn't try to confess her feeling or anything since that's not fair to Amu also. She'll have to apologize to Amu later. Daba leaves quite frustrated and Lecce wonders what she's done, Daba now hates her. Daba apologize to Hatsuki for the trouble that Lecce cause. Hatsuki says that her knowledge is useful to them but from now on, they'll have to work alongside the team's objective. Dr.Arl says that the closest planet in the Edon star system is the Bad Land Planet which they should head for. Episode 25 The Gandol team will soon reached the Bad Land Planet. Lecce is still down at what happened between her and Daba but Daba comes up and apologize for his outburst earlier and says that he'll count on her for support. Lecce notes that she now has to find a way to apologize to Amu the next time they meet. At the Gandol bridge, Hatsuki, Aizak, Dr.Arl agrees that Daba is hiding something from them but Hatsuki note that it doesn't seem to be anything bad so they'll have to wait for Daba to trust in them enough to come forth with it in time. Dr. Arl notes that Daba has charisma and strong will and puts them into action; it's too bad that Lord Kento doesn't follow his example. Meanwhile on the Bad Land Planet, Prince Mito and his followers Kakus, Sukedo and Shinobu are going over the objective for their sojourn incognito into the various planets under their kingdom that is to both widen Prince Mito's perspective and see how things really are in his vast kingdom. Mito then sees a peasant girl being chased and attack by the Royal soliders under command of the regent on this planet and goes to defend her demanding they stop their brutish behaviour. His aide, Kakus and Sukedo follows his lead and aid the prince. They are soon joined by three roadside warrior who calls themselves Diego Shutekken and Shiro. Diego's other two friends also arrived and chased off the soliders. Mito introduces himself but keep his true identity a secret. Mito asks Diego to take the girl to the nearby village and he agrees. Diego then introduce his comrade, Shutekken, Shiro Maboroha, Layla and Samanosuke. Kakus then realize that Diego is the famed Don Condor and Shutekken is the bladesman Shutekken which means Shiro is Billy the Shot. Sukedo says that Diego's group, the Retsu, is famous around the asteroid belts here. Diego looks at Mito and says that he feels some ties to them and he'll stick around with them for a while. The girl whose name is Anita wakes up and thanks them for the rescue but she hates those with money like them and the regent here. Mito asks why and Anita says that the regent alway gives them trouble and she has decided to go and give the King a piece of her mind. Her dad was killed by the regent. Suddenly a blast is heard and Shiro M.says that a horde of robots are here attacking. Mito runs out and demands to know why the soldiers are attacking the peace loving villagers and the soldiers says that there's a little liar here who's going to go give false info to the king and thus it's a terrorist act. (SURE it is, you just go think that) Anita says that it's not a lie and that the regent has been after them to get them to abandon the village. Shinobu then comes to Mito and say that she's found out that there's a diamond mountain near here which is why they've been trying to get the villager to abandon the village The Badland regent then appears and says that with the diamond in the mountain, he can definitely be on the level of the Aman merchant (Amandra) and the Bloody syndicate's network. His aide Rubitai agrees and the regent then say to kill everyone. Mito has heard enough and tells Shinobu to get everyone clear. Sukedo then tells the prince to call for Daiohja. Mito and his two guards then cross their sword "Cross Sword" he shouted "Come On Daiohja!!" The Daiohja appears and all three appears in their regal dress, (Cue Daiohja's theme) Kakus then shouted "Kneel, knaves!!" Sukedo then continues "Do you not know who stands before you?" "The one before you is Dokuga the 16th Prince Mito." Rubitai then note that the robot must be the symbol of Edon, the Saishou robo Daiohja. The villagers seeing this then bows to their prince with Anita hardly believing it. Shiro and the others note that that was quite an entrance and quite the reveal. Diego note that it's time to go in and tells everyone that it's time to Synchron Gasshin. Diego then shouted "The Ginga Reppu is here!!" and tells Prince Mito to give the order and Mito shouted "To those who preyed on the helpless, I will render punishment in the name of heaven" (Sailormoon's got nothing on him) and Diego continues "Ginga Reppu Baxinga, Go" The two begins to fight the regent's men but Sukedo and Kakus note that the enemies have numbers on their side. Mito says that he will not abandon his subject. Suddenly a flying train (you heard right) comes in with I.C. Blues saying that Mito is not going to die here. Blues introduces himself as a big time gambler. He's here to gamble over the fate of the Edon Kingdom. This raises Kakus and Sukedo's ire but Mito asks which way Blues bet. Blues says that he bet that Mito will ascend the Dokuga throne and brings peace and prosperity to his subjects. Mito is content with that and says he'll trust him. Blues tells his crew, Rock, Birdy and Pete to get ready and shouted "Take Sasurait On" and the flying train becomes the Ginga Shippu Sasuraiger and joins in the fight. The Gandol also arrives and Dr. Arl notes that that's the symbol of Edon, the Daiohja. Dr. Arl says that they have come from Pentagona to ask for the Prince's help and Shutekken note that the prince sure is in demand by many people. While Sukedo and Kakus are hesitant, Mito says that he wants to talk to them. The regent then deploys all his men and the team then joins in the fight. The battle is over and Diego note that the Gandol is really something and he'd like to go on a ship like that and tour the galaxy. Shutekken says that he doesn't mind going too and Shiro M.and the others are in agreement. Mito hoped that peace will be restored to this area now. After much fanfare from the villagers and Anita who now pays their proper respect to the prince, Mito goes to meet the team to talk to them. Meanwhile the regent gets assassinated with a cobra courtesy of the agents of Carmen Carmen. Mito happens upon the corpse and Aizak note that it's quite similar to what happened with Stella and conclude that Carmen Carmen of the Nubia Connection is definitely behind this. Shinobu says that she's heard of the Nubia Connection, they're a mysterious cult with unknown purpose and Aizak note that Carmen's influence has spread to outer space or maybe his base was in outer space to begin with. Mito learns of Dr.Arl's predicament which irks Kento a bit that Dr.Arl keeps saying that Kento has no interest in reviving the Elios Empire but Kento says that he's first and foremost Date Kento, a Japanese. Mito says that he seems to like Kento a lot and they seem to have a lot in common. (such as their Seiyuu) Meanwhile Diego meets with Aizak and says that he's heard of the J9's legend even out here in outer space since Nubia seems to consider J9 an extreme nuisance. Blues agree saying that Nubia has been making moves against the Earth and it's solar system for quite a while. Shutekken then asks Blues to explain his motive and Blues says that he's a Big Game gambler like he said; he's made a bet with Bloody God, the Don of Darkness of the Bloody Syndicate. The bet is whether the Edon Kingom will continue to exist or not and Blues bet that it will. Blues will gain lots of money if he wins that bet and Bloody stands to gain a lot of money should the Edon Kingdom fall. Blues then says that the Grados of the Galatic Alliance also has developed dimensional transfer technology to which Shutekken note that it's a station planet which can be used to transfer goods (and arms) here and invade Edon. Aizak note that there must be those who wish to instigate a revolution or more in the Edon Kingdom. Diego then says that he and the other members of his team will ally with Prince Mito to protect him since they have been requested to do so. At the bridge, Hayato and Hatsuki note that their goals mirror and supplement each others so it's best they cooperate. Kento says that Mito is in for a ride and Dr.Arl tells Kento to be more respectful but Mito is ok since he's wanted a friend who'll treat him normally for a long time. Dr. Arl then asks Mito if they can gain an audience with King Dokuga the 15th since his majesty's opinion will be important. Mito then says that they should head back to Planet Edon. Episode 26 Bloody God, the head of the Bloody Syndicate contacted Carmen Carmen to talk about the situation with the battle between the Galatic Alliance and the Interdimensional Alliance and how the fiercest fighting is now at the 3rd planet of the solar system, the planet called Earth. Bloody says that even the Edon Kingdom is headed for an age of chaos. The reason that he called is to reaffirm that the business in the Edon Kingdom will be handled by his syndicate. Carmen Carmen then says that the Aman merchant of Pentagona is moving in to take advantage. Bloody says that as agreed, he will use the service of Carmen Carmen in assassination. After breaking contact, Carmen Carmen note that Bloody, the Galatic Alliance, the Interdimensional Alliance and the Earth Federation are all just little players in his scheme. On their way to Edon, the Gandol team intercepts a ship piloted by Ozuma. Diego and Shutekken recognize him. Ozuma says that he is now carrying goods for both the Edon Kingdom and the Galatic Alliance so he's got lots of things should they want to make a purchase. However Shutekken gets quite angry and Ozuma merrily says that maybe next time they can do business. Mito asks who Ozuma was and Diego says that his name is Ozuma Drago from Tolsa, a planet in the Edon Kingdom; he travels throughout the galaxy selling his goods, following his dreams. Shutekken says that it doesn't change the fact that he's selling to the enemies and backing them. Akimi note that after arriving in Outer Space, her view of the people here have changed, since before she's thought that they were all enemies but there are good people here as well. Fairy says that the reason they are here is to gain information to take back to Earth to plan. Akimi hopes that they can get an alliance with the Edon Kingdom. Fairy says that Edon has always protect itself during the war between the Galactic Alliance and the Interdimensional Alliance, Guardisword, in actuality, should have tried to ally with Edon but the reason that it allied with the Interdimensional Alliance is probably due to Helrukka's judgement. Suddenly a call to scramble comes At the bridge, Sukedo note that the ship attacking them isn't one of Edon's fleet and Shutekken note that it's space pirates. Diego notes that the weapons/robots that they use are all available on the market and Blues says that it might be one of Bloody God's agents. Kei is surprised to see that the Ginga Reppu group is still alive and Diego note that it's Kei Maron. Shutekken asks why Kei is standing before them. Kei is discontent with King Dokuga's laws and is planning to revolt. His goal is to capture or kill Prince Mito. He talks as if Mito is going to go easily. The battle begins and is soon over as Kei is defeated. Kei notes that the Ginga Reppu has picked up some powerful friends bu the stone had been casted and those who aid the Dokuga Kingdom will soon fall. Kei retreated and Osuma reappeared having had a good watch which irked Shutekken. They are soon contacted by the person called 3J who supplied the Ginga Reppu with their weapons and information. Diego and 3J talk about Osuma who's making quite a name for himself and Diego hope that they won't have to cross sword against Osuma. The team finally made it to Edon and is granted a hearing with King Dokuga. Dr. Arl says that it has been a long time since he had the pleasure of meeting his majesty. King Dokuga says that he wished that he could have lend Elios strength before it fell but now is the time to set things right. He will lend aid to revive Elios. King Dokuga then tells his son Mito that the Edon Star system is now filled with strife. Even if they ally themselves with the Galatic Alliance, there is no place for a peace loving kingdom like theirs. King Dokuga then says that they must maintain peaceful relation with other countries etc that wished the same to remain at peace and for the future of Edon, Mito must gain more knowledge and experience which is why King Dokuga wants Mito to go with the team and find the methods to bring peace to Edon and space. Meanwhile Kei apologized to Despan for failing but Despan says that the die is cast, the Edon Kingdom will fall into strife and sooner or later, he will become the ruler of the Edon Kingdom. At the Gandol bridges, Hayato ask who the shady man named D.D. Richman is (not Daredevil that's for sure) Blues says that D.D. is his group's manager. 3J note that with him and Poncho added, the three J9 group's managers have all gathered. Sanosuke says that from the looks of it, it's a gathering of idiots. Aizak asks Poncho about the route that the Galactic Alliance use for going to Earth and Poncho says that the route is in the Grados Empire. Poncho has more news but want Akimi and Fairy here. Poncho says that he got a lot of info from the people of Guardisword about the route to Earth, their name were Jeeg and Sally. 3J says that Guardisword people are dealing informations all over the area and they put it to good use but ran out of money to buy more useful info. Fairy note that it's typical since information like these don't come cheap. The info that they did get is that the two of them are seeking an alliance for a mission against the Galactic Alliance attacking a station planet since it can send things to Earth. 3J says that with the station planet fully operational; the Galatic Alliance has now eliminated the problems of sending reinforcements and supplies to their armies on Earth that arose from distance. Poncho continues that the Galatic Alliance had already sent a force to Earth. The situation on Earth is quite dire; the Muge Zolbados of the Interdimenisonal Alliance and the Grados from the Galactic Alliance had invaded. However with the Station planet available, the odds are in Grados's favour, the best thing to do is to take out the Station Planet to interrupt their supply lines. Hatuski notes that if they attack the Station planet, they'll be up against heavy forces but Fairy says that it's their chance to return to Earth with information and regroup with the Earth Federation's forces. Hayato hope that the Feds will last till then. 3J then says that there is another Station Planet near Pentagona but it's not as heavily guarded as the one in Grados because Poseidal has refused to send reinforcement to the Galatic Alliance with the excuse that it will throw her Empire into turmoil. Grados has used it's position to create one Station Planet there but Poseidal isn't too keen on protecting it. Fairy note that if it's the same type of Station planet then they're closer to Pentagona and it's less guarded, it's more advantageous to attack there. Poncho says that the two Guardisword agents thought so as well and plans to rendezvous with their ally at a resistance base in Pentagona. Akimi note that Poncho and the others seem to have the deal all done already without consulting them first. Diego thinks that it could be a trap from Poseidal and Shutekken says that it might but it might not be; what's more important is how trustworthy those two Guardisword agents are. Poncho says that's why they have to ask Akimi and Fairy. Fairy and Akimi note that while the two are currently their enemies, they are good people but she thinks that the plan to attack the station planet isn't false. Hatsuki says that they will return to Pentagona and meet with the resistance. Akimi hope that this time they can convince Sally and Jeeg. Episode 26A The Gandol is near Edon's border heading towards Pentagona and Akimi note that Edon is quite vast. Dr.Arl state that the Edon Kingdom streches about 51 Planets, 36 of those are new planetoids. Shutekken says that while it's technically the Edon Kingdom, they are in the new planetoid's star system where the new planetoid alliance is active. Diego explains that new planetoids originally do not exist in the Edon Star system, they are manufactured using asteroids and other materials to create living ecosystem for people to exist on. Akimi is shocked that the technology existed to create planets. Shiro M. then updates Dr. Arl that the number of new planetoids has jumped up to above 50 during his long sleep. Now about the new planetoid alliance, it's mostly the people from the Planet Long and Kowahand who are anti-Dokuga Kingdom, they wish to depose of the Dokuga Kingdom and take over. Danji note that it means that Edon has to deal with enemies both on the inside and outside. Diego says that they are in the Planet Long's vicinity and they are the most radical about overthrowing the Dokuga Kingdom. Mito wonders if it's Kei Maron and it is. Kei attacked again and the team fights back. Kei is defeated again and he doesn't believe that the team have THIS much power. Diego hopes that Kei behaves himself for a while now but he doubted it. At his quarters, Mito asks Sukedo why does his people not band together? They are all in danger of being invaded by the Galactic Alliance. Sukedo says that it is an age of unrest and those who are angry at the rules of the Dokuga Kingdecide that now would be the best time to further their plans. Mito wonders if the populations of Edon hated the rules of the Dokuga King. Kakus is a bit angry at Sukedo for troubling their prince saying that the rule of the generations of the Dokuga Kings have brought peace and prosperity but Sukedo says that's why they must inform the prince of the situation. Kakus says that most of their subjects are content with the rules of the Dokuga Kings wishing for peace. Dr.Arl is incensed at the New Planetoid Alliance for daring to rise up against the Dokuga Kings and cause nothing but trouble but Shutekken note that even amongst the New Planetoid Alliance, there are those who wishes nothing but the best for the future of Edon, they just don't think it lies with the Dokuga King. Everyone has their own justice. Blues says that behind these people are the one who wants carnage and bloodlust, the death merchants such as Bloody God of the Bloody Syndicate. Daba note that to prolong the war, they might team up with the Aman merchant. Aizak adds that Carmen Carmen also figures into this, he's also a death merchant (assassination, etc) Episode 27 The Gandol is in an asteroid belt to meet resistance operatives and Jeeg and Sally at Full Flat's Third Star. This is because the Third Star is neutral territory that Poseidal granted to Full Flat and the resistance operative does not want something that is pretty glaring like the Gandol to go to their real base for fear of leading Poseidal's troop there. Full Flat allows the Gandol to dock and resupplies them. She also introduces them to Semu- Ju, the resistance operative and Jeeg and Sally. Full Flat note that Akimi is a bit antagonistic towards them and Sally tells Akimi that their dispute needs to be on hold for this mission. Full Flat excuses herself from the planning (i.e. to keep herself neutral) and runs into Daba who thanks her for her help against Poseidal but Full Flat asks him if he's not scared or does he actually want to die. Anyhow she's willing to see how Daba does in this battle. At the Gandol, Jeeg tells Akimi that Fairy must accompany them back to Guardisword and if Akimi wants to be with her, then she has to come too which gets Akimi's goat up. Fairy says that she won't be going with Jeeg and Sally and Sally tells Jeeg that they shouldn't push this right now since they're going to be working together so it's best not to stir up a hornet nest. This actually proves impossible since Jeeg then comment that the team are just soliders working for the Feds which gets Akimi's goat up and she says that she thought that if they talk they'd be able to understand each others but Sally then says that it's because the team's not under the Fed's command at the moment that they risked contact. Akimi says that they can co-exist, Fairy's proof of that and what about Jeeg's experience with her on Earth before this happened. Jeeg bluff saying that he was just gathering info to which Akimi say is a lie, he's a bad liar. Sally says sadly that she did research on Earth and outside a few short period of peace, Earth is always warring with each other and Jeeg continues that unless Earthling are forced to change then they'll exterminate themselves and others one day. Fairy then asks if Reginia is the one commanding the invasion of Earth, if so doesn't that say something about Guardisword right now? Doesn't it bring up doubts about Helrukka's methods? Sally says that Reginia may not value life much and Jeeg continues "But what Guardisword needs now is power, without the two of them, Guardisword would have been destroyed." Sally continues that after Fairy left, the two of them had to fight hard since Guardisword lost it's mother planet and all it's major colony, even though Reginia's method is questionable, it brings results and she was the one who handled all the stuff that they couldn't do or bring themselves to do. Akimi asks Fairy who Reginia is and Fairy says that Reginia is one of Helrukka's closest aides and a fight with her is inevitable. Jeeg tells her that they should focus on this job first and their dispute can be settled later. The Gandol launches from Third Star with Full Flat musing that the young are always the one throwing themselve into danger without a second thought and she tells Daba Mylord to live his life the way he wants. Meanwhile, Poseidal asks what Giwasa is doing coming back to her palace on the planet Gastgal and Giwasa says that he has come to inform Poseidal of the Resistance's attack on the station satellite near here. Poseidal tells Giwasa to take care of it and to locate and wipe out the various resistance bases which to Giwasa also includes investigating the Third Star's connection with the Resistance. The Gandol reach the Station Base but face opposition from Giwasa's forces including Gablet Gabley, Nei and Giwasa who came himself to cement his position in Poseidal's eyes. Goztello from the Grados Empire also appears to kill the Earthling before he goes to kill Eiji on Earth. Commander Kabuto of the Zarl also appears noting that the Earthlings are brave to try and cut off the supply lines here. Jeeg and Sally say that they have to disperse the enemies first before taking over the Station Planet. Jeeg then asks if Akimi can keep up with him and Sally says that if it's too hard, try keeping up with her which starts to gets Akimi's goat up again and Fairy says to not lose her cool by their words and Akimi says she understands but she's going to show the two of them the strength that comes when she and Fairy works together. Goztello is defeated and he shouted that his brain hurts.He'll be going to Earth first and he won't forget them when they turn up. Commander Kabuto also decides to use the Station Satellite to head towards Earth as planned to conquer it. Kento says that they're heading towards Earth and Kaine note that they couldn't stop them. Sleggar says that there'll be time to get them later but to concentrate for now on the enemies at hands. Nei is also sent packing even though she wants to continue to fight but her subordinates remind her of her obligation to Giwasa. Giwasa himself can't believe that he lost and he notes that the Gandol is a lot more powerful than the normal Poseidal Army can handle. The team plans to take over the Station Satellite but Poseidal reinforcements comes in much quicker than expected and the team thinks that if this keeps up they'll be surrounded. Frau then tells Hatsuki that there's a transmission from Gastgal. It is Poseidal who allows the Earthling to use the Station Planet but she will not let the resistance go and demands their surrender. Hatsuki note that Poseidal seems to be well informed that they are from Earth and Poseidal says that she knows all things happening in Pentagona which is why they were allowed to come here. Daba asked if Poseidal planned this from the start. Poseidal says that she is the child of God and she gave the Earthling a trial which they pass. Daba is furious asking if being the child of god means oppressing people making them despair. Poseidal says that she did as the nature of Pentagona wanted since it's previous rulers dirtied the beautiful Pentagona. Daba retorted that at least there was peace. Poseidal replies that the peace means nothing since it is only for a while, her mission is to cleanse this world and test it's people to lead to a new awakening. Daba is furious shouting that Poseidal is the cause of the killings and the warfare even to the amount of genocide of certain races. Poseidal retorted that they "had it coming" Poseidal continues "It is good to grant trials and tribulations that strengthen the people since those that survived will lead to creation of new world, isn't that so, last survivor of the Yaman Clan, Gamon Mylord?" Semu Ju is shocked that Daba is of the Yaman Clan and so is Dr. Arl. Daba admits that it's true; he is the heir to the bloodline of the Yaman Dynasty. Poseidal continues that she had tested Gamon Mylord and given him a chance. Daba says that if this is a test then he will show Poseidal that there are people who will resist her everywhere. Poseidal then dares Gamon to try. Hatsuki says that they will help Daba and the others; they can't just leave them here while they run away back to Earth. Shinobu and the Dancougar team like the sound of that and gets ready to bust head and Jeeg tells them not to forget the mission objectives but Akimi says that there's no way they can do that right now and Sally has to agree that they need to keep fighting. Lecce asks Daba if what he says was true, that he's the last of the Yaman. Daba says it is and apologizes for keeping it from them but Lecce says that she had an inkling of the truth anyway. However even with the Gandol's help, it looks like curtain for the Resistance. Amu suddenly calls in and tells them to stop with the cheap melodrama and arrives with more Resistance forces. Amu says that she'll use an SLS to kill all the sensors which is when they have to make their escape. The Poseidal troops led by Ryogurei gets hit hard and had to stop in their track or they'll run into each others. Amu heads for the Gandol to meet Daba and have words with Lecce for her cheap tricks before. Lecce calls "uncle" "Mercy" but Amu isn't having any of that though she forgives Lecce when Daba asks her to. Amuro notes that the enemy is disoriented right now and they can make their move. Sally and Jeeg volunteer to stay behind and clear a path for both the Gandol and for the Resistance to get away but the Gandol team better destroy the Station Satellite on Earth's side Ryogurei is destroyed and he note that if only Poseidal's personal forces were deployed then this wouldn't happen but Poseidal says that she will not waste her personal force on this and she wants Ryogurei to do a job for her. Hatsuki announce that they will now head for Earth. Jeeg and Sally wish the team good luck even though they may end up on opposite sides again. Lecce then deploys in the Turner saying that she is also staying behind saying that if Daba had been more of a leader, this wouldn't happen, they're not playing at war, they can't win right now and Amu knows that and she doesn't want to die so if Daba is truly serious about reviving the Yaman clan then she'll stay behind to make preparation for it. Lecce then tells Amu that they're even now. Semu Ju says that he did heard of a rumour that the young prince of the House of Gamon escaped the purging from Poseidal a long time ago and perhaps this prince can now become a true leader to their group. Lecce asks how Jeeg and Sally plan to destroy the Satellite and Jeeg says that after explosives are placed on it, he'll light it up with his Cloud Harken and proceeds to do so. At Poseidal headquarter, Oliby informs Poseidal of the Station Satellite's destruction and if Poseidal wishes it. Poseidal says that it is fine, this way she wouldn't have to commit to the Galactic Alliance's game over Earth but more Resistance escaped her than she thought. Oliby is interested in Daba Mylord and Poseidal note that she should be since Kwasan Oliby who also has Yaman blood shares the same biorhythm of Daba Mylord. Meanwhile Full Flat is under investigation by Giwasa for aiding the Resistance but Full Flat says that Giwasa probably don't know WHY she was able to obtain neutrality from Poseidal in the first place and Giwasa says that he knows she once saved Poseidal's life and Full Flat used that fact to discredit Giwasa's source that the Resistance were here. Giwasa is incensed later that the source, Amandra Kamandra, and Full Flat seemed to have played him for a fool. Episode 28 At the Gandol, Hatsuki notifies everyone that they're in warp now but when they warp out, they may be in a battlefield so he wants everyone ready to deploy. Daba asks for a moment to speak up and he apologizes for keeping his identity as Gamon Mylord a secret but Hatsuki says that no one is going to blame him for anything. Dr.Arl in particular is pleased to find the heir of Gamon with them but Daba asks to just be called Daba since he was raised up normally and not as a King. Kento agrees and so does Mito saying that it can be a burden. Shutekken has to comment that the heirs to the three kingdoms of spaces are with them and Diego note that they may be looking at their future rulers right here. Mito asks for Kento and Daba's help in bringing peace to the universe. The team is near Earth and Hatsuki has to hope that all is still well and that the info they got will mean something. Around that time, on Earth, the Feds have retreated fully from Jaburo and Commander Igol note that Jaburo has fallen and he wonders why they have concentrated on attacking South America. His companion, General Bushida and Chief Ashitatsu wonder if it's because Jaburo was there, if so the next target might be their base in Japan. Commander Igol is informed by the Resistance in North America that the Galatic Alliance and the Interdimensional Alliance are gathering both on Earth and in space after the fall of Jaburo. Chief Ashitatsu says that it's going as predicted which is where their plan comes in but with their depleted firepower, do they have a chance? Commander Igol says that they need to disperse the enemy gathering even a little. Albatrona Eiji Asuka then comes in saying that the Layzner's maintenance is complete and he will head off to aid the White Base in destroying the Station Satellite here on Earth otherwise the enemy reinforcement will continue to build. Chief Ashitatsu and the rest tells him not to hurry, they want to wait until both the Intergalactic and Interdimensional clashes and the White Base still hasn't rendezvous with the Lunatz troops yet. Eiji then says that he'll prep the Layzner to go at anytime. Bushida notes that Eiji is quite hot blooded and Commander Igol says that they got precious info about the Grados from him. It's been three years since he arrived, the half blood man between Grados and Earth, Eiji Asuka, who betrayed Grados to warn the Earth. Without his warnings those years ago, they would have lost even more to the Grados than their present state. Commander Igol is then informs that the White Base is ready to proceed with the Plan. The White Base has now rendezvous with Wakken's Salamis team. Bright ask if Zeon's movements are quite bad and Wakken confirms that Gihren has negotiated a cease fire with the Intergalactic Alliance to save Zeon/Giganos alone. Igol then calls Bright saying that Muge and Grados forces have begun clashing elsewhere which means that protection on the station will be little and this is the chance to wreck it. Commander Kabuto arrives and note of the White Base's plan and decides to protect the station launching all his troops and automated Grados mech. Bright orders the launch of the Z Gundam, Gundam Mk II, Hyakushiki and the Elmeth and the fight begins. More AI mech arrives and Quattro asks Bright for his decision and Bright says that they have to destroy the station. Lalah says that it will be ok since reinforcement for them will arrive with Camille also sensing it when the Layzner arrives and V-Max the enemy reinforcements to bits. Eiji introduces himself and joins the battle. More AI mech arrives but afterward, the Gandol arrives as well. Amuro and the others recognized the White Base and deploy to help out at once. After the team downed some enemies, Zeon forces led by Haman arrives to help out the Galactic Alliance by orders of Gihren. Haman tells Lagan who acts as caretakers for the enhanced humans Puru and Purutsu to let them out to play. This will test the worthiness of the programs. Purutsu is fired up to kill but Puru isn't exactly so eager but Purutus berates her since this is what their purpose is about. Commander Kabuto is beaten and he notes that the forces here are insufficient to protect the station satellite and orders his ship to rendezvous with the main forces. Ragan is also beaten and he note that there are those with bones in the Feds after all, he'll look forward to the next battle. Haman tells Char that it's been a while, she didn't think he'd betray Zeon and Quattro says that right now he is Quattro Bagina, no more and no less. Haman tells him to cut out the tiresome charade or does he plan to be one of those who won't accept where the ages is heading. Quattro says that if that means being led by the Zabis then the one who won't accept where the ages are heading is them. Haman tells Char to come back to her but Quattro says that he won't. Haman then says that if he doesn't, he will die. Puru is beaten and she cries that everyone is mean to her and Purutsu note that the Psyco Mu system needs more work once she is beaten. Haman is beaten and she notes that she doesn't have to give it her all here and retreats but note that the Gandol is the means that the team plans to use to destroy the Satellite.. The Gandol and Dancougar get ready to destroy the Satellite and Shinobu asks Hatsuki if they're going to do "that" but Haman appears again and targets the Gandol. Dancougar tries to block her but is no match for the Quebley's speed but then the Black Wing shows up and hits the Quebley dead on prompting her to retreat. With Haman out of the way, the Gandol fires it's cannon obliterating the Satellite. Alan tells Shinobu that he's still green which angers Shinobu and Alan continues that he'll harden Shinobu up to be better to save the Earth. Shinobu asks who Alan, the pilot of the BlackWing is anyway. Alan tells them to come to the Resistance base, Eiji knows the way. At the White Base, Eiji tells Bright that before they head to the Eastern Base, the White Base needs to head for the American continents. Hatsuki says that the Gandol will head for Japan first to make repairs but the Dancougar team and the others need to rejoin the White Base. Quattro introduce himself as the Commander of the White Base's MS troops to Shiro and says that he'll look forward to their briefing since they've got more friends on the way back than from when they left. Quattro introduce the others under his command, first up is Emma who is from the Federation, next is a former Zeon solider, Lalah Sun. She doesn't agree with the fact that Zeon under Gihren Zabi had forged an alliance with the Grados and many other Zeon troops felt the same and had abandoned Zeon. Emma confirms this and says that many who left decided to join with the Feds in fighting off the aliens. Quattro says that they are here to fight for the Earth and Shiro says he understands, they're not just fighting for the Feds themselves and he believes that if they talked, people of Zeon and the Feds can come to an understanding. Quattro continues and introduce the Z Gundam's pilot Camille Vidan; he's been scouted from the civilians. His colony was attacked by the aliens and he board a trial MS (the Gundam MkII) to fight them. The Feds then asked him to join up. Camille says that he heard that the WB was a gathering of "unique" individuals which is why he's decided to join. Fa comes in telling Camille to apologize but Camille says that he didn't meant anything bad by it. Shiro asks who Fa is and Fa says that she's Camille's old friend who escaped along with him after their colony was attacked. Shiro asks if she's a civilian and Fa says that it's complicate. Inside the hall, Amuro asks Lalah if she was that pilot from before and Lalah says that she saw that they and him would be fated to be like this. Amuro ask if that means Lt. Quattro is like he suspects actually... Lalah says that he should learn to trust his instinct more since they're correct and Amuro wonders if he'll get along with that person but he IS glad she's ok. At the cafeteria, Kaine note that they're probably headed for Jaburo and Amuro says that they'll meet up with the Resistance here. Things have gotten so bad that they may not be able to go back to Japan for a while. Both the Interdimensional Alliance and Galactic Alliance have concentrated their attack to the American continents, there has to be SOMETHING there as many surmises. Lalah says that power usually lures people, something IS there. Fairy thinks hard back at her room; if both the Interdimensional Alliance and Galactic Alliance are after the same thing then it might have something to do with the CUBE. Helrukka had probably been leaking information about the CUBE to both sides in controlled amount to premediate this circumstance but he wants the power for himself which is why they must not let it happen. Chris asks Bernie what he plans to do from now, since they're going to have to go to war with the Zeon again and Bernie says that after hearing what Lt.Quattro said back then, he's made up his mind. Zeon right now isn't the Zeon he fought for and he's learned that this isn't the time to be talking about factions like Zeon or Feds. He wants to fight for Al's future and Chris says that they'll do it together. Episode 29 At Grados Headquarter, Ru Kain is incensed that the Station Satellite had been destroyed by the White Base team. He decides to use the captured Resistance member, Anna Stefani as a lure to draw them out by having her publicly executed. And to do that he has his aide Roan Demitiri carry out the plan. This is also to test Roan's loyalty since Roan was once one of the people who resisted him and was friend with Anna and Eiji. Roan says that while it's true he was part of the Resistance once, he's since seen the errors of his ways and now accepts Grados as their overlord. Meanwhile the WB team has arrived at the Resistance base in North America and meet with it's leader, Dr. Elizabeth Greby. Alan introduces himself as the Resistance's battle commander, Alan Igol which surprised the Dancougar's team as he's Commander Igol's son. Alan doesn't get along too well with his dad, but Eiji says that Commander Igol asked him to come and work here to help Alan out. Alan outlined the situation; the Intergalactic Alliance or Grados has conquered America and have pushed their forces to occupy South America as well. With South America under their full control, they will now call back some of their forces to deal more harshly with the Resistance. Before that happens, the Resistance plans to evacuate and join up with the troops in Japan. Most of the important stuff has been packed up; they just need to get it on the White Base. Meanwhile the Shangrila Gang has snucked in to steal some Resistance MS/ Machines to sell so that they could in their own words "live like kings" However Judo's sister comes and berates him and the others for doing the wrong things. They hide once Quattro, Amuro and Ru Rukka who brought the 2nd Gundam MkII arrives with stuffs to put on the White Base. Ru says that she's been assigned to the White Base from today. Eiji asks what happen to Simone and David and Dr. Elizabeth says that the two are out checking enemy movements with the new Earth-made SPT. Eiji asks if the Doll has finally been completed and Dr. Elizabeth says that it's soon to go into mass production. A call from David tells Eiji about Anna's situation. Alan and Eiji note that they can't abandon Anna and decides to mount a rescue without the White Base's help but the WB team asks Bright to follow anyway. The Shangrila Gang having hidden aboard the White Base is shocked to have the White Base launched and decides to steal MS to get away. Meanwhile in New York, Anna is forced to do the "perp walk" by Roan who says to draw it out for as long as necessary to intimidate the populace into submission. Anna tells Roan that he's changed but Roan says that Anna should beg and submit to Grados though it doesn't seem like she would do it. There's nothing else to be said since he's a traitor to them. David and Simone see this and David can't take it anymore and deploy but Roan has his SPT troops deploy as well. The SPT commander says not to take them out at once, they'll draw in even bigger fish. Eiji and Alan then arrive to help and Eiji asks why Roan is helping the Grados. Roan says that in war, winners are always right, he's been chosen because of his ability, for those who aren't, they just lack the will to try and be useful and those who doesn't try and become a part of society are just a problem. Roan mocks David for being lucky enough to survive and says there's no escape now and deploys more troops. Eiji says that he'll go get Anna at once but Ru Kain arrives and uses his V-Max Red Power to attack the Layzner and then declares to the Earthling to submit to Grados for their own benefit. There is only one truth in the universe, the conquerors and the conquered. It is time to throw down their old belief and submit. Anna says that it is wrong, Earth belongs to the Earthlings, only those born here can change their own ways. David adds in that the Grados can go home, that's what the people of Earth wants. Eiji says that this planet isn't Grados's. Ru Kain says that all that barking isn't going to sway him but Eiji says that he will find a way to defeat Ru Kain and Gresco and sent them packing from Earth. The White Base arrives and Alan berates them for taking this huge risk and Sarah says that they want to hear the father-son reunion talk. However Judo and gang take that moment to steal the new ZZ Gundam, the Hyakushiki, the Gundam MkII and the GunCannon. Riina tells Elle that they should go back and apologize but Elle isn't having any of that. Amuro and Camille have to note that Judo is actually doing a good job at driving the ZZ Gundam. Ru Rukka then deploys in the Z Gundam and captures Elle. Quattro takes the chance and tells Judo that they have his sister, if he wants her back then he'd better return their MS but for now they'd better get out of the battlefield. Judo says that they can't run without Elle and Riina. Mondo asks if they should get out of the way but Judo says that he'll take out Grados, without Grados they would have a much better life than what happened to them. The others have no choice but to go along. Ru Kain then deploys the Death Ogre squad with Goztello pining for Eiji's death. The battle then begins. Goztello is defeated and Ru Kain tells him to make himself scarce since Goztello's defeated state infuriated him. Ru Kain and the other Death Ogre are defeated and Ru Kain note that the team is quite good but suddenly his father Gresco ordered him to return but Ru Kain says that this is the time to defeat the team and asks for more troops from headquarters. Gresco says that the troops from the South are returning and to leave it to them. Ru Kain begrudgingly retreat and tells Roan to take care of the rest and he note that these Earthlings will give him quite a sport. Eiji note that the defense is now broken and heads forward to rescue Anna while Roan tells his troops that ground forces are no match for SPT and orders their retreat. Bright order the team to retreat since the troops from the South is coming in. The Shangrila gang wonders if for them it isn't going into the frying pan to escape the fire but Judo says that they'll just have to bear the consequence. Quattro tells Bright that Judo and the Shangrila gangs have potentials as pilots and Bright agrees that they've been witness to military secrets so they'll have to bring them along to Japan as well. Emma wonders if they aren't being too soft on these little thiefs but Amuro says that they probably have their reasons and they should hear it first though Camille is intent on "straightening" them out. In the deck, Camille does just that and Shiro tells him to stop it though Camille says that if luck wasn't with them, all of them and the team could have died. The Shangrila gang says that because of the Zeon war and the current war, they were orphaned and had to live on the streets and Kento sympathize with them since his conditions was the same before he got to pilot Daltanious. Karen says that normally they'd be trialed and punished but Judo says to leave Riina out of this and the others say that it's all the adults' fault for making war. Alan says that whatever the case, they now know military secrets and will now have to come to Japan with them. Judo doesn't like that but Ru says that adults have their reason as well. Mondo says that they may just sell the White Base's secret to the enemies and Alan says that they'll be allowed to run around certain area in the White Base and they'll be given jobs to do instead of being punished. Shiro agrees with that but Camille is still quite pissed at Judo's gang. Riina begs to work and Ru asks Judo if he's going to make his sister cry again and Riina tells her big bro that he should work on this ship. Alan says that they won't force him to work but he should think over the situation and consequences clearly though Beecha grumbles that being on a ship that they can't escape means that they're pretty much forced to work which makes Alan asks the two of them if they said anything and Beecha and Mondo says they didn't say a thing. (Alan would probably throw them in the slammer if they grumble anymore) Gresco is reprimanding Ru Kain telling him that Ru Kain certainly was busy during his commanding of the forces that took over South America. Gresco says that needless destruction and murder will only drive the populace away from them which makes Ru Kain wonder why his father is saying that since the one who ordered the usage of WMD and killed off 1/7th of the population on this continent was his father. Gresco is silent and says that that was necessary for a time (to cow the populace into surrendering) but the rules for ruling the masses have it's steps but it's all for Ru Kain. Gresco continues asking if Ru Kain believes that he is superior to the Earthling thus fit to rule thus a superior leader will lead to superior governance? Is that his reason to conquer the world? Ru Kain says that he believes so and Gresco then tells Julia to enter. Gresco says that this is Eiji's sister. She was once in their army but was helped by the earthling and is now called the Holy lady of Gusco. During his military operation in South America, she approached him to try and convince him. Gresco says that Ru Kain should hear this. Julia says that the Earthling and Gradosian are offshoot of the same ancestor race, they are thus brothers Ru Kain doesn't believe that but Gresco says that it is true but Ru Kain says that his father is deluded for believing in this woman but Gresco says that the inner people of Grados's government, the top people all knew this secret. Ru Kain hasn't learned the meaning of the words to conquer, it means to accept that you are evil first because to gain the power to conquer means killing billions upon billions of people. Ru Kain says that those deaths shouldn't be in vain and thus the conquerer must be superior to those they conquered. Gresco says that those are slippery slopes, superior in which way? bodily, in knowledge, socially? For Gresco, to conquer means merely being more powerful than those conquered. Ru Kain must come to accept that he is evil first. Ru Kain doesn't accept that way of thinking, to him the strong, the superior is meant to rule just because they are superior. Gresco and Ru Kain gets into a more heated argument over their views and Gresco relieve Ru Kain of his position of Commander telling that Ru Kain seems to be too green to accept this position and fact. In a fit of anger, Ru Kain shot Gresco. Gresco then tells Ru Kain to kill Julia, this is all for his benefit. Keep his death a secret and kill Julia to keep Grados's secret of being a brother race to humanity a secret. However Ru Kain decides to make Gresco's death public and says that he will work to lead the Earthling and Gradosian to an ideal Empire. He appoints Roan as his right hand man and state that those that have proven themselves to be skilled and superior no matter their race will have a place in his Empire. In the slum of the Grados capital, Roan asks why Arthur asks to meet him and if he has nothing to say then he's leaving. Arthur says that Roan must be killing himself inside becoming Ru Kain's right hand man to wait for the time. He'd like to hear Roan's true thoughts but Roan says that he fully believes in Gradosian and Ru Kain's ideal of the superior ruling the inferior, belittling Arthur and then tells him to never approach him again. Arthur shout as Roan walks away that he still believes in Roan The White Base has finished evacuating the resistance base and Judo and the others wonder how they'd escape but Ru and Riina comes in telling them to quit it. Ru then tells Judo that he's been assigned the Double Zeta if he wants to continue piloting. Judo doesn't want to fight for those that he doesn't know but Ru ask if he isn't going to fight for his friends and sisters and begins to string Judo along with words of encouragement and the others note that Judo sure likes to have his ego inflated. Akimi, Watta and his employees are glad that they're finally getting to go back to Japan since it's been ages that they were there. Episode 29A In the White Base, Quattro is teaching Fa how to pilot an MS and use it to do labor such as gathering MS parts that are salvageable. Camille sees this and asks why Fa is doing this and Emma says that she asked to be trained as a pilot and Ru says that she probably wants to make herself useful. Emma says that Fa isn't combat ready yet and Ru says that Fa will probably not go into combat but to let her do as she wants for now. Camille then catches up to Fa and asks for an explanation and Fa says that they're short of hand and she doesn't want to be a bother so she decides to become one. Camille doesn't want her to go out and die but Fa says that she's not his thing so let her do as she wants. Meanwhile Simone and David are asking permission from Alan to deploy since they planned a rendezvous with Arthur. Arthur had been working for the Grados grudgingly but David says that he hasn't sold his soul to the Grados like a ceratin someone. Alan says that they need to leave this continent and head for Japan as quickly as possible but Eiji says that they'll be back in time. Eiji and the others meet Arthur and David wasn't sure he'd come since Arthur had been working at Grados headquarter. Arthur says that he brought supplies which even Gradosian doesn't get to eat normally. David and Simone say that they hope Arthur can give them more info on Grados. They eat and Eiji asks about Roan to which Arthur says that he's completely on the Grados side which made Eiji go "I see..." Suddenly Eiji and the other see a fleet of Grados SPT heading towards the direction the White Base is in and decides to follow back. The White Base is under attack and Bright says to protect the supply ship that's carrying their supply from other Resistance base. Roan then arrives saying that Arthur is an idiot for thinking that he'd not know about this and orders the Death Ogre squad to deploy to sink the White Base. Alan notes that it's the Death Ogre squad and wonder if Eiji isn't back yet. Fa decides to deploy (in a GM to boot) to help out which doesn't do wonder for the health of Camille and the others and Quattro says that he'll cover for her. Eiji arrives saying that David and Simone will be here later, he hurried along with the V-Max first. Goztello sees Eiji and heads for him and Bright tells Eiji to take care of him while they deal with the rest. The team dealt with the Death Ogre squad and Arthur looks on saying that this is goodbye. He's sad that he won't get to go with them but he believes that one day they'll drive Grados away from Earth. Fa meanwhile gets an Emma slap for going out without order and Camille says that it's his fault for not understanding Fa. Ru then says to go comfort Fa. At the Grados capital, Ru Kain applauds Roan for using his old friend as bait to track the resistance, he doesn't care that it ended in failure since the troops that accompanied Roan was too little. With the White Base gone now, they will focus on weeding out the small pocket of Resistance that choose to remain behind. Episode 30 In his fortress at Bardos Island, Dr.Hell relates the tales of the ancient Mykenian (who aren't in this game) who uses their robot army to subjugate the world and he has recreated those army but the one who stands before him and his goals are the Double Mazingers, Mazinger Z and it's pilot Kabuto Kouji and Great Mazinger and it's pilot Tsurugi Tetsuya. However, today is the day that they will finally end the Double Mazingers' resistance. Commander Bushida learns that a Kikaijuu army has decimated a Federation battle line. Dr Yumi calls in and says that the Double Mazingers are on their way to intercept since Japan is the last fortress of the free world. Commander Igol says that the White Base should be headed for Japan soon and for the Double Mazinger to hold the line. Chief Ashitatsu note that it's been a fierce battle and if they fail, everything is over but Commander Igol says that the news hadn't been all bad. They got precious information from the Gandoll's trip to Outer space and most of their forces that retreated from Jaburo and all over the world are now gathering in Japan to stage a counter attack. Commander Bushida says that because of that, invasion has intensify in Japan and various cities have been destroyed, leaving the refugees from those town to evacuate to other town and thus overpopulation in those towns, even the RaijinOh base, their school, had become a refugee shelter which means Raijin Oh can't deploy easily. Commander Bushida and Igol agrees that they overrelied on the kids but there's nothing they can do for now. At the EDC's base, Tsutomu and Maria note that the enemies have been getting stronger and they've been coming in more numbers than before. If this keeps up, even the matchless Raijin Oh won't be able to handle them. Tsutomu says that they have to find a way to become stronger and he shows Maria his lead on a different robot that they might be able to get to enhance themselves. Jin and the others arrive with Jin wanting to copy Maria's homework but Gen.Bushida calls saying that Jyakku Beast have appeared again. With Asuka not here yet, Jin decides to go out in his own mech to beat them. Meanwhile the Mazinger team is working it's hardest to keep Ashura's attack from spreading but the numbers are too great. Dr. Yumi suggests a retreat but Kouji isn't having any of that since they have to protect the city so they have to keep them from advancing. Kouji fought on but Mazinger Z is overwhelmed (actually one-shotted in the game which is a real shame since this is the ONLY game to have parts disabling and I thought that they would do something like disabling the Z) Tetsuya tells Kouji to get out but Kouji shouts for Mazinger Z to move, he won't abandon the Z since it was something his grandfather left him but suddenly the Hover Pilder split off by itself and heads for parts unknown and Mazinger Z explode knocking Kouji in the Pilder out. Ashura is elated to have finally destroyed the hated Mazinger Z and tells his Kikaijuu to bring Mazinger Z's remains with them. Ashura then leaves and deploys more Kikaijuu to take care of the rest of the Mazinger team. Commander Igol calls in and says that they will take up the task of searching for Kouji and that the RaijinOh is on it's way. Jun says that the enemies are gathering their forces for a full scale attack on the city and Dr. Yumi note that they have to take this chance and repair and resupply as best as they can. Episode 31 The White Base is entering Japan and Bright asks Frau for an update. Frau says that along the eastern side of Japan is decimated and the Photonic Labs is under heavy attack. Quattro note that the Feds have their hand fulls just trying to maintain the line elsewhere and Shiro says that they should head to reinforce the Labs quickly. Meanwhile Tetsuya, Sayaka and Boss have returned to the battlefield after resupply to head off the attack though Jun tells him that all the mechs got quick repair so it's not as good as a normal one so Tetsuya should be careful. Desgaia also arrives to attack Japan though he's not pleased that he's been ordered to since he wasn't able to concentrate on taking Jaburo thus the Intergalactic alliance got it but Shapiro who is now dressed like an exhibitionist says that Jaburo was just a lure, the real head of the Federation now lies in Japan, they began moving it once the attacks from outer space intensify. He knows this because he was once a part of them. Desgaia is pissed at Shapiro noting that if Emperor Muge didn't favour this cretin, he'd kill him instantly. Meanwhile Falseb note that the Muge empire has deployed and Belzeb says that it's not too bad working alongside them and deploys the Jyakku Beast along with the idea that RaijinOh was a pain in the ass to them in their conquering of the world thus he creates the Jyakku RaijinOh to counter RaijinOh. Jin and Kooji arrive in their respective mech and Tetsuya thanks them for the assist since they're outnumbered. Jin note that they made the right decision to come first instead of waiting for Asuka and Kooji says that there's a mech like RaijinOh rampaging and Jin smirks that did they think that if it looks like RaijinOh, it'll win against the real thing? Asuka arrives late saying that he was finishing his homework. Jin berates him for it but Asuka says that as a kid, doing your homework is just as important as protecting the world. Maria tells them to form RaijinOh but Belzeb appears in his mech, the Jyakku Satan and says that he won't let them form RaijinOh Tsutomu says that the enemies won't let them combine and will pick them off one by one but he has an idea that just might help. Asuka note that if the enemies won't let them combine them they'll have to fight as is for now and wait for the chance. More Jyakku Beast appear and Jin ask if Tsutomu still hadn't figured it out yet but Tsutomu says that he doesn't know the last activation code for something in their school but Maria tells him not to give up, as a man he should fight till the end and everyone in class gives him encouragement. The White Base appears and Akimi says that it's been ages although she wasn't exactly hoping to come in fighting again. Hayato asks if Tetsuya is all right and Tetsuya fills him in on what happened to Kouji. Gildrom also appears to aid Desgaia and Jin asks if Tsutomu hadn't figured it out yet. Tsutomu tries his best and Maria see that a lever had pop out from her desk. Once Maria pulls it, a big robot comes out from the Schoolyard, it's name is BakuryuOh and it can be controlled from the EDC's command room. Bakuryu Oh launch and appears to aid the team. With this chance, Jin and the others combine into Raijin Oh Desgaia see that his army is being manhandled and Shapiro advises a strategic retreat since Japan is the head of the Federation now so it won't be easy to crack and Desgaia grudgingly retreat. Belzeb is defeated and he can't believe that the EDC has something like the Bakuryu Oh up their sleeve so he'll retreat for now. The Gandol then arrives with Hatsuki saying that he has something from Saishou Industry for Akimi and Akimi heads for the Gandol where she meets Chief mechanic Jinpui who introduce her to the Soul Lancer. Fairy waste no words in prepping it for launch and Akimi is surprised by it's power. She note that it's quite powerful for a new model but Fairy says that it's not a new model, this is the machine that she was in when she came to Earth. She continue to research the unfinished system that incorporate the CUBE with the test machine Soul Gunner and with the data that Akimi gave when she used the Soul Gunner, they were able to complete this machine fully. The team attacked and finish off the remaining enemies. Sayaka then ask her dad if they've found Kouji yet but Dr.Yumi says that there's no trace of the Pilder and Tetsuya wondered why, the Pilder was leaving the battlefield the last he saw it. Dr. Yumi then tells Tetsuya and the Mazinger team to come back to the Photonic Lab since they need to fortify it, they can leave the clean up to the others. Jin and the others thanks Tsutomu for his hard work in finding Bakuryu Oh and they says that they'll have a party to commemorate it. The EDC leaves and Bright says that they will now head towards a dock. Akimi can't believe the power of the Lancer, is this the power that comes from unleashing the CUBE's energy? Fairy however says that this is nothing compared to what the CUBE is capable of but controlling the energy is going to be the challenge which is why there's also a limiter in place. They should head for Saishou industry Suiun greets Akimi and ask if her little sojourn had made her grown a little and Akimi isn't amused considering she didn't think she'd end up going to the edge of space. Akimi asks where Fairy is and Jinpui says that she's at the lab since there's lots of thing to do. Akimi says she knows and she's going over to see Fairy leaving Suiun noting that his baby girl did grow up. Akimi arrives and tells Fairy to take a break and go out and have dinner with her but Fairy says that it's ok and there aren't any restaurant open at this time of the night and it's wartime so things have been rationed out. They might need to deploy at any time so she'd like to get some time in to do some research. Akimi ask if she could help with anything but Fairy tells her to rest up and says that everyone here worked to help finish the Soul Lancer so she has to do her part and do what she can. Akimi says that in that case, she'll make dinner and they can eat together. Outside Akimi see and note that this is the park that she met Jeeg and wonders how he is right now. Back at the General Company, Watta note that a lot of things had changed since he last came back, the town and the school are feeling the effects of the war, everyone is feeling depressed about it. One of his employee, Mokushita ask if they have to return to the WB but is told that they're not getting paid if they don't, beside it's for the Earth and Watta tells everyone to cheer up. Meanwhile Dr. Hell commends Ashura for his work and tells him to modify the Z into their firepower and their next target is the Great Mazinger and the Photonic Lab. Episode 32 Tsutomu is busy teaching the rest of the class how to properly operate Bakuryu Oh with everyone eager to pitch in and help. Meanwhile, Hayato decides to leave for the Saotome Lab feeling a premonition. Gou decides to tag along saying that there's sure to be something fun where Hayato is going. Shou and Gai wonder if it'll be ok with just the two of them. Near the Saotome Lab, Nagare Ryouma has returned to visit Musashi's grave. He tells Musashi that Musashi was an idiot for dying like that and apologize saying that if he hadn't been captured and tortured by the Dinosaur Empire resulting in his amnesia, then Musashi wouldn't have to die. Suddenly Ryouma see an explosion at the Saotome Lab and goes to investigate. Bat Shogun has invaded the lab with his troops and is planning to kill Dr. Saotome before the Shin Getter can be awaken, however Dr. Saotome is rescued by Ryouma, Hayato and Gou. Bat then orders Neo to appear and Neo appear having gained control of the Proto Getter in the Getter Grave. Gou ask if the Dinosaur Empire people are fine piloting something with Getter ray like that but Hayato says they aren't, they're dying from it but they're that fanatical in stopping the Shin Getter's resurrection. Shou and Gai then appear saying that they'll hold them off while Gou and the others take care of the troops in the base. The Raijin Oh and Bakuyru Oh then also appear to help. Meanwhile Ryouma and the others have defeated the Dinosaur troops in the lab and Dr. Saotome tells Hayato to activate the Shin Getter. Meanwhile the Proto Getter keeps appearing and Tsutomu note that the best way may be to sacrifice Bakuryu Oh to save everyone and Maria says that Bakuryu Oh contains no pilot so it's the best choice but Jin isn't having any of that since Bakuryu Oh is their friend and suddenly both machines light up and another lever pops up near the student Hiroshi and Jin. Both pulled it and Bakuryu Oh and Raijin Oh combines to become GodRaijin Oh The Neo Getter team defeat Neo but he regenerate which surprises Gai who says that Getter shouldn't have that type of power, Shou note that the Plasma power is dropping, only two pilots can't bring out the Neo Getter's full potential. Neo says that they've thrown away their lives for the Empire. Back at the lab, even though everything went according to procedures, the Shin Getter just won't start up which pisses Gou off and he jumps into the cockpit saying that he'll start it up himself. Dr. Saotome wonders what Gou just did in the cockpit when the Shin Getter begins to absorb the Getter Rays into itself and starts up. Outside Neo is planning to finish off the Neo Getter Robo when the Getter energy begins to leave the Proto Getter and exploding them in the process being gathered into Shin Getter. Suddenly Bat Shogun appears in his Mechasaurus and attacks the Neo Getter but then suddenly the Shin Getter Robo appears. Gou tells Shou and Gai to hop in and they'll use this to finish things off. Bat Shogun then orders his Mechasaurus army to appear. The WB team then arrives and Jin says that they're slowpoke which irks Akimi a bit though she sees that the RaijinOh is different. Jin proudly presents the GodRaijinOh and challenge Akimi to a showdown of whose power up is better against the Dinosaur Empire. Maria tells Jin to quit it and Bright tells Akimi to cut the small talk and deploy. However more troops from Muge including Desgaia and Reginia appear. Fairy tells Akimi that it's Reginia and she will not be someone you can try to convince so their only recourse is to fight. Desgaia does not understand why they have to target this lab and this Getter Robo but Shapiro says that they do not understand the power of Getter. If the Earthling ever manages to Mass Produce it then there will be problem. Ryou note that the Muge seems to be targeting facility in Japan a little too precisely; it's as if they know the inner working of the Federation. Sarah thinks that it might be Shapiro's work but doesn't voice her opinion. Belzeb also arrives seeing that the RaijinOh has upgraded into God RaijinOh and wants to defeat it but is beaten back. Desgaia is beaten and he note that they should have brought more troops but Shapiro says that they did get valuable information and they retreat. Reginia confronts the Soul Lancer and note that it's Fairy's machine and she wonder how good it'll be. Fairy tells Akimi to be careful since Reginia had been known to decimate an entire battalion on her lonesome. After a bit of skirmish, Reginia leaves and Fairy tells Akimi that Reginia is a hunter, she's probably gauging their strength this time before the final blow which peeves Akimi off since she thought they had her running. Gou is ecstatic as to the power of the Shin Getter but Shou and Gai tells him to be careful since this thing is an untested machine, it's power output is a lot more than Neo Getter. Bat Shogun is defeated but decides to kamikaze himself onto the Shin Getter but Gou fires the Getter Beam at point blank range at it killing Bat Shogun. At the Dinosaur Empire's fortress, Emperor Gol learns of Bat Shogun's death. Gareri wants to go next but Gol says to wait until the dust clear from the humans' battle with the forces from other dimension and outer space, they will be weak and they can strike at once. Meanwhile Helrukka contacts Reginia and she informs him of Akimi and Fairy's new machine and the fact that Fairy has been able to draw energy from the CUBE safely. Helrukka is deep in thought at how Fairy has been a thorn in his side but it's worth considering capturing that machine and Fairy if it means he can know how to use the CUBE since he can't afford the Earthling that knowledge since they might become a danger to his plans. Episode 32A Dr. Saotome had called Hayato in to give him the notes on Shin Getter since there are many things unknown about it. He leaves the task of taking care of it and Gou to Hayato. However suddenly the Dinosaur Empire decides to attack again and the Neo Getter Team deploys in Shin Getter to ward it off. However the number is a little too great but Texas Mack arrives to help although Jack doesn't hit it off with Gou calling him a monkey. Soon after, the White Base team arrives to fend off the Dinosaur Empire. Afterward, Jack and Mary say that they will join Shou on the battleship which irks Gou since that cowboy hippie keeps calling him a monkey. Episode 33 The team has a meeting on the current situation. While they've protected the Saotome Institute, the Muge Empire had conquered the Phillipine. It's a loss for the Feds but the main target is probably China using the Phillipine as a beach head since China is the place where the MP Dragonar are being created. Light note that that means the fight against the Giganos is soon going to come to a head but Quattro says that it's not that easy since Giganos had joined the Intergalactic Alliance. Amuro says that he's curious that the Interdimensional Alliance (Muge) seems to know the Fed's working a little too well which makes Sarah a little angsty. Bright says that they will soon head for China but they need to beef up their strength a little more here. At the Photonic Institute, Dr. Yumi asks Jun for status on the Great Mazinger and Jun says that quick patches have been applied to it so that it's battle ready. Tetsuya blames himself for this disaster that they're in with Great badly banged up, Mazinger Z destroyed and Kouji lost but Dr. Yumi says that the enemies are also going for broke so it's not his fault. An alert tells Tetsuya and the others that the Kikaijuus are attacking again.Boss deployed to try and stop them but suddenly Baron Ashura appears in the Ashura Mazinger and fires the Photonic Beam at the Institute. Ashura smirks saying that the hope of all humanity, the Photonic Institute will be destroyed by it's own "former" protector, the guardian of humanity, Mazinger Z. Tetsuya deploys in the Great Mazinger shouting that one other guardian of humanity, Great Mazinger, is still standing. Dr. Yumi is told that there are more Kikaijuu on the way and they've trampled through what's left of the Federation's defense. The only ship capable of responding right now is the White Base team but they've just finished fighting off the Dinosaur Empire at the Saotome lab so they'll take some time to get here. Great Mazinger attacked the Kikaijuu army and Ashura Mazinger and soon the White Base arrives just in time to fend off the Kikaijuu army that just arrives. However Jyakku Beast also appears and Bright tells Frau to contact General Bushida. Bushida says that he'll contact the EDC and get RaijinOh over there as quickly as possible. As the team battered the Ashura Mazinger, Ashura says that the Photonic Institute will feel fear at being destroyed by the robot they created. Great Mazinger blocked the attack but got badly damaged. Ashura see this chance and says that a Mazinger should die by the hand of a Mazinger and plans to Breast Fire the Great but suddenly a mysterious new Mazinger arrives destroying the path of Kikaijuu standing in front of it. Dr.Yumi is aghasted and mutters "Mazinkaiser....b...but who built it...could it be?..." Ashura is livid and fires all of the Mazinger Z's weapons at the Mazinkaiser only to find out it has no effect but one shot is all it takes to destroy the transformed Z. Tetsuya thanks the pilot of the Kaiser but suddenly the Kaiser attacked the Great and Dr. Yumi note that it's on a rampage and can't distinct between friends or foes, it'll destroy anything that moves or is in it's path. More Jyakku Beast appears and Akimi is angry that they seem to pop out of nowhere. Fiary says that is why they need the EDC since these things can cross army line as seeds and bloom into Jyakku Beast. The Raijin Oh and Bakuryu Oh also arrive to fend off the Jyakku Beast. The Kaiser starts attacking the Photonic Lab and Sayaka rush over to stop it and suddenly sees the pilot and shouted for Kouji to stop. Tetsuya shouted asking if Kouji has gone crazy and fires the Breast Burn at the Kaiser only for it to not affect it one bit. The Kaiser gets ready to fire the Fire Blaster and Dr.Yumi tells Tetsuya to run but Tetsuya grabs the Kaiser as it fires reducing the blast aimed at the Photonic Institute. The result totaled the Great, damage the Institute and leaves the Kaiser dead in it's track. Tetsuya shout that he's ok and he's getting Kouji out of the Pilder. Tetsuya shouted for Kouji to wake up but Dr.Yumi says that Kouji seems to have gone through a lot of shock to his nervous system so it's best to get him to rest up. Bright says that they will station themselves here for the time being to help out the Institute. In his dreams, Kouji remembers what happened, he sees the Mazinkaiser, the thing that will make him more powerful than God and with the power to defeat the Devil. Kouji wakes up and remembers taking the Kaiser out and losing consciousness. Kouji asked what happen and is told that the rampaging Kaiser returned to the Photonic Institute with an unconscious Kouji on it. Kouji is sorry for the damage he unintentionally caused but Tetsuya says that if Kouji hadn't come, Ashura would have totaled the place. Dr. Yumi says that he learn of Mazinkaiser since it was the ultimate Mazinger created by the creator of Mazinger Z, Dr. Kabuto Juuzou. Apparently if Mazinger Z or Kouji was in a crisis, the Hover Pilder's emergency program would cause it to split off and head for the Kaiser's location. Boss says that with the Kaiser and Borot around, they're invincible but Dr.Yumi says that according to research, if the pilot isn't strong enough, they could lose consciousness and the Kaiser would go into berserk mode like what happened. So if Kouji still can't pilot it well enough then they can't deploy the Kaiser. With Kouji's body hurt like it is, there's no way. Kouji sees that as a challenge and says that he'll get good enough for the Kaiser. Dr. Yumi then says that they have been asked to join the WB crew or rather Kouji, Tetsuya, Boss, Jun and Sayaka. With the situation as it is right now, most of the defense in Japan has been destroyed and they need to go protect the factories in China. Once the MP Dragonar and MS are completed then the Feds will have a chance to fight back and they can go on the offensive. To head this charge is the WB team and all the Super Robots and MS/ Metal Armour,etc that they have. At the Saotome Institute, Professor Saotome tells Hayato to head for China since that's where all the capitals for their counter offense have gone. At the EDC's school, General Bushida is explaining to the EDC why the order to put the RaijinOh on the WB crew has been given out. The teachers aren't exactly ok with this decision but it seems like the only thing that they can do to end this situation. The School will then turn into a shelter fully while the EDC is away. Some in the class feel like this is a little beyond them since it should be the adults who are fighting this war and Bushida agrees but Tsutomu says that in a situation like this with Earth at stake, there's no difference whether you're a kid or an adult. Jin says that things haven't change, they're still going to protect the Earth which rally the rest of the class up. Later on as the teachers gives Bright the responsibility of looking after the kids, Jin is glad that his teacher isn't coming along and Maria says that that's because Jin is thinking that he's finally going to be rid of homework on the ship. However he is told that there will be classes on the ship in their free time. Jin is lost for words and his teacher then says that there will be a test on what is taught in the ship. Later on at the bridge, Bright confess to Quattro that he heard that the RaijinOh didn't come with a manual but the kids figured out how to pilot it by themselves which makes Quattro wonder how they did that. Quattro says that with both EDC and Photonic Institute's firepower with them, they're quite stronger now. At Dr.Hell's lair, Dr. Hell is livid at the appearance of the Mazinkaiser and plans to get even. Episode 33A Sayaka is given the new Venus Ace to use to protect the Institute before they are transferred to the WB. Right now Great Mazinger is still under repair so Venus Ace is all they have to protect the institute though Boss says not to count him out. Kouji prayed that nothing happen. However Baron Ashura comes in with a horde of Kikaijuu looking for a fight with Mazinkaiser. Sayaka and Boss deploy but Dr. Yumi wonders why they aren't firing on the Institute at all. Tetsuya and Dr. Yumi surmise that Dr. Hell may know that Kouji still isn't proficient with Mazinkaiser yet and they're taking advantage of this. Sayaka is attacked and Kouji wants to deploy in the Kaiser to help her but Dr. Yumi says that the enemies is waiting to take advantage of that or has he forgotten what happened with Mazinger Z, the worst case is that it'll become like the Ashura Mazinger all over again. Tetsuya deploys in the half-repaired Great to try and bide for time before the WB can comes but he doesn't last long in the half- repaired Great under heavy attacks from the Kikaijuus. The WB team then arrives and Ashura ask his subordinates what happened to the troops that were supposed to delay them and is told that it got wiped out. The WB team joins Sayaka and Boss in defeating Ashura. Tetsuya apologizes to Dr.Yumi for the destruction of the Great but Dr.Yumi says he doesn't care since they have to get him to intensive care at once. Kouji ask if Tetsuya will be ok but Tetsuya says that instead of worrying about him, worry about how to get Kaiser under full control. Dr.Yumi later tells Bright that Great Mazinger is badly damaged that it may not be repairable at once and the pilot is in intensive care. Tetsuya apologize for having to pull out as soon as they agree to join force and says that once he gets better, he will join up. Tetsuya tells Kouji that he's counting on him and Kouji says that next time they meet up he'll be in the Kaiser with it fully under his control. Episode 34 One month ago in the Giganos Empire, a disagreement between Gildol and Dolchenov over the use of the Mass Driver to attack Earth and joining forces with the Intergalactic Alliance leads to Dolchenov assassinating Gildol and pinning the blame on Maiyo Plato. Today, Dolchenov note that everything has moved according to plan, Goum Jame arrives and note that Dolchenov has it good with what he heard about Maiyo assassinating Gildol and Dolchenov says that he's leaving the Earth to Goum Jame which means Goum Jame can do whatever he please on Earth and he's quite please since it means the age of force is here. At Saishou Industry, Suiun and Jinpui note that the WB has taken off and Jinpui asks Suiun why he has decided to develop unmanned weaponry even though he was dead set against it before. Suiun says that no matter how good a machine he build, it wouldn't equal to a pilot's soul but he doesn't want to see any more young blood spilled. Suiun apologize to Jinpui that both their dream of creating Super Machine in the end turned out to be creating weapons but Jinpui says that they can change focus after the war end. In China, the WB has arrived at the main Federation factory and Bright says that the teams that planned to strengthen themselves up should divide up and go do their things. Quattro decides to take this opportunity to train Camille and Judo while Ru, Emma and Elle decide to go shopping though it's not pleasant shopping since Riina asks Elle to buy stuff for the others who are stuck here. The SPT team splits from Bright to go look over the SPT line that the Feds are manufacturing (the Dolls) These SPTs will be used primarily against the Gradosian SPT. Dr. Elizabeth tells Eiji that they can use the facility here to upgrade Layzner or create a new Lazyner frame to move Rei/ Fauron into. Eiji choose the new Layzner frame although he says that explaining things to Fauron will be hard. Akimi meets up with Dr. Plato who's looking for Kaine. Akimi says that Kaine probably went to town though Dr. Plato says that he told Kaine that he was going to show them the MP Dragonar, the Dragoon's production line. Fairy is an old acquaintance of Dr.Plato and congratulates him on the finishing of the Dragoon but Dr.Plato says that they still need new data input to make it strong since they use all three Dragonar's data and weaponry. However suddenly the alarm sounds and Akimi scramble. Dr. Plato notes that this is a good time to test the Dragoons. Outside, Quattro, Judo and Camille have return from training and see the enemies and begin to engage. Akimi appears and so does the Dragoon. The Dragoon troops say that they will get to see the fruition of their trainings and manage to down one enemy Metal Armour. Meanwhile Kaine and the rest of the D-Team has return and note that their MP counterpart has gone one up ahead of them and deploy which doesn't make them look good. Kaine and the other run to the Dragonar to deploy. The Goum Jame troops arrives and some more Dragoons appear to try and fight them but Goum Jame begins to demolish them but soon after the Dragonars appear to fight off the Goum Jame troops. The WB and Gandol also appear and join in the battle but so does Zeon forces led by Ragan and the Purus. Kaine and the others defeated Goum Jame and he beats a retreat for now. Judo targets Puru and is surprised that she doesn't seem to harbour any will to kill at all. Puru tells Judo to play and Judo asks how and she attacks. Ronmel attacks Quattro and is surprised at how good he is (former red comet and all) Quattro note that Ronmel is quite good. Ronmel and Ragan along with the Purus are beaten but the hits keep on coming as Boida from the Zarl arrives to make trouble and so does Ondron from the Robot Empire. In secret, Desgaia ask Shapiro if it's ok holding back like this since all those Intergalactic Alliance are taking all the glory but Reginia says that once the team are finished with all the Intergalactic Alliance then they will make their move. Eiji arrives in the new Layzner MkII and Kouji note that everyone is fighting but he's grounded like this, he hates it, he won't hide and neither will Mazinkaiser. Kouji then takes off in the Kaiser Pilder and shouts "Mazin Go, Pilder On!!" Mazinkaiser arrives which shocks Boss and Sayaka who ask if he can really tame the Kaiser and Kouji says that he'll manage somehow through guts and determination. He fires the Rust Tornado and note that he felt that through the Feedback. Boss shout that he'd better get the Kaiser under control quick The team defeated the Zarl and the Robot Empire and Dr. Plato congratulates the Dragonar team saying that the Dragonar will be reborn and strengthened. In secret, Desgaia can't believe that the team managed to defeat the Intergalactic Alliance troop that attacked and Shapiro says that human may be fools but they are good at fighting and now that the Intergalactic Alliance had been dealt a blow, they won't be able to move freely on Earth which leaves them free to do what they want. At the dock, Kaine is glad that their mech is getting a power up and he and Tapp see Rose and Linda and Diane as well. Light ask why they didn't come and tell them but Diane says that the trio went into town before they could meet. Linda and the other two have been helping Dr.Plato in his research. Kaine asks if she's ok with working with her father that she disliked but Linda says that she dislike the ideals that her father worked with but she does like her dad. Hatsuki tells the Dancougar team that the Gandol had been strengthened and refurbished and it will be part of the WB force that head into outer space. Bright says that now that they've protected the factories, the Federation will soon be pumping out Gms, Doll and Dragoon to fight the various enemies in the counter attack. Alan takes over explaining that the plan includes going back to North and South America to pick up the Resistance that opted to stay behind. The objective is to go aid them since Ru Kaine has begin wiping them out in earnest and supply them with the MS/SPT/ Metal Armour that they mass- produced and regroup all of them in secret Federation base that are left standing. With this they will manage to up the Federation's force and bases by a lot. Episode 34A In town, Camille complains to himself that Faa had the nerve to ask him to come pick up all the stuff that she had to abandoned when they had to scramble previously. He meets Four who asks for a ride back to base introducing herself as a Federation officer. They hit it off quite well. Enemies attacks again and Camille and the others scramble and Four later joins in as well in the ReGZ. After the battle is over, Four tells Bright that she is assigned to the White Base and Bright commends her on her skills and ask if she had pass lots of battlefield but Four says that it's not exactly like that. At the cafeteria, Akimi and the others are talking about Four and Akimi wonders if she's half Japanese what with the last name Murasame but Alan says that Four is a product of the Murasame Lab, an enhanced human. Chris says that she's heard of that lab when the Alex was in production, she wonders if the Feds can really stoop that low to experiment on humans. Alan says that a bunch of them such as Jamitov Haiman and Basku Ohm are but fortunately the lab was ordered close and those two were court martialed thanks to General Igol and Four is sent here for her own sake. (And thus the plot of Zeta pretty much never exist here, so Jerid is probably still somewhere far far away) Everyone agree that Four isn't to blame for her condition and they should work together with her. Quattro and Bright receive the news from General Igor and while Quattro is still worried, Lalah says that Camille is around so Four should be ok. Episode 34B Light receives a letter from an old friend informing him that his favourite teacher had passed away and Ken and Tapp feels sorry for him. Light says that what's even sadder is that he doesn't feel that sharp pain in his heart when a loved one passed away. He's gotten too used to seeing death on the battlefield. The enemies attack and the team fends them off. Tapp note back at the cafeteria that they really do get used to this but Kaine says that not to worry about it and let's go have some fun.Sarge Ben and Dr. Plato comes in saying that the Dragoons for them are ready (not that they're as useful as the Dragonar and there's no one else to put them in) but Dr. Plato says that should something happen to the Dragonar or if it needs lengthy repair, they'll still be able to use the Dragoons to sortie. Episode 35 Things aren't going too well at Grados capital. Many Gradosian soliders are downright disgusted at Ru Kine's Empire of the superior ideal where the talented whether they are Earthling or Gradosian will make up the ruling class. They believe that they are superior because they're Gradosian, the conqueror and that Ru Kine ordered all the Station Satellite destroyed because he fear reprisal from the mother planet. Of course this doesn't sit well with Ru Kine who eavesdrop on them and shoot them dead. Depressed about all this, Ru Kine blames it all on his dad. His mood doesn't improve when Julia says that she is leaving and he forbids her to leave but she does anyway. When a solider asks him if they should restrain Julia, Ru Kine says to let her do as she please News of Julia's departure hit the resistance who remained behind and in Seattle, where Julia is in; Commander Kabuto had trailed her and decide to use her to lure the resistance out. He begins his attacks killing them. Eiji and the SPT team arrive along with Daltanious to stop him which Commander Kabuto says that he'll destroy the Daltanious to get glory from Emperor Dolmen for his army. The WB arrives and Hayato asks Alan if there's a resistance base near here and Alan says that the resistance had gathered here and radioed them. He is told that the Gusco Holy Lady had been used as a lure to draw resistance and civilians out to be killed and Alan tells Eiji to retrieve the Gusco Holy Lady or his sister Julia Asuka. This shocks Eiji but he says he's up to the task. Eiji rush in and gets Julia back to the WB saying that they'll talk afterward and Julia says that she has something to tell Eiji and the WB crew. When Ru Kine hears of the attack by Kabuto, he is incensed that Kabuto would fight the WB and target the Gusco Holy Lady without his permission and under advice by Roan, orders a squad to be sent out to attack the WB. Goztello asks to be a part of the squad and is told that this is his last chance. Goztello and his team arrive and Kabuto orders all his troops deployed. They all got beaten in record time and Bright orders all available personnel to do rescue and evac on the city ruins immediately. The Dragonar team asks about the Gusco holy lady and is told that stories of her being the holy lady originate from South America near Gusco who works for coexistence between humanity and Grados. Some of the Gradosian here have begun to support her cause. Eiji asks why Julia chose to keep her existence a secret, he thought she was dead. Is this because he killed Gale Sempai? Julia says that is a matter of the past. Once she abandoned the army, she went to Gusco and learned of something that she must do, to heal the world. Their paths are different because he chose to fight but Julia tells him to do what he needs to do. There will come a time when she will tell all to him but she needs to know the opinions of the people on the White Base Commander Kroppen of the Zarl Army is very displeased with Kabuto and Poinda. He tells them to come back to Zarl and to leave the Earth to Nechia who managed to take over Jaburo. This is Emperor Dolmen's decision. Elsewhere Ondron of the Robot Empire is told by Zakuron to take all his force and return home. Emperor Dolmen had ordered their defense line beefed up which is why the forces here are need since the Interdimensional Alliance seems to be up to something. Ru Kine is not pleased with the result and note that the WB not only took out their forces but a Zarl fleet led by Kabuto as well. He ordered another attack to be prep against the team. Back at the White Base, Dr. Elizabeth note that it's quite ironic that someone against military strengthening like her had to be the one who created the Doll SPT but David says that it can't be helped but that set off another debate on the meaning of life, liberty and the death that war brings between the Layzner crew. Eiji ends it saying that fighting can't be avoided for now but he still holds hope that Earth and Grados can find a way to coexist. Eiji return to Julia with the others' opinions and Julia tells Eiji to bring her to Gusco. Julia tells Bright and everyone the secret between Grados and the Earth, that of the Gradosian coming to Earth to give the Earthling culture and technology and left behind a part of their civilization at Gusco, the Grados Seal. Alan note that the enemies had been concentrating on South America and Julia says that the legend of the Grados seal had probably reach the other empires but misinterpreted into being a grand weapon. Bright, Quattro and Alan note that it might be best to go there. Akimi wonder if this Grados Seal is the CUBE but Fairy says that from Julia's description, it seems different but it's possible that ancient Gradosian might have knowledge and ways to control the CUBE in the seal which is worth an investigation. Episode 36 Mondo and Beecha aren't exactly thrilled to go wading into the enemy stronghold in South America but Shutekken says that they are fighting for the peace of the universe, those without the resolves have no meaning to be on this ship but Diego tells him not to scare the runts like that and Beecha says that there's a difference between bravery and plain stupidity. Quattro says that the enemy will probably be concentrating all their firepower to guard Jaburo and not Gusco which has no strategic meaning. This means that they can take it back if only for a while to use the power of the seal and then retreat. Quattro then note that in order to succeed, it's best if they had feint operation to divert some of the enemies' firepower and attention and Alan says that they'll let the resistance and the Federation soliders do that. At the Grados capital, Ru Kine learns of the WB's movement and after some consultation from Roan, decides to dispatch a fleet to destroy them noting that their movement after being in contact with the Gusco Holy Lady deserves attention. At the Zarl's fortress, Commander Neshia is informed of the human's movement and she makes plan to deal with them thinking that they're here to take back Jaburo. The WB team arrives and note that there's not much firepower guarding it and decides to attack to regain the Gusco seal. Akimi wonders if the enemy could use the power of the seal on them before they take back the place but Eiji says that if they can use the seal as a weapon then there would probably be more guards and Julia confirms that the only one who can use the seal is those with Gradosian and Human blood in their body, or half blooded like her and possibly Eiji. The battle begins and the Zarl forces is shocked that the WB's firepower is being concentrated on taking the Gusco seal back and decides to contact Neshia for help. At Jaburo, the Federation forces note that they've stalled for time long enough and pull out before Neshia brings out the full Zarl forces. Neshia is then inform of the WB's movement and tells her subordinates to use all the forces there and nearby to stop them from taking the Gusco seal and she will go there shortly with more reinforcements. The team dispatched the enemy forces there and Eiji leads Julia to the seal. Julia note that their forefathers once set off for space here but now their descendant having come back to this place are now called aliens. Their forefathers must have predicted something like this might happened which is why they created the Gusco seal. Julia says that she still believes that talking face to face is the best way to solve the problem which is why she was reluctant to use it but if needless bloodshed can be avoided though this then, she will use it. Eiji escort Julia in and Akimi note that the seal seems like any old ruins here. Akimi suddenly notes that the energy readings of the Soul Lancer are going off the scales. Fairy says that the engine is in rest mode so they're not manually drawing more power from the CUBE, the power is actually going up by itself. The CUBE is resonating with the energy from the seal. Akimi might have been correct in guessing that the seal uses the power of the CUBE. Grados forces arrive and Akimi note that if they don't take care of those enemies, then they won't have time to investigate the seal. Under advice from Roan, Ru Kine agrees not to deploy but sends in the remaining Death Ogre squad instead. Quattro says that they'll have to protect the seal and says that more enemy forces may be coming. Quattro is right since Goztello appears, not having died from the last battle but he and the Death Ogre squad doesn't last long. Neshia however arrives and deploys her troops along with Ru Kine adding in the troops that he detained from the previous assault along with deploying himself letting Roan leave to do the commanding. Roan is shocked but accepts. Bright note that they might be able to make a run for it if they create an opening but Gou and Kento are against that so Bright says that they will fight to the end and Akimi asks if the Lancer is still at full capacity. Fairy says it is and Akimi says that she's not going to let the boys get all the glory. Anna tells Eiji that there's been no contact from Julia since she entered but suddenly says that the top of the seal is shining and Julia's image comes out saying that she is broadcasting all over the world. Julia says that Earth has come into contact with people from other world but many on both side have chosen to war with each others. It may be that it is too soon for people to overcome the barrier of understanding those that come from another planet which is why they must now count on the wisdom of their elder. She is activating the seal of Grados. With it, traveling from the solar system into outer space will be completely shut down. She hopes that with this act, the people from outer space that are left on Earth will decide to find the path of coexistence with those on Earth. Hearing this, Neshia half believes it and decides to destroy the seal before it activates, however for many Grados troops, having lost the Satellite Station, if they can't even go back to their planet, the normal way, then they'll be stranded on Earth. The Gradosian soliders ask Roan to order a full scale assault but Roan then tells them to withdraw. The soliders suddenly realize Roan's deceit but Roan fires a warning shot saying that he rigged the ship to explode, consider this the payoff of a long term undercover sting operation by the Resistance Army. Roan contacts Eiji saying that he's pulling the Grados fleet out. Ru Kine tries to reestablish control but finds that the channel his troops use has been jammed. The Gradosian soliders in the capital are in turmoil not knowing what's happening and what to do which is perfect for the resistance army. Neshia decides that whatever the case, they must attack and starts to do so. Neshia however gets beaten by Daltanious and is unable to eject to safety. Kento chuckles a bit saying that they finally got a big one down. Ru Kine is beaten by Eiji and note that his dreams which he murdered his father to try and achieve is gone. Roan calls in and asks him to understand that he is at first and foremost an Earthling. Ru Kine says that he might have been fooled but they did share something together, he'll be back sooner or later and until then, Roan can keep his life. The battle is over and the team asked Julia what she did and Julia says that she has sealed off this section of the galaxy. It is now impossible to travel beyond this solar system. Daba, Prince Mito and the Baxinger team says that that's quite inconvienient for them considering that they have things back to do in their home planet. Being stranded for life on another planet was not on the table. Julia says that there is a way around the seal which is to use a key of the same energy of the seal to penetrate the seal temporarily. That key is with the team and Akimi and Fairy then realize that it's the CUBE inside Soul Lancer. It seems that the ancient Gradosian really did know the technology of the CUBE. Quattro note that this changes the battlefield a lot, the Intergalactic Alliance troops here are stranded and their reinforcements cannot come in. They can pick off the stranded one or negotiate with them to surrender. It'll also give them time to deal with other problems such as Giganos/ Zeon and ready their troops safely so that they can counterattack. Diego added that with this they can also head off to outer space safely and tackle one problem at a time without worrying about the home front afterward. Julia says that she did not do this so they would have a military advantage but she did it because she thinks that it will lead to further understanding between Grados and humanity. Diego apologizes. Everyone note that they'll have to protect Soul Lancer once they go back into outer space and Akimi note that she's going to be like a princess with her knights protecting her which Jin says is quite stupid of Akimi and Fairy looks a bit cross as well. Later on, Akimi asks Fairy if she's still angry at her for that little joke but Fairy says that the Interdimensional Alliance have CUBE technology through the Guardisword as well so they have gained an advantage at the very least over the Intergalactic Alliance and they are still free to attack Earth with their troops and reinforcements. She can't help but wondered if this outcome was preorchestrated by them. Akimi says that Fairy might be imagining things. Episode 37 Desgaia is not happy about relocating troops into space since they just got done conquering the Phillipines but Shapiro says that now is the time to pursue the Intergalactic Alliance and crush them. Gildrome voices his concern that the Grados Seal seems to be interfering with their communication with Emperor Muge and Helmatt says that if so then they should blast it to smithereens. Shapiro says that even if they destroy it, it won't revert things back to the way it was or the Intergalactic Alliance would have tried it but his information from Guardisword had predicted it and they have come up with a way to bypass it. For now they should use this chance to take out the Intergalactic Alliance stranded armies and leave the task of contacting Muge to Reginia. Back at the White Base team, the team receives an SOS from NESA base in Japan telling them that the Dinosaur Empire are on the move with Gol transmitting his image all over the world proclaiming that the age of humanity is over, with this ancient relique, a big UFO that he uncovered, it's power puts him leagues above humanity. To demonstrate it's power, Gol wipes out NESA base in one shot. General Igol and Dr. Saotome then calls in saying that Gol is headed for Japan and they need the WB forces back in Japan ASAP. Quattro then alerts Watta, Akimi and the Getter team to fly on ahead first since they were originally based in Japan and get resupplied quickly (to cover the energy cost of flying back) and detain the Dinosaur Empire forces until the WB makes it back. Jack and Mary also volunteers to go on ahead as well In Japan, the last of the Gm forces protecting it fell to the Mechasaurus and General Igol launches a barrage of missiles at the UFO only to have no effect against it's barrier. Gol laughs off the attack but suddenly Gou in the Shin Getter comes in and starts attacking Mechasaurus shouting that as long as Shin Getter is standing, the people of Earth is going to be protected. The other three arrives but Galeri also appears saying that he'll take them all on. The four fights the Mechasaurus but Akimi note that the four of them are being overwhelmed. Fairy tells Akimi to hang on since the WB will be here soon. Suddenly Judo and Elle appears saying that it's a good thing they decide to come. Akimi thanks them but then ask if Bright ordered it to which Judo fumbles for words. Ru Rukka then appears along with Slegga and Sayla saying that Judo is such a trouble maker and Elle shouldn't have taken the G- Flyer out since it's just been delivered to them. Elle says that without it the MkII can't fly which lets Ru snaps out "THAT'S NOT THE POINT!!" Slegga tells her to calm down and Sayla says that they should focus on the enemies to which Judo agrees. During the battle, at the refugee shelter, Puru rans out smiling and going Purupuru puru prompting General Bushida asking her where the heck she's going, it's dangerous outside. Puru says that her heart is pounding and she thinks it's a good feeling and it's coming from that pilot of the ZZ. She deploys in the Quebley Mk II and goes to grab Judo and ask if he came to see her. Judo half-remembered Puru (technically I think he's faking it) as Puru tells Judo to play with her. Judo says he's a little busy right now and asked if she's Zeon but Puru says that she got bored and left so let's play. Ru tells Judo to back away since it's probably a trick but Judo says that it's not and Elle backs him up since she's known Judo for a long time. Ru can't believe this but suddenly the Mechasaurus blast hits near Judo angering Puru and Judo tells Puru that they'll play kick the Mechasaurus's butt. Whoever kicks more butts win. Galeri is defeated but he comes back in an even bigger mech but is defeated nonetheless. Akimi however note that no matter how hard they try, they can't pierce the barrier and thus attack the UFO directly. Fairy says that they'll have to give up on it since they're wasting precious energy. Gou note that not even Getter Beam is doing damage. Gol deploys more Mechasaurus and General Igol tells the team here to fall back but Gou doesn't want to run but Sleggar says that they're going to fall if they stay here. Puru then says that reinforcement is here as the WB team finally arrives. Judo is ecstatic that help is here though Camille says not to get too happy since he plans on setting Judo straight the moment this is all over. The battle continues but Gol keeps sending out Mechasaurus reinforcements. Bright note that they have to do something about the ship and orders all cannons fired at it but still not a scratch. Dr. Shikishima then appears on the communication channel and says that that won't do it, leave it to him. Ryouma asks Hayato if he actually let this mad scientist loose to do as he wants and Hayato says that he's the ace in the hole now isn't he? Dr. Shikishima whips up a Pulse Gun that he state will destroy any type of barrier. It's semi effective and Hayato tells Shou to use the Getter Drill to weaken the barrier even more. Watta also decides to join in and use the Trider Bird Attack and totally cracks the barrier. Gol then decides to come out with his last troops of Mechasaurus to decide things with the human and the WB team feels immense pressure from Gol but Gou says not to be scar because it's time for the finale. Jack and Mary targets Gol and says that it's time to shoot the big rodent. Gou attacks but Gol says that he has evolved beyond the point of Getter Ray to harm him. Gou says that he's going to finish this. Gol says that they ruled the Earth first but those that came after like the human manage to control the surface world thanks to luck and Getter Ray. Shou and Gai ask why Gol didn't consider living together but Gol is adamant about grinding the worm/humanity to dust. Gou tells the two to quit it, this is a battle and not time for reasoning. Gol then attacks the Shin Getter relentlessly but Gou shout that he doesn't have the Empire's hope behind him like Gol does, he's fighting for himself and he ain't gonna lose. He may not have much strength left but in a battle of endurance, spirits and guts always win. Gou tells the two to get up and Gol note that the Getter Ray seems to be building, Ryouma, Hayato and Dr. Saotome sees it as well and Dr. Saotome note that the Neo Getter Team are being engulfed by Getter energy. Hayato tells them to focus and Ryouma tells Gou not to use force to push it back but to feel it with his mind. Gou then note that he knows... the power of Getter. Shin Getter then turns into Jin Getter and crushes Gol in one stab ending the battle. After the battle, Hayato asks Ryouma what he plans to do now and Ryouma says that this is not his place anymore and his successors have things well in hand so he's getting off. Hayato then asks him to take care of the Lab and Dr. Saotome while they're gone and Ryouma tells Musashi that their long battle is finally over. Meanwhile at Bardos Island, Dr. Hell is informed of the destruction of the Dinosaur Empire and tells his troops to ready his force, the time to strike is now when they're tired and weakened. Episode 38 Elle and Judo are forced to help unload containers during the White Base's resupplies as punishment for what happened earlier with Karen and Ryu supervising to make sure they don't goof off. Ryu then asks Puru to keep watch over Judo to make sure he don't goof off since he's needed elsewhere with Elle muttering that this is the worst. Suddenly the alarm sounds with Shiro running in to tell everyone that an enemy is attacking and to get ready to scramble. As for the unloading, they'll let the staff on the base take care of it and Elle note that they sure are lucky. At the bridge, everyone learns that Dr. Hell is mounting a major offensive due to the Federation being at the lowest ebb after the Dinosaur Empire's attack. General Igol asks the WB team to rush in and take care of Dr. Hell's main force at the moving fortress, Bardos Island. The Federation forces along the coastline try their best to stop Dr. Hell's advancement but are wiped out. Dr. Hell note that the only thing of concern is Mazinkaiser and the WB team with it's troops of powerful robot. Ashura then appears telling Dr. Hell that there is nothing to worry and beg Dr. Hell for a final chance by becoming the head of his most powerful Kikaijuu. Seeing this loyalty, Dr. Hell then says that he'll grant Ashura's wishes. The team arrives only to find the Fed forces wiped out but Puru says that it's ok, they all escaped through the escape pod but Bright tells Puru not to come running around the bridge during operation time and asks Frau to remove her to Puru's dismay. Kouji deploys in the Kaiser and Dr. Hell deploys his Kikaijuu troops with the other charging in after Kouji's lead. More Kikaijuu appear but so does Great Mazinger. Jun says that they are in time and tells Dr.Yumi that the Great Mazinger Tetsuya is piloting is the true Great Mazinger that they found in Dr.Kabuto's hidden lair while the original one was just a prototype. THIS Great Mazinger is much more powerful than the other one. Tetsuya says that now that the grandest of the brave has arrived he won't let the Kikaijuu do as they please. Dr. Hell is incense that Tsurugi Tetsuya has returned to challenge him once more and deploys more Kikaijuu but Tetsuya starts dropping them left and right telling Kouji to head for Bardos Island while he takes care of things here. After downing a couple more, Tetsuya shouted "How's that Kikaijuu? Had enough taste of Great's true power?" and he then shouts that he's on his way to aid Kouji and the others The team arrives on Bardos Island but Dr. Hell then deploys his most powerful Kikaijuu, the Gordol which is piloted by a modified Ashura. After an attack from Ashura, Kouji note that the Mazinkaiser is acting strange and suddenly a light flood the cockpit. Kouji hears a voice telling him that he has proven himself as Mazinkaiser's true pilot and now it's true power will be unsealed, the power of the Kaiser Blade. The Kaiser Scrander then appears and Jun says that the Kaiser Scrander was made for Kaiser to fly. Kouji then Scrander Cross and draws out the Kaiser Blade, ready to finish things off with Ashura. A concentrated attack brought Ashura to his knee but he then charges Kaiser with a mad on spouting things about the pain of the Kikaijuu and his torment that he will pay back but Kouji then shouted back "Oh shut up" and cleaves him with the Kaiser Blade. Ashura apologize to Dr. Hell and then dies. Kouji then approaches Dr. Hell and says that there's no place left to run. Dr. Hell then commends them on being powerful, the most powerful group ever. Why do they waste all those powers on protecting those worthless worms anyway when they should be ruling them? Is it out of some misplaced love for the world? Gou smirk sadistically and says that he has none of that, he's fighting for himself. This amuses Dr. Hell and he says that he's really intrigued with Gou and makes an offer of all of them working together to just go wild on the world and do as they please. Kouji says that he'll have none of that, he's not going to be god or the devil and Gou says that he doesn't like Dr. Hell anyway. Dr. Hell says that he'll admit to their victory today but he'll be back, count on that. Bardos Island starts to explode and Bright order everyone to pull back. Tetsuya tells Kouji to pull back but Kouji says that he has to see Dr. Hell dead first. An explosion engulfed both and after it clears, Kaiser is nowhere to be seen. Tetsuya note that Kouji won't die that easily and he is proven correct as Mazinkaiser emerges from the cloud, without a speck on it. Kouji shouted "Sorry to worry you guys, but Kabuto Kouji here is invincible" Later on, Quattro note that with the Dinosaur Empire and Dr. Hell out of the way, they're clear to take on Giganos and Zeon. The remnant troops of Dr. Hell, Intergalactic Alliance/ Zeon/ Giganos on Earth can be taken cared of by the Feds and their MP Gms/ Dragoon/Dolls army. Dr. Plato says that specifically, they need to take care of Dolchenov and Gihren Zabi since all the people of Giganos and Zeon aren't bad. Some are still fighting for the independence they believe in, these are the one that can be talked to and join forces with to fight against the Intergalactic/ Interdimensional Alliance. Back at the base, Beecha, Mondo, Iino are noting that a lot of stuffs are being put on the WB for it's counter offense against Zeon/Giganos. Iino says that they seem to be more involved in this than just being tagalong now and Beecha says that they're not knee deep in the war; they're up to their neck in it. There's no turning back now. Suddenly a loud explosion comes from nearby and it is confirmed as an enemy attack. At the bridge, it is confirmed that it is meteor hurled by the Mass Driver on the Giganos moon base. Originally it wasn't meant to be used this way but Dolchenov has other plans. At Abaoque, Gihren compliment Dolchenov for working well with his plans. This turn of events show that Giganos/ Zeon might be going for a scorched Earth policy now that most of their troops has gone back into space which means that the team needs to speed up their offensive against Giganos and take out the Mass Driver. At her room, Kaine asks Linda what's wrong and Linda says that she is worried that Kaine is going to be warring with her family, her brother is Maiyo Plato of the Giganos army. This news shock Kaine that his girlfriend's brother is his arch-nemesis on the battlefield. Episode 38A Mondo and Beecha note that there's another shipment for the WB and another shipment being send into space consisting of Gm/ Dragoons/Doll. The Feds are really putting out all the stops to win the war.Elle says that to decide things in one stroke like that is like a man. Beecha decide to take that advice and try to hit up on Elle again only to receive a slap. Amuro is running battle simulation on his computer in his room since lot of new enemies had shown up. Ryu come in and tells Amuro to come with him since the Full Armour parts for the Gundam has arrived. With it the Gundam's firepower will be increased though it'll be heavier and less maneuverable. Quattro tells Amuro that he'll let Amuro decide what to use in each occasion. At Saisho Industry, Akimi tells Jinpui to hurry up the repair/ resupply on Soul Lancer since they need to hurry back to the White Base for it to launch into space. At the WB, an alarm sound showing Giganos /Zeon forces converging near the base. The WB deploys and Shiro tells them that most of their forces have retreated back into space, why are they still fighting? The Giganos/ Zeon troops say that they chose to stay behind and they'll use every last machine/ personnel they have today to at least do heavy damage to the WB. The WB team deploys and defeated them all but Grados remnants also appeared. They say if they are forced to live on Earth then they'll attack and get some provisions and materials from the Federation base. Of course they too get defeated. After the battle, Shiro is depressed as to why these soliders would throw away their lives like this and Aina tells him that many people fight for different things, some fight for the sake of the glory of their country. Aina tells Shiro that they are too deep in the war now to get out and leave the others behind. No matter what cruel future may come, she'll bear it as long as she's with him. Episode 39 General Igol and Bushida note that the WB is gone and in the end they had to rely on the young ones again. General Igol says that they still have things to do, they must keep Earth safe while the WB is out in space. The White Base has made it out into outerspace to rendezvous with Wakken's troops to take out the Mass Driver. Wakken's troop has been slowly advancing towards the Moon and deflecting debris that the Mass Driver is hurling towards Earth. Wakken tells Bright that the WB and one of his troops will make up the forces that will invade the Moon while the rest takes out the other forces/debris. Meanwhile Shapiro has learned of the WB movement and note that they don't know about his plans and he can use this. The Zeon/Giganos forces at the base panicked when they see a large Federation fleet but no reinforcements are coming since they are all being stationed at Abaoque to make Zeon/Giganos's last stand, it's up to them to defend this base. The Zeon/Giganos troops deploy every MS and ships they have. The battle is fierce and Wakken sends in more troops as the Salamis troops on the Moon falls The team manages to defeat the Zeon/Giganos fleet and Wakken says that his team will send in occupation force to round up the troops guarding the Mass Driver Base and use it later on to help send forces to attack Abaoque. However when the landing party arrives, Helmut and Shapiro's forces arrive and Helmut says that they've been waiting for this moment, since when the ships are sending in landing parties, they are sitting ducks. Helmut destroys the four Salamis containing the landing party. Shapiro plans to take over the Mass Driver for his own use in conquering Earth. He has Desgaia and Gildrome attacks Wakken's Federation fleet so that no more reinforcements can come. However four Metal Armours arrives. They are Maiyo Plato and the Practice. The Practice group are adamant about following Maiyo to the end of the Earth since they do not believe in Dolchenov. Maiyo thanks them and says that they will rescue the Giganos/ Zeon soliders here since most of them are not in line with Dolchenov's vision but are only here because they are soliders. Maiyo tells the soliders to start boarding escape shuttles while he and the Practice provides cover. Shapiro and Helmut's ship are badly damaged by the team and are forced to retreat. The escape shuttle launches and Maiyo note that he and the Practice no longer has any energy left to escape from the Moon so he's planning to surrender to the Feds. Dr. Plato and Linda are surprised to see Maiyo contacting the WB and asking for surrender. The WB recovers Maiyo and the Practice and Maiyo then tells the WB team that Gihren and Dolchenov has planned to use the Mass Driver as a lure to draw a lot of Federation fleet in and self-destruct it, they have to get out of here. Bright says that if so then they have to recover the Federation soliders that may have escaped from the fleets that got sunk in trying to take over the place. Of course Shapiro doesn't know that and send in more forces. Maiyo and the Practice then redeploy to help out the WB with Dr. Plato says that he did emergency repair and resupply for them. Shapiro then pulls out all the stops and sends in a fleet to destroy the WB. Alan sees this and plans to kamikaze himself and the Black Wing into them to create a diversion for the WB to escape but Shinobu and the others stop him saying that they are also General Igol's "children" and they won't let Alan do such a foolhardy thing. Shinobu says that he'll use Dancougar to take out those enemies. Suddenly the Aggressive Beast mode of both Dancougar and BlackWing roar to life in rhythm combining the two into Final Dancougar (as Prof. Hatsuki puts it) This is possible because their will are now one which activate the latent power and combination. Shinobu doesn't know what Hatsuki is yammering about but he does know that they now have more power than they need and Dancoukogaken the enemy fleet. The WB makes it's escape but Shapiro deploys in his mech to try and take them out. Dancougar blocks it and the collision open the hatch on Shapiro's mech which makes Sarah realize that Shapiro was behind this. Shapiro tells Sarah that's there's still time for her to come with him but Sarah says that she thought she sense Shapiro's hand behind all the attack on the Feds, she's going to kill him. However before any of that happen, an explosion starts to rock the Mass Driver and causes a chain explosion. The WB team and Shapiro managed to get clear but Helmut was engulfed in the explosion and dies. Shapiro contacts Desgaia and Gildrome saying that the operation was a failure and Helmut's dead but the Federation has lost a lot of it's troops, they can still work with that. The WB team meanwhile is still ok, and Wakken says that the WB team will have to spearhead the attack on Abaoque. In his quarters, the Practice urges Maiyo to fight against Dolchenov for the Giganos ideal and that they will be beside him all the way. Kid and some of the outer space brigade such as Mito, Daba, the Ginga Reppu talks about the final battle of Abaoque and that hopefully it will lead to peace in this planet. Mito's kunoichi Shinobu says that from the information she last receives, things in the Edon Kingdom has worsen and that was a while before the seal took effects. This riles up Kakus who note that they shouldn't be standing around here then but Sukedo tells him to calm down since they alone wouldn't be able to do anything even if they did manage to get back. They'll need the help of the team. Mito says that once things clear up here, it's their turn to clear things up back in their home. Elsewhere Camille is annoyed that Four is ok with fighting like that, she shouldn't have to but Lalah comes in and tells Camille that Four has found a new purpose for living and one of the most horrid things in life is not being able to do anything in a situation and he should understand Four's reason better. At Abaoque, Gihren gives a speech raising the morale of the troops to ready them to repel the Federation attack. Episode 39A Bright says that before they head to Abaoque, they will hit a secret Zeon MS Plant on the moon to reduce the amount of troops going to Abaoque and Quattro says that from his sources, the MS Plant contains a top secret experimental MS that Anaheim had developed that he'd like to recover so he's leading the charge on this one. The team attacks and Quattro enters the installation while the team wipes out the Zeon resistance. Later on, Quattro tells Amuro and the others that he recovered the Sazabi, a funnel equipped MS that he plans to use. Meanwhile, the kids of the Earth Defense Class along with Watta are being tutored by Watta's vice president. Jin groans that even here he has homeworks. For a guest lecturer, Watta's vice president has Sukedo comes in to give speeches on economy and agriculture and Sukedo regails them with tales of the BadLand that he visited and of the weird animals (by Earth standard) that he met which the kids loved but Watta's vice president think it might have been a mistake asking Sukedo to lecture. Episode 40 The operation at Abaoque is about to commence which Amuro notes is good since they don't know if the forces from outer space might come back. Eiji asks Amuro if he thinks the seal is going to be destroyed but Amuro says that it's a feeling he has. Lalah reassures Eiji that she thinks things will be fine for now. The Dragonar team talks about Maiyo staying on this ship, noting that he did surrender and it seems Quattro is going to talk to him to convince him to help. Meanwhile Linda is hard at work telling Rose and Diane that she's glad her brother is alive but she won't go see him yet since she has to work hard now for everyone's sake in the upcoming assault. In Maiyo's quarter, Quattro asks Maiyo if he knows who Quattro is and Maiyo says that he does but he wonders why the Red Comet of Zeon is now working for the Federation? Quattro says that not to get him wrong, the ideals of Zeon is still alive and burning in him but he does not like what Gihren and Dolchenov has done since the Intergalactic Alliance arrived. Quattro tells Maiyo that from all indication, the Federation WILL win this war, they need to make sure that afterward the people of Zeon and Giganos does not kowtow to every whim of the Feds afterward but work together as equals to evolve humanity spiritually which is why they need to keep the ideals of Gildol and Zeon Khun Daikun alive. To that he wants Maiyo to help. This ship is Federation in name only since it now contains people from all sorts even from outer space to work towards the future. Maiyo says that he can see that and he heard that they will soon head towards outer space and he says that he can lend them strength then but he just cannot bear to kill a Giganos solider. Quattro then tells Maiyo that he'll give him time to work things out in his head and not to worry since he won't let the Feds take Maiyo away. The battle of Abaoque commences and Gihren has Haman in the southern field while noting that the reinforcement from Dolchenov isn't here yet. Apparently they've only just deployed from the Moon and Gihren note that Dolchenov is up to something. Haman has Purutsu, Londmel and Daghan deploys. Puru encounter Purutsu and tries to convince her to change side but Purutsu says that she won't listen to traitors. Purutsu is shot down and Haman tells her to retreat for now. Gihren note that the WB is in the southern field and deploys himself to take their measure. Hamon and her troops along with the Three Black Stars also appear to take their vengeance on the WB for Garuma and Ramba Ral but they got defeated and killed. Haman note as her ship is heavily damaged that this battle could turn into a battle of attrition and decides to retreat. Gihren does so as well when the team hits his ship hard and he note that they DID defeat Garuma and Dohzle. Having retreated, Gihren is informed of more Federation troops from the Northern side. Gihren tells his troops to send only some forces there and tells his soliders not to be fooled by the numbers, the REAL danger is the WB team, with their powerful mechs, they are the REAL attack force that must be dealt with. Haman then comes in to see Gihren saying that she has some words from the late Kycillia. Haman says that for those who killed their father, even being the president wouldn't save them and points a gun at Gihren. Haman then shouts for nobody to move since she has a deadman switch triggered to spray poison gas that she rigged in this room. Gihren asks Haman to reconsider since without him, Zeon is doomed, what does she plan to do if he's dead? Haman says that after taking out the Feds, she can wait until Dohzle's daughter Minerva is of age to use as a puppet to bring Zeon to it's glory. Haman tells Gihren that he can't read the ages and then shoots him in the legs and trigger the gas payload while getting out killing Gihren and the soliders on the bridge. Near the dock, Haman asks Daghan if the preparations for the show is made and if so, to escape and rally their forces. Haman deploys in the Quebley and announces that a Federation strike team has infiltrated Gihren's ship and assassinated him but for the people of Zeon not to worry since she is going to take command and lead Zeon to it's victory. Suddenly a fleet of Gms appear and Haman takes them all out in one shot showing the Zeon troops just how capable she is. Secretly, Haman smirk that it was a good thing that she had one Gm shipment intercepted and readied (AI Equipped) to use as a show to convince the people of Zeon. Light in the D-3 picks up on Haman's transmission and relay the fact that Gihren is dead to the team. Bright is then told by Wakken to retreat for now to regroup and resupply and to reassess the situation. At the dock, Akimi notes that she sure is tired from this and hopes that this will lead to a ceasefire but that doesn't seem to be the case. Fairy tells her to go rest for now and Akimi decide to go take a shower before they attack again. Elsewhere, Dolchenov notes that Haman really did kill Gihren and he read the situation correctly. Now if he can get rid of Haman later on, he can swoop in and claim all of Zeon for Giganos by using Minerva as a puppet. Goum Jame and his troops also arrives saying that it's time for the final battle, he's brought new mechs to use and they'll be "Zeon's white knight" Episode 41 At the bridge, Bright asks about Haman Khan and Quattro says that after Kycillia and Dozle were killed, she took charge of responsibility for Minerva and the works of Kycillia. She is a capable commander that can rally the troops even though Gihren has been assassinated. What will happen here if she wins is that she'll probably prop Minerva up as a figure head for Zeon while maintaining the power herself. Dr. Plato and Aizak then note that if that's so then they can't rule out the possibility that Haman assassinate Gihren himself and set it up so that it looks like the Fed's handiwork in order to take full control of Zeon. Whatever the case, any investigation can wait after they've beaten her. Shiro and the 08th Team are talking about how Puru has gotten quite sick and is at the sick bay with Judo watching over her. Shiro says that Puru is a kid so she shouldn't push herself. At the sick bay, Judo watches over Puru and tells her to get well, he has to deploy and Puru understands. The battle of Abaoque recommences with the WB team attacking the Southern Front which Haman's ship is at again. Haman tries to flank the team's position by sending in hidden troops from the Eastern front but Quattro uses the Hyakushiki's MegaBazooka launcher to destroy them all. Ragan is defeated and retreated. Puru also feels a bad pressure in her head and deploys in her Quebley to help Judo against Purutsu. Both Purutsu and Judo tries to convince Purutsu to come with them but in the end she is shot down. (Unfortunately, I don't think I got her this time) The Goum James troops also arrives to aid the Zeon with Goum James in the Gilga Samune gigantic MA but he and his team fells before the Dragonar team and the WB team. Getting desperate, Haman orders troops from the Northern front to be sent here and tells her solider that the main force of the battle is the WB team, she is willing to lose some grounds in the Northern front than they can take back later if they can crush the WB team. Against a horde of Apsalus II and III along with the Mp Gilgasamune, the WB team fought on against MAP happy enemies and manages to sink Haman's ship. Haman then deploys in her Quebley along with her troops of Bigzam to finish off the team. Quattro tells Haman that her way will only cause things to repeat, she should safeguard the future for everyone. Akimi, Camille and Judo tells Haman to stop, she has the power to end the infighting between the people of Zeon and the Earth Feds right here. Haman is still adamant about not giving in to those animals that she called the Federation and Shiro says that it may take a while but the Federation can change, they can't force changes through warfare like this. Judo tells Haman that Puru asks him to help stop her but Haman is still not giving in, she tells Judo to come with her, she will show him the true humanity. She tells Judo that someone like him only fought because he got caught up in the situation but Judo says that he knows at least the ego of how some people causes war to starts and not stop.Haman says that there's no more time to play nice and hope the Federation will change with the threats from outer space at large, they have to force the Feds to change to their tunes now and defeat the outer space armies. Haman decides to finish off Judo but Lalah tells Judo to use her power, Puru also lends her power to Judo as does Camille and Four. Everyone else cheers Judo on. Judo note that everyone's power is going into the Double Zeta. Haman is amazed at how the will of the people are being turned into power and Judo shouted that she should understand that war only creates needless death and ends people's thought Haman shouted that not everyone can be like Judo, before that humanity will crush itself. Judo asks if she doesn't believe in humanity that much, if she is raised on hate then it's time to spill that out of her and he fires the souped up Hi Mega Cannon defeating Haman. Haman admits her defeat and Judo lament that Haman was a capable woman who could have used her power and intelligence for much better things but Haman says that she had been to the depth of the Asteroid belt and return seeing the infighting of humanity. It's all thanks to idiot kids like him that she couldn't get to do it but she is glad that she returned and met them. The Quebley then pushes away from the team before they are engulfed in her explosion and everyone lament Haman's death and the tragedy that was her life. Suddenly Dolchenov and a horde of Gilgasamune also arrive. Dolchenov note that with Haman gone, Zeon is his for the taking. He doesn't last long against the team and he is terrified at seeing a group that could take out the best that Zeon/ Giganos has to offer (at present that is) and decides to retreat. Maiyo sees that it is Dolchenov and deploys to defeat him with the Practice tagging along saying that they will follow Maiyo to the end. Dolchenov tries to plea bargain with Maiyo saying that they should work together for the better of Giganos but Maiyo cuts him dead. The battle is over and the Zeon/ Giganos troops are surrendering. Lots of lives had been lost but now the true battle can begin. Maiyo apologize to his families for the grief he had costed them and says that he will now work alongside Kaine and the others for the Earth. Four asks Camille what happened back then when they lend Judo their strength, it's as if their hearts were one and Camille says that that is the power of the will of people. Camille says that it is the will of friendship and thinking of others. Four asks if the others think of her as a friend and Camille reassure her. Shinobu and the Dancougar team note that this war is over but Shapiro and Muge are still around to attack Earth, they should keep themselves ready to deploy. Quattro asks Lalah what's wrong and Lalah note that she senses a new battle is soon coming. Bright learns that the resupply fleet had been destroyed by Muge since Shapiro knows the route quite well. Shapiro has been busy cutting off supplies for the White Base trying to make up for his loss at the Moon. Reginia says that reinforcement from Guardisword is coming and reminisce back a couple of hours. Some hours ago during the battle of Abaoque, Reginia has received a transmission from Helrukka that he can no longer tolerate other people's usage and knowledge of the CUBE so an assassination order against Fairy has been given. Jeeg and Sally are in the dark about this. Knowing this now, Reginia plans to get serious and kill Fairy and the human girl she is with. Episode 42 Wakken informs Bright that their supplies lines are being hit and if they don't protect it, they won't be able to resupply and after a big mission like Abaoque, they are in dire need of supply. To that end, he wants the WB team to go protect the supply fleet so that they get here safely. Bright agrees and Hayato note that this might be a trap by Shapiro who knows so much about the Feds. Shinobu asks Sarah if she'll be ok for this mission and Sarah brush off his concern saying that she's fine. In her room, Akimi asks what Fairy is thinking about and Fairy says that she think it's odd that the Interdimensional Alliance have focused more on getting rid of the Intergalactic Alliance remnant than going head to head with the Feds even though they have the manpower to do it. She wonders why they are moving in the shadows like this and Akimi says that right now they should focus more on protecting the supply ships. In the supply route, one supply fleet is being attacked by Muge. After one ship sank, the WB team arrives and Bright orders all units to rush in ahead and protect the fleet. After the fleet is rescued and sent to a safe distance.Shapiro appears saying that the WB team has taken his bait and they are now in his trap. The Neo Getter Team and the Dancougar Team which has been reserved as fresh reinforcement against the possibility of a trap deploys and Gou is raring to go bust ahead for having to wait this long in a fight. Shapiro's ship is destroyed but he comes out in his mech. Suddenly Reginia appears and triggers an interdimesional gate which brings forth more Muge mech, this surprise Akimi since the Gradosian Seal should have prevented that and Fairy surmise the situation correctly that Helrukka must have figured it out and used the CUBE to bypass the seal. Shapiro tells Reginia to get ready to send in Gildrome and Desgaia on his command and the team fights him again damaging him. Shapiro note that the team has done well against him damaging his mech like this but they've fallen into his trap and he tells Reginia to send in Gildrome and Desgaia along with their fleets. They'll throw everything at the team. Gildrome and Desgaia appeared but no fleet accompanies them. Gildrome smirkingly tells Shapiro that they have been ordered by Emperor Muge to return home. Emperor Muge had decided to focus on wiping out the Intergalactic Alliance. Shapiro contest this saying that they almost had Earth conquered but Desgaia says that once the Intergalactic Alliance falls, he will come back to Earth to conquer it in full. In the meantime, Shapiro can make himself useful with some of the troops he left behind for him. For someone SO smart like Shapiro, even with these meager troops, he can do something about the Earth right? Reginia tells Shapiro that he has misread his position. They do not tolerate failure from an Earthling like him and his failure on the Moon was a big one. He went in even though she advised against it and look where it got him. Shapiro stares and asks if in the end, he was just a pawn to be thrown away and Reginia laughs mockingly at him. Shapiro says that he'll get them all for this, they'll all pay and Reginia asks if that's the word of someone who's about to die and signs off and Shapiro's mech explodes. Sally and Jeeg then appear and Reginia tells them that they will now begin phase one of the retreatment and for Sally and Jeeg to cover the retreating fleet that she commandeered. Shinobu wonders what happened, it looked like Shapiro was going to send in his fleet but that didn't happened and Ryou theorized that somehow Shapiro must have lost command of the Interdimensional Alliance and Alan note that in the end, Shapiro was a pawn since the other side do not tolerate failure. After a brief skirmish with the team, Jeeg asks Sally if Reginia wasn't acting a bit weird, considering how war-crazy she was, it doesn't seem like her to ask other to do the battle for her. Sally brushes it off that it's probably responsibility to the mission and to her position. Akimi and the others defeat Jeeg and Sally and Fairy tells them to surrender, they can no longer fight nor retreat. Jeeg apologize to Sally for having it end this way but at least they got their troops out. Akimi tells them to stop ignoring her and Jeeg tells her to shut up, they're having a moment here. This ticks Akimi off and she tells Fairy that she's going to drag Jeeg's machine back to the WB bits by bits if she needs to and Fairy agrees. Jeeg tells her to get away, he's going to self-destruct but Fairy points out that he'll kill Sally if he does. Suddenly Reginia appears and says that the two of them performed JUST AS PLANNED. She tells Jeeg to hold the Soul Lancer tight, and she'll kill them both because the power of the CUBE is only meant for the Guardisword. "This is goodbye Fairy, and Jeeg and Sally can accompany you" she shouted. Amuro tells Akimi to run but Lalah note that she's not going to make it and rush in with her Elmeth to protect Akimi making Reginia's shot run wild. Akimi can't believe that Reginia would also kill a friendly while trying to destroy them. Quattro shout out if Lalah's ok and Lalah says that the Elmeth is badly damaged but she can still retreat. Fairy tells Akimi that Reginia is recharging her weapon and Akimi say that they have to strike back but Reginia shout that it's too late which is when Dancougar and Shin Getter intervenes. Gou shout for her to fight fair and Quattro tells Akimi to fire now. Reginia can't believe she's failed and retreats saying that she's not going to lose to a motley crew like them and deploys Jyakku Beast to aid her in fighting the team. Having been recovered by the WB crew, Jeeg asks Reginia if she plans to kill them along also and Reginia says that Fairy has been targeted for elimination and Jeeg asks if Fairy wasn't necessary for Guardisword. Reginia says that's no longer the case, this is Helrukka's order but Sally doesn't believe that. Reginia says that they would never have carried it out if ordered to anyway and they too are no longer needed by Guardisword. Sally can't believe it, they've been fighting for Guardisword and it's people's future. Reginia says thank you but they never understood what Helrukka's true goal were which is why they are no longer needed. This ticks off Jeeg who says that for Guardisword's future, they endured a lot of dirty jobs and now they're being brushed off by their country? He demands to hear that all of this is for Reginia's twisted pleasure. Reginia laughs mockingly and says "Oh ok, yes it's all me,hahahahhahahaha, happy now?" "You?" Jeeg is lost for words afterward Reginia is defeated and tells Fairy that she's her prey and that she should wash her neck before Reginia comes for her with the guillotine and she retreats. Wakken tells Bright that the supply line is secure but they should head to rendezvous near the seal of Grados. Sally wonders what they should believe in and Jeeg says that maybe it was just Reginia acting on her own so they should believe in the future they fought for. Right now they don't much of a choice but to surrender. Fairy introduces Bright to Jeeg and Sally and Bright says that right now they're in a special position having aided the team in the past so even if they are technically POW, they would not be sent to the Feds. Jeeg asks why since isn't that normal procedures. Bright says that they need information on Outer space and Sally asks if Fairy plans to use the CUBE. Jeeg asks why aren't they pulling the information out of their head since the technology for that exist and Bright says that they'd like to get a working relation going. Akimi adds in that if they can't succeed here with Jeeg and Sally then what they're planning, the peaces between different planets are out. They may have to use force now but they would truly like to negotiate with the other side since they have to cut the hatred that flows from war somewhere. Jeeg can't believe they're serious about this and says that talking's easy, do they have a plan. Bright says that it's all from here which is why they'd like the two's help. Akimi tells Sally that they should think of a plan together and then shout to Jeeg that he'd better cooperate in finding a plan. (She's still pissed at Jeeg) Sally is silent but Bright says that they don't have to decide right away but he'll allow them to see live broadcast of the bridge and the battle situation. They can see the team and their conviction and then decide for themselves. For now they are confined to the room and Akimi apologize to Sally about that and see that Sally is silent and Jeeg tells her that Sally is in more of a shock than he was. Sally thanks Akimi but says that she'd like to be alone to think. Jeeg says that at the very least, they should look on for a while since they can always steal their mech back and run away later. Jeeg says that what's important is that Sally shouldn't have hidden those bruises like that, Sally says that she didn't want them to see an opening but Jeeg says that if the team had planned to do anything to them, they'd have done it. They may be skilled but they're a bunch of amateurs in terms of behaviours. What's important is to rest up now in order to be able to move when they need to. In the debris, Shapiro is cursing the WB Team for interfering with his plans to be God and he will get rid of them, this he swears. Episode 42A On their way to the seal, the WB plans to rendezvous with another supply ship to keep themselve stocked before their trip to outer space. However the supply ship is being targeted by Muge troops that were left for Shapiro. The WB arrives to fend them off. Afterward, Beecha wonders what the supplies are especially that big container. It turns out to be the Nu Gundam which was created just for Amuro. Amuro says that he'll put it to good use and Shiro is amazed that Amuro can master something like the Nu Gundam. Amuro says that he sure is glad that they could make his ideas and concept into a reality this fast. Elsewhere Akimi asks how Sally and Jeeg are and Fairy says that it'll take a while to bring them around. Episode 43 Fairy and Akimi tries to persuade Jeeg and Sally again but Jeeg says that Akimi don't know how they feel, they've still managed to protect the Earth unlike the Guardisword who lost their home planet. Fairy tells Akimi to go meet everyone on the bridge since she'd like to talk alone to the two. Sally says that she really want a world where the people of Guardisword can live in peace and Fairy says that the people of Earth won't understand that and Jeeg says that Fairy was lucky and Fairy agrees since not all the people of Earth are as understanding as Akimi and her father but someone has to try and take the first step to lead into mutual coexistence between the two races which is why she'd also like the people of Guardisword to be brave and open up also. Jeeg says that he's not as idealistic as Fairy but from this he can surmise that Fairy is still the same Fairy he knows so he wants to see how they fare for a while. Akimi meets up with Sayla and Chris who ask why Fairy isn't with her and Akimi says that she's talking with those two. Chris asks why Akimi isn't talking with them and Akimi says that Jeeg seems to not want to listen to her so she's leaving it to Fairy. They'll probably take those two with them to outer space and sooner or later she's hoping they'll come to their sense and cooperate. Bright explains the situation that with the Giganos/ Zeon war at an end and the Muge Solbados army in retreat, most of the threat on Earth is over but with the interdimensional gate being used, the danger from outer space is not passed, they will now go to the Gusco seal which is moving out into space under it's own power from Earth. They will go there to protect it and use it's power to go into outer space which is where the Soul Lancer comes in. Akimi note that she'll have use the power of the CUBE and Jin says that without Fairy, she can't do it which irritates Akimi a lot. Afterward, the talk turn to how short a time the seal was before somebody bypassed it and Amuro note that the enemy must have used the CUBE to bypass the seal which is why they need to go to outer space now. The three J9 team noted that the Guardisword which have been moving in shadows are beginning to move into the limelight and they are throwing the entire outer space into chaos. Elsewhere, Shapiro gathers his remaining forces left to him to attack the seal. He tells himself that he'll follow this last order of Muge but once he's finished off Earth, Muge is next on his hitlist. The team arrives at the rendezvous with the Gusco seal and saw that it (the stuff underground) is actually bigger than a colony. Shutekken asks where in Outer space that they'll head for first and Dr. Arl says that they should head for Edon first since that's friendly territory. However the remaining Grados troops lead by Ru Kine appears. Ru Kine says that he will settle things with Eiji here. Ru Kine tells his troops that they will steal the seal from the team and be able to return home to Grados. This fires the troop up and Ru Kine says that they will see the power of those with nothing left to lose. Shapiro also arrives with his forces and Sarah tells Shinobu to be ready for anything since the enemy is Shapiro, he probably has something up his sleeves. Ru Kine also has stuff up his sleeve as well as he has Terminator Police deploys from their hidden position. Dr. Maiyo notes that Ru Kine is making use of huge amount of AI piloted machines that he has gathered to compensate for the small amount of Grados soliders that are with him. Eiji asks why Ru Kine is still fighting, he's already lost and Ru Kine says that his greenness cost him his victory at Gusco but he still has his dreams and ideals which is why he's gathered the remaining soliders to fight. Eiji says that it'll only end in blood being spilled meaninglessly. Ru Kine lost to Eiji but says that if that's how it has to be then he'll destroy the seal and crush their objective. Eiji shouted that he won't let that happen and Ru Kine shouted that a half-blooded mongrel like Eiji won't get in the way of his dreams and ideals. Eiji shouted that he won't forgive those ideals but suddenly both of them gets suck into the Gusco seals. Julia welcomes them into the seal and Ru Kine tells Julia to unseal Outer space or he'll kill her. Julia tells Eiji that here Ru Kine has no power and tells him to do as he please and he'll only be shown the extent of his powerlessness. Ru Kine takes that as a challenge but soon see that his energy and Zakarl's are being drained away by the seal. Shapiro also deploys hidden troops of his own and Bright orders the team to fend them off. After being beaten a bit, Shapiro's own hype of being God starts to delude him even more and he's gone batshit insane. Shapiro sees Sarah and Sarah say that she told Shapiro that she'd be the one to end his life. The only thing she's glad that came of their "relationship" is that she gets to kill him. God Mania sets in and Shapiro says that she can't kill a God like him which makes Sarah says "Wanna bet?" Making his maker but still deluded, Shapiro bites it which Sarah does regret having to kill him. The battle is over, and a Fed rescue team arrives, they say that they'll rescue anyone still alive be they Grados or Feds (no Muge) and for the team to get ready to go to outerspace. Inside the seal, Julia tells Eiji that it is his time to go and do what needs to be done in outer space. She will keep Ru Kine accompany as he is sealed within the seal. Eiji protest but is sent out. Everyone asked where Eiji went but Eiji sideline it asking if the preparations are ready. Fairy is busy simulating the course destination and says that Akimi's piloting will be needed once they use it to steer the two ships there safely. Inside the WB, Prince Mito note that they will finally return to the Edon Kingdom, a lot happened but he made many new friends and learned many things. Sanae is at the sick bay tending to Sally's wound and tells Sally not to hide it next time. Sally thanks her but is soon surprised by Puru and Ochame's running around with Fa and Riina chasing after them telling them to stop. Sally says that she saw lots of kids on board and Sanae says that some of them are actually pilots, there has been times when they were told to get off but it's became impossible since these kids now consider this ship their home and the people here are their family. Sally tells Jeeg that this ship is weird and Jeeg agrees noting that the head of the Pentagona Resistance and the Ginga Reppu are even here, they introduce themselves to him, what's more amazing is their battle prowess as seen in the last battle. This may be a small fleet but their power far exceeds any battalions. The time is here and Akimi starts the CUBE engine in the Soul Lancer. Eiji tells his sister that he's going and Julia wishes him luck in bringing peace between Grados and the Earth this time. Julia watchs as the team warps out and tells Ru Kine that she will pray for him now. Ru kine then accepted what had happened and his fate. Episode 44 The WB team has arrived in Outer space near the Kingdom of Edon. Nearby Ozuma and his comrade Naaka sees the Gandol and note that the team is back. Ozuma decides to pay the WB team a visit. Naaka tells the team who meet him at the dock that right now the Edon Kingdom is in internal strife between the Dokuga royal family and it's supporter and the New Planetoid Alliance which makes the team note that during their absence, things have gotten to the point that a full scale war looks inevitable. Ozuma asks to meet with Don Condor and with a hearty smile gives the reason that he wants the Ginga Reppu to join up with the New Planetoid Alliance. Ozuma enters Diego's room and meets Diego and Shutekken. Shutekken isn't exactly pleased at seeing Ozuma and draws his blade saying that he consider Ozuma who sided with the New Planetoid an enemy since the Ginga Reppu are backing the Dokuga King and the Royal Government. Ozuma says that he wants to say his mind first, he came here to convince the Ginga Reppu to abandon the Dokuga Royal Government and it's King and become an independent agent to open the way to a new age. This is no longer the time for the Dokuga royal family alone to be shouldering the power in the Edon Kingdom to give and take as they please, what the New Planetoid Alliance want isn't wrong since the old rules of the Dokuga King and the Royal Government is not what this new age need. They need reforms and new bloods. He likes the Ginga Reppu and he knows that without them to back up the Royal Government then the government wouldn't last. Even if the New Planetoid Alliance took control, it's just a first step since the true step would be to shore up the Edon Kingdom to stand against the invaders. Right now Edon is ripe for invasion. This is why he wants Don Condor's cooperation. Diego says that they are not only fighting for the Dokuga Royal government but also to bring about a new age for the galaxy and for their friends. No matter how much change the new age needs, they will not betray their friends. Shutekken asks if all the member of the New Planetoid Alliance feels like Ozuma and Ozuma says that they get shiver just hearing the name of the Ginga Reppu and they're also mostly set in their believe but he'll do his best to convince them if the Ginga Reppu agrees to his plea. Shutekken says that for Ozuma's sake he'll pretend he didn't hear any of the stuff Ozuma talked since he came in here and tells Ozuma that if he looks too far ahead in his vision for the galaxy then he'll stumble. Ozuma smiles and says that he'll leave it at that for now. Diego note that he can't understand Ozuma much but he's a visionary and Shutekken agrees that if Ozuma isn't a part of the New Planetoid Alliance, they really could have worked together. Ozuma is leaving and runs into Prince Mito. Mito says that he's been to Earth and had learned a lot of things especially the fact that the rule of his father and forefather may be out of date. He doesn't want the people of Edon to fight amongst each other which is why he wants Ozuma to help him. Ozuma doesn't mind personally but his position says otherwise. Suddenly an alarm sounds. It is Kei Myron of the New Planetoid Alliance. Bright asks Ozuma to negotiate Kei retreating which thanks to Kei's stubbornness is about as useful as bleeding oil from a rock. The fight begins and Ozuma marvels at the Ginga Reppu's prowess. Nakka wonders why the GingaReppu is backing the Dokuga Kingship that is headed for extinction and Ozuma says that he begins to understand that the Ginga Reppu are true men and not suited for laws and reforms which is such a waste. The Ginga Reppu confronts Kei and says that his rampage is getting excessive and that it's costing the innocent people dearly. Kei says that it's all for the new age, the new country. The one who side with the Dokuga King like them will be divinely punished and Shutekken shouted that the one receiving divine punishment is Kei. Kei is defeated and retreat. Hayato note that things have gotten much worse here and Blues note that the one pushing it to this state might be the Nubia Connection which makes Dr. Arl note that they should get to Edon as fast as possible. Ozuma leaves and says that while technically they are enemy, he wouldn't fight them and Bright allows him to leave. Leaving, Ozuma note that Prince Mito is quite something, perhaps with him in charge, the fighting will stop and the Kingdom of Edon will be able to move into the new age. Nakka asks what they should do next and Ozuma says that he'll try to convince the planet Long and Kowaband to stop fighting and go to the negotiation table. Back at their base, Kei chew Ozuma out but Ego asks what Ozuma is thinking and Ozuma says that against the team, even if they win it'll be such a pyrrhic victory that it'll leave them weak against outside invaders. Ozuma wants to go to the negotiation table and talk with the Dokuga King again. Kei is adamant that the new age does not need the King since the Kingdom used to expand with conquest through it's army and it's Saikyou Robot. Ozuma admit that the old Dokuga rules where ministers are appointed to rule in the King's stead need to go but they can't do it through force since stronger forces are out there. Kei says that with the Gandol here, the Dokuga King's supporters will get stronger, they need to strike now. Ozuma is also adamant about setting up talks and Ego says to let Ozuma try his way and Kei says that it'll at least give them time to strengthen up their forces and to move on a moment's notice. Meanwhile the team had reaches the planet Edon and Kakus note that it's been a while, Mito wonder if his father and mother are still well Back at Ozuma's side, Ozuma has reached the planet Edon before the team and is about to go strike up an audience with King Dokuga, he says that the King will hear them out if they bare out their feelings to him. Nakka agrees that the current King is well-loved but his dynasty is built on subjugation by the previous Kings. However before Ozuma can begin his plan, a King Cobra strikes and kills both him and Nakka. Ozuma's last thoughts are that this is Carmen Carmen's work. At Carmen Carmen's hideout, Carmen receive words of Ozuma's assassination and says that Ozuma's plan would have been a hindrance to HIS plan, next up is Desban's move against the Edon Kingdom. Desban is backed up by Bloody God in his campaign against the Edon King. Episode 45 Prince Mito had return to the Edon Kingdom but decides to keep his return a secret. Diego and the other Ginga Reppu note that even so, things are bound to leak and they decides to do a patrol of the city first before letting Prince Mito head for the castle. Jeeg note that they're in Edon so it's not too far away to get back to the Guardisword base, perhaps they should make their escape now but Sally says that they should wait since it's not every day that they can get into the Edon Kingdom and gain info like this Patrolling, Shiro M.note that it's too quiet, he is then approached by 3J who informs them of Ozuma's assassination before he could meet with the King to ask for a peace talk. Shutekken note that this is bad since Ozuma was assassinated at Edon so the New Planetoid Alliance won't stand for this and 3J says that news has it that the assassination was ordered by those in the Dokuga Kingdom and Shiro M. says that it's probably false info to whip up the anti Dokuga people. News of Ozuma's assassination reach the team and Aizak note that it's the work of Carmen Carmen. A full on collision with the New Planetoid Alliance is inevitable. At the Royal Palace, the Dokuga King is saddened to learn of Ozuma's death since he would have worked with Mito to bring Edon to a new age. This angers Mito a lot and Shinobu then informs him of the New Planetoid Alliance ships coming to attack. Mito decides to return to settle things and King Dokuga note that his son's time to ascend to the throne has come, this is HIS age now. Kei is livid at the Dokuga Kingdom and Ego's subordinate ask him if Ego is against this attack and Ego says that even if they win, if they have nothing to fight the Intergalactic Alliance with then it means nothing but everyone else is too whipped up to care now since the order to strike from headquarter has come. Ego says that they should can the talk and deploys all his troops. Dr. Arl tells Kento to help Prince Mito for the sake of the alliance of Edon and Elios and Kento tells Dr. Arl to quit it, he's gonna help Mito because Mito's his friend. Dr.Arl also tells Daba that together they will regain the former glory of the three empires and Daba says that as someone who is the last of the House of Gamon, he plans to fight with all he's got and Amu tells Daba to be careful and Kyao says not to let the old geezer get him too fired up. Amidst the sound of battle, a voice rangs up "To those who would throw the world into chaos, make your peace!! Let's go Suke-san, Kaku-san" "Cross Triangle!!" "Daiohja!!" Mito makes his appearance in the symbol of Edon which scares off a lot of the New Planetoid Alliance. The Baxinger team also arrives to help fend off the New Planetoid Alliance but suddenly a transmission by Desban, one of the high ranking authorities under the King fills the air saying that he has captured the King and Queen and that Edon is now under the rule of the New Planetoid Alliance, all resistance will be crushed. Dr. Arl can't believe that there is a traitor in the Edon Royal Court and Kei asks Ego what this is about, he's never heard of this , he wants to finish things with the Dokuga Royal government fair and square but Ego says that headquarter is telling them to go along with Desban's plan. Ego says that there are things about headquarter that he doesn't know about, it's gotten too big. Kei grudgingly says that he will go along with the momentum to take out the King and the government but afterward, Desban is next. Mito doesn't know what to do but Sukedo tells him to fight on and says things out frankly that they cannot lose the Kingdom, even if the current King should die, then Mito must ascend to the throne and rule in his father's stead. Mito note that everyone is fighting for his sake and they must not lose, no matter what. Everyone on the team agree noting that Edon is the only friendly Empire/ Kingdom in outer space for them, if they lose this last haven then they wouldn't be able to do anything in outer space. The Ginga Reppu then reconfirms it's commitment to Mito and the Dokuga King saying that they will fight to their last breath. The team fights on and Kei's ship is badly damaged, Ego tells Kei to retreat but Kei says that he wants to show the soul of the New Planetoid Alliance that Desban usurped, everyone must see the Anti-Dokuga movement as being more than just a power play by a corrupted official, which is why he is willing to die for his cause. Kei tells Ego to continue his ideals and dies. Ego then retreats. Shinobu then contacts Mito saying that she has evacuated the King and Queen to a safe place which means that what Desban said was a lie meant to trick the team into surrendering. Desban deploys in his Darth Vader mecha accompanied by more Storm Troopers but is no matched for the team, one of his underlings decides to flee but Desban execute him on the spot which makes Mito angry. Daiohja then deals with the Darth Vader ripoff and shows why it is the symbol of Edon's strength. Mito tells Desban to go to hell and grovel at Ozuma and all the New Planetoid Alliance's solider's feet for forgiveness. The battle is over and the team receives a transmission from Ego saying that he is willing to agree to a cease-fire for now since what happened seems to be orchestrated by shadows within the New Planetoid Alliance so he's going to head back there first to clean it up. Aizak says that Ego might be dealing with Carmen Carmen and to be careful not to die. Shutekken note that one day they WILL have to cross sword with this man again. Back at the Royal palace, King Dokuga makes an announcement that he will soon step down from the throne, a new age requires a new King with new thoughts to bring it to fruitition and Mito has proven himself. Kakus, Sukedo and Shinobu note that their time as wandering allies of justice are over and are deep in thought over the change that will soon come in their lives when Mito comes in telling them to get ready, they're still going with the WB until all is said and done which makes the trio smiles that things will still be the same if only for a little while longer. Hayato and Bright are pleased that Prince Mito will continue to journey with them since having the soon to be future King of one very big Empire with them will help with negotiation and such. Meanwhile Akimi sees that Fairy is spending her free time in the dock and Fairy says that she wants to use the time to repair Jeeg and Sally's mech. While they still won't cooperate, she's pretty sure they'll come around sooner or later so she wants to get it ready for them. Fairy tells Akimi not to worry about her and take sometime off. Akimi agrees not wanting Fairy to be worried with her. At the dock, 3J tells Diego and the Ginga Shippu that the New Bax Sword is ready; it was commissioned earlier and paid for by the Dokuga King personally as a gift to the Ginga Reppu. The Ginga Shippu thanks 3J since they need to get stronger because of the intense fighting ahead and 3J says that it's nothing, he's also part of the Ginga Reppu. Episode 45A Dr. Arl informs Kento that thanks to Edon's technology and resources, he is able to power up the Daltanious. Kento is ecstatic and Manabu asks to put in the Cannon Cubic that he designed onto Daltanious also. Dr. Arl agrees to it. The enemies attack and Kento is raring to go out and kick butt but Dr. Arl won't allow it since Daltanious's new weapons and setting hasn't been tested and it's too dangerous. However Kento just bum rushed him and deploy with Danji anyway. Kento says that the test will be on the battlefield. The Ginga Reppu note that the enemies are those from the New Planet Alliance that were stationed to foster unrest during the previous assault. They must have decided to try again. The team defeated them and Kento note that the CannonCubic and the powered up Kaen Ken is quite powerful and thanks Manabu. Kento later apologized to Dr.Arl for taking out Daltanious like that but all's well that ends well. Episode 46 Zakuron orders Ondron to attack the weakened Edon Kingdom and sends in Silver, his liuetant and Kroppen tells Poida that Emperor Drolmen has ordered an attack as well. At the New Planetoid Alliance base near Edon where Ego is at, Ego receives news of the invasion but what's more shocking is that the NPA fleet stationed where the invasion is coming in is parting way for them as headquartered ordered. Ego note that the influence of the Bloody Syndicate and Nubia had their grip in the NPA much more than he ever thought and he tells his subordinate to rally the troops here in his name, he is going out to defend Edon, anyone who wishes likewise can follow him. However Ego's meager forces prove no match for the invasion but The WB team arrives in time. Ego asks the WB team to gather his men who are hurted and retreat, he'll buy time for them by kamikazeing into the invasion fleet. Prince Mito tells Ego to stop that since they will need his help in protecting Edon while they defeat the Intergalactic Alliance. Gou says that they'll wipe the floor with these guys. Ego relent and agrees to retreat taking his men, 3J, Poncho and D.D. asks to go with Ego since he'll need to get some medical supply to treat his men and they have connections for that. Ego wishes them well since they may be at odds about how to run the Edon Kingdom but their love for Edon is the same. Silver is playful deploying lots of MechaRobot which annoys Ondron because the battle isn't on just this front alone. Poseidal forces led by Ryogley also arrive to invade out of their membership with the Intergalactic Alliance. Daba wonders if the fact that the Poseidal forces are taking part meant that the resistance in Pentagona had fallen but Amu says that he's overthinking things too much. After the team mops up half the battlefield, more enemies shows up and Daba note that at this rate they're going to fall, they need more forces.Carmen Carmen's personal forces also shows up along with Bloody of the Bloody Syndicate on board. Aizak note that Nubia Connection has finally shown it's tail. Bloody tells Blues that it looks like he's winning this bet of theirs since it's only a matter of time before the Edon Kingdom falls and a new one run by his Bloody Syndicate arise from it's ashes but Blues says that it's not over till all the chips are in. Help arrives in the form of Lecce and the Pentagona Resistance who comes to the aid of Edon. As Ryogley falls and the woman Olivy falls, Daba notice some weird familiarity about her but can't place it. Ryogley retreat saying that they attacked out of formality to the Intergalactic Alliance and this is enough. Carmen's ship is disabled and the J9 team decides to go in and finish things off with Carmen. Bloody and his subordinate readies an escape shuttle but it got crippled by Sasuraiger. Kid enter Carmen's abode and shoot him dead saying that Carmen is the source of many people's suffering, however Aizak discover that this is only an impostor Carmen sent. Bloody tries to feign innocence saying that he was just caught up in it but Ego appear shouting that he won't let Bloody run. D.D.'s voice comes from Ego's ship saying that Bloody was careless and they gathered a lot of evidence of his hand in instigating this unrest. Ego shouted that they will all join force to beat him. The subordinate is not giving up and readies the missile on the shuttle but Bloody knows when he's beat and surrender. Blues tells Bloody that their bet is still ongoing and Bloody tells Blue to show him the outcome. Mito looks at all this and tells Kaku and Sukedo that once he becomes King, they will have to do a lot of reform but now they have to go help the Pentagona world after the WB and Daba helped them. Afterward, Lecce and Semu-Ju tells Bright of the situation at Pentagona, the battle between the Intergalactic and Interdimensional Alliance have worned them both down, the time to attack is now. Jack says that he'll be a space cowboy bringing justice to the wild wild frontier of outer space and Gou can be a space monkey (Hey don't knock the Space Monkey, they have been known to go Super Saiyajin). Shutekken tells them to be quiet or be striked down by his blade which Jack misinterpret as having to do hara-kiri which annoys Shutekken that Jack is mocking him. Kroppen berates Poida saying that he thought he gave Poida enough forces but what's with the result and Poida and Kabuto says that the WB team is more powerful than they imagined. Episode 47 Arriving at the Resistance's asteroid base, Hatsuki apologize for taking this long to take Daba home but Daba says that it gave him a chance to widen his horizon and he knows that he must end things with Poseidal. Daba is surprised at how much production is done in these asteroid bases and Quattro says that asteroids are ideal for bases since they can be mined for materials. Semu Ju says that this base creates the Desaad Heavy Metal to be sent to other Resistance Base for their upcoming unified assault on Poseidal's capital Suiede. Lecce shows Daba his new HM, the L-Gaim MkII that they modified from a captured HM. Daba then accepts the mantle of leadership and as Gamon Mylord, the last of the Yaman, rallies the troops for their fight against Poseidal. Semu-Ju is informed of an enemy attack and asks the WB team to respond. The Poseidal forces are near one of their decoy base that they created to fool them. They must defend it to convince them that the decoy base is real since the real base is still necessary and needs to be kept secret. The WB team arrives with Daba on the MkII and Kyao on the L-Gaim deploying and they battles the Poseidal forces, when one of the ship explodes, a shuttle escape and Daba and Kyao captures it and brings it back only to find Amandra Kamandra on it. Amu and Lilith wonders why he was on the enemy ship and Amandra says that he's a merchant, he goes to sell stuff though the two says that woman's intuition is saying that Amandra is hiding something. Daba says that they'll talk with Amandra later and returns to the battlefield. Dian asks if Amandra would come to the shelter area with them but Amandra says that he wants to be near the shuttle if worst come to worst he can just hop back on it and escape again. The battle is over and Daba returns to talk with Amandra. Amuro note that this is only the first skirmish and more Poseidal forces will be here, they better go resupply.Judo asks Reina for food and is told by Ru and Elle that Reina already got that covered. Jin notes that Reina is sure nice and helpful unlike the girls in their class which got Maria shouting "What was that??" Daba asks for Amandra to help by lending the resistance his personal fleet because other merchants will follow his lead but Amandra refuse saying that he's only a merchant and has no interest in politics. Daba asks why Amandra's actions are very contradictory since it was Amandra who gave him the Turner ship but he also sells weapon to the Resistance and Poseidal. Amandra says slyly that if the battle drags on, Poseidal forces will pay handsomely for better weapons so he can't have the resistance getting TOO weak. Daba asks if Amandra is just a merchant of death and Amandra says that being a merchant is all he is. Daba then tells Amandra to go ahead and keep selling but he's going to defeat Poseidal as the last of the Yaman which piqued Amandra's interest and he ask if Daba is a survivor? Daba confirms it and sends Amandra out on his shuttle. Amandra note that Gamon Mylord seems to be serious about this, it seems he'll have to be waiting for him at Suede after all. Episode 48 Poseidal force led by Qwasan Olivy and Ryoguley attacks the Resistance's base. Olivy demands the surrender of Daba Mylord but Daba is shocked to see that it's Olivy. Kyao recognize as Daba's sister by bond, someone he was originally supposed to be married to. This news shocked Amu and Lecce. Daba deploys and Amu deploys also noting that Daba probably can't do anything to Olivy. Shiro tells the other to help Daba out. Olivy tells Gabley that his track record isn't so good so don't he disappoint her. Gabley says that he has a score to settle with the team anyway. Gabley gets beaten and Ryoguley's ship is damaged but Olivy and Ryoguley deploys to fight. Daba asks if Olivy doesn't remember him and tries to remind her but Lilith tells Daba to fight back since this isn't the Olivy he knew. After a lot of persuading by Daba, Olivy suddenly screams and she starts talking differently as to how the Yaman had destroyed her comrade which is why they must be wiped out. Justice must govern this land to save the world. Daba recognized that voice as Poseidal speaking through Olivy and says that Poseidal is lying, Poseidal is the one who tries to control other and liken herself to God, she is the one who instigate the unrest. Daba tells Olivy not to follow Poseidal and to return to him. Olivy snaps out of the Poseidal trance but rejects Daba saying that she is Poseidal's general. Olivy retreats and Daba tries to follow but Amu pulls him back saying that it's futile to go after her, he is the Resistance leader right now. The battle is over but Mito and the others are worried about Daba who's shut himself off in his room, this is the first time that they've seen Daba like this. Dr. Arl notes that Poseidal couldn't hurt Daba physically so she's attacking him emotionally. Semu-Ju says that they can't call off the grand attack on Poseidal's capital at Suede and Quattro agrees that they can't let the opportunity slips by. Dr. Plato says that they'll have to restrict access to Daba to only the WB team personnel since they can't have him bringing down the rest of the resistance and sowing doubts in their minds. At his room, Amu tries to get Daba to come out but Kyao says that they have to leave Daba alone for now, Lecce isn't here since she's busy with all the preparation and they should follow suite since they have to get ready for the final assault. There's no time to wait by Daba's side for Daba to get over this. Amu reluctantly agrees. Inside the room, Lilith tries to cheer Daba up that Olivy will probably realize the truth sooner or later but Daba sadly says that if she's not rescued then it means nothing. Meanwhile, Giwasa's force note that the Resistance is about to launch their big offensive and they can let them take out the brunt of Poseidal's force and then swoop in to overthrow Poseidal and install Giwasa as the new ruler. At Suede, Poseidal tells Olivy that she is aware of the Resistance's grand attack as well. Episode 48A The Resistance is getting ready to launch their assault. Kyao note that the mechanics that the Resistance sent to help him are actually slowing him down since their skills aren't up to standard. Amu brings him some refreshment and Kyao note that she seems down and cheers her up a little. Meanwhile, Kento asks Dr. Arl for more powerup to the Daltanious and Dr. Arl and Manabu says that they already power up the Daltanious just a while ago. Kento concede that the Cannon Cubic and the powered up Kaen Ken are strong but it's best to have more. Dr. Arl and Manabu says that unnecessary and rushed power up will be detrimental to the Daltanious and Danji says that if that's the case then they should find new ways to use their current power and Manabu asks if that Chou Kukan Energy that the Daltanious can tap into can be utilized. Kento asks what this is and Dr. Arl says that Daltanious can tap into and generates Chou Kukan Energy to use (ala Shine Spark) to ram into the opponent but the danger are knowing whether Daltanious's body can withstand all that stress and pressure. As if on cue, enemy attacks and Kento deploys saying that he'll test it out for real. After cornering an enemy ship, Kento tells Danji that they're going to use the attack and it worked. Dr. Arl is relieved that Kento is ok but Kento asks why Dr. Arl is so worried, after all, Dr. Arl created the Daltanious and it's never let him down. Lecce note after the battle that Poseidal will commit more force to search for their base but Daba says that may mean that the defense at Suede isn't as strong as it should be; they need to take the chance and gather all their reforce for one desperate final battle. Meanwhile Akimi is feeling down as she explains to Fairy that Sally just wouldn't try to even listen to her. Fairy says that Sally must be feeling that she's betraying her home planet if she relent so it's best to leave this to her. Fairy enters Jeeg and Sally's quarter and says that their machines are repaired but they're not going to force them to help. Sally tells Fairy to please let them go back to Guardisword and they'll cooperate from there but Fairy says that she already knows how that will turn out and believe it or not, it's for their safety right now that they not go back. Jeeg tells Sally that she's not thinking clearly, so far the people here can be trusted to a degree and right now they're not hurting Guardisword by being here so they should hang out for a while to see how this is going. Sally shouted that her bro trust people too easily. Jeeg note that that might be true but if the team is about to take on Poseidal, he think he'll have to get involved and see their true resolves for real in the battlefield. Episode 49 The WB team is making it's way to Suede through the asteroid field. Inside, Shiro M. asks Shiro if it's true that some of the younger children in the Resistance base wants to go fight too and Shiro says that it's true but he and the others turns them down since they are not trained to fight and will only die and drags other with them. They helped with supplies so that's enough and Aizak and Shutekken says that needless blood need not be spilt. Shiro agrees noting that the children on this ship have made up their mind to stay on board. Jeeg agrees to help Akimi in the battle of Suede since he also has a grudge against the Intergalactic Alliance. Fairy asks if that means he's changed his opinion about Helrukka and the team but he says it's different. Anyhow he's leaving Sally as hostage for the team since they know he won't try to escape without her. Akimi says that she doesn't exactly like the way Jeeg is putting it. Daba note at the bridge that they have to win this one and Kento and Mito says that they're right behind him. Semu-Ju outlines the plan that the resistance will take care of the Poseidal forces near the stratosphere leaving the team free to attack the Suede's capital. Deploying, Daba note that Olivy is with the Poseidal force and that he'll defeat Poseidal and free her. The battle begins and Poseidal makes an announcement demanding that the Resistance surrender to their God. This makes Daba angry but Kyao tells him not to be hot headed and rush in. Ryogley can't believe that the Resistance got this far and deploys with Olivy and Zarl troops also appears to aid Poseidal. Danji note that if this keeps up, the enemy forces will grow, they need to deal Poseidal a quick blow. Akimi says that she's so tired she wants a bath to which Jeeg tells her to focus since they're still on the battlefield. Akimi says that Jeeg just doesn't know a joke when he sees one and Jeeg shouted that if she wanted a bath then get shot down over the sea. Defeating Gabley, Daba tackles Olivy's machine and manage to disable her machine trying to coax her out of the mind control but then Gabley reappears saying that he'll protect Olivy. Daba asks what Gabley is doing and Gabley asks what's wrong with protecting the women he love, what is Daba doing anyway? Daba asks if Gabley's serious but as Olivy's brother, he's not gonna allow this relationship. Gabley asks if there's any qualification you have to have for loving someone since he betrayed Giwasa to be with Olivy only to see her as a puppet to Poseidal. Does Daba know the sadness that he had to endure to see the woman he loves like that? Daba note that Gabley is serious about this and says that he'll trust him. However suddenly Olivy's demeanour change as she suddenly laughs out loud like someone brain damaged, Daba tries to talk with her but she can only utter the word "Onichan" and then laughs. Gabley note that this may be because of the cut in the Biorelation system and that they should take Olivy back to the ship. Amu, Kyao and Lecce sees Daba heading back to the ship and retreat back also. At the medical room, they see Daba and Gabley in shock since it seems that Olivy had been mentally crippled. Lecce tells Kyao that even though they cut the Bio Relation, her memory and mind hasn't returned. Daba cries that Olivy is no longer here but Amu slaps him telling him that Daba isn't someone who accepts things easily like this. The Daba she loved isn't like that, for her, Daba Mylord is someone who is always pushing forward which is why she loved him. Lecce agrees saying that they have Olivy with them now, now is not the time to give up. Amu consoles him telling him to stand up since there are still things that only he can do waiting for him. Daba takes that all in and rises up redeploying. Gabley also deploys saying that Poseidal can't be forgiven for doing that to Olivy. At the Suede Capital, Poseidal feels her link with Olivy is gone but says that she can make more like Olivy later. Suddenly however Full Flat walks in saying that she is here for Poseidal's life or should she say Mian's life. This surprises Poseidal and Full Flat asks if Mian had forgotten the last battle in the Second Sart War where both she and Mian, the Temple Knight of Poseidal were rewarded by Poseidal. Amandra then also walks in and tells Poseidal or Mian that she did a better job of being him than he does. Poseidal/Mian then gets angry and says she is Poseidal and that Full Flat has raised her ire by cooperating with the rebel even though she was rewarded with the independent Third Star. Amandra says that Mian understood like him that to bring in a new age, someone needs to be God. Full Flat says that Amandra/ Poseidal is wrong in playing with people's emotion and memory. The battle starts reaching near Suede and Amandra rushes Mian out saying that this place is dangerous and they should go to that room. He tells Full Flat to play with his guards and Poseidal soliders for a while. In a short while afterward, Amandra broadcast on an open channel that if the Resistance doesn't retreat, he will kill them all since he has an ace up his sleeve. Daba says that he won't accept that, if there's a time limit before a bomb or something then they'll defeat Poseidal before that time limit. Amandra then appears in the Oji along with a fleet of Oje saying that he is the true Poseidal. The others tell Daba to be careful since this one is strong. The team attacks and Amandra/Poseidal says that the team isn't bad for surviving this long against Poseidal but he will show them the true terror of Poseidal. The team can't believe that they haven't damage Amandra/Poseidal that much at all and Amandra/Poseidal says that this is the power of the Biorelation system where it converts life force into power and eternal life. No matter how many times the team defeats him, he will regenerate. Amandra/Poseidal concludes that the Poseidal that they usually saw is just a shadow of him the true Poseidal while he in the guise of Amandra walks amongst them gathering information and ordering his shadow to take action in the name of Poseidal. Daba shouted that he won't accept it and he told Amandra before that he would defeat Poseidal. The team attacked but Amandra/Poseidal keeps regenerating. Jin says that this won't do, they're not making headway and will tire out sooner or later. Daba note that there must be some secret and Amuro agrees since no weapon is perfect, there has to be a weakpoint. Full Flat contacts in and ask if Daba has a problem, Amu says that Full Flat is really their ally but Full Flat says that Amu is too green but that naivety may be what is needed for the new age. Full Flat tells Daba and the others to attack an area in Suede where the Bio Relation system is stored at, once it is destroyed, Poseidal's "immortality" will fade away. Daba asks why Full Flat is helping them and Full Flat says that she, Mian and Poseidal still continue to live thanks to the Bio Relation but the age no longer belongs to them, it belongs to the young like them. Amandra/Poseidal just hadn't realized it. The team does just that and Poseidal/Amandra feels himself starting to age into dust. Poseidal/Amandra asks why Full Flat betrayed him and Full Flat says that they have gone against the cycle of time are just going back into the cycle of nature and time after this long delay. A new age needs to be handed to the young. Poseidal/ Amandra shudders in dismay that everything he's built is crumbling with him and Daba shouted that Poseidal/Amandra's time is over, this is THEIR time now. Daba finishes off Poseidal/Amandra off with his Buster Launcher and in the capital, Poseidal/Mian asks why Full Flat came back for her and Full Flat says that she couldn't let Mian die thinking she was Poseidal, that would be too horrific and the two ages into dust as well. Mito and Kento congratulates Daba and Dr. Arl says that the House of Gamon can finally be reborn but Kento tells Dr. Arl to stop since their job isn't finished yet. Bright ordered Suede's capital to be taken and Poseidal's remaining forces to be captured. After the Resistance has taken the capital, Dr.Arl note that the Pentagona star system is finally free but Daba and Lecce says that Giwasa is still on the loose. He probably knows about the Resistance's attack and will probably strike while they're still weak and tired from defeating Poseidal. They should do their best to rest and resupply. Daba and Lecce's word are true since Giwasa then orders all his forces to attack Suede and crush the Resistance now that they have defeated Poseidal. Episode 50 As the team predicted, Giwasa's forces attack Suede and tries to install Giwasa as the new ruler. Nei Mohan and other Giwasa's subordinate lead the attack on the Resistance but are ultimately defeated. Giwasa lead a strike force himself but the team proves hard to handle. Giwasa's subordinates want to run but Giwasa says to make quick repair to his damaged ship and sent out for reinforcement and stall with their remaining HM. He says that his troop is as good as Poseidal's but why are they not triumphing over the Resistance. Daba and the team note that Giwasa just won't give up since he wants the throne THAT badly but Daba says that if Giwasa were to reign, nothing would change from Poseidal's reign at all, they have to defeat Giwasa. Semu-Ju and the other Resistance arrive to help Daba and Giwasa's ship falls. Giwasa escapes on board a shuttle but Daba aims his Buster Launcher at it killing him. Jeeg note that the team has proven themselves and he'll have to reevaluate them and what they're doing. Later on, Daba tells Olivy that once this is all over, they will both return home to live together and Olivy with her broken mind daftly agrees. Gabley note that Olivy is now mentally crippled for life and Lecce says that this is Amandra's final revenge against Daba since Daba is now a puppet that must care for Olivy for the rest of his life. However Daba tells Olivy that no matter what, he'll never give up hope that Olivy will one day be able to reclaim herself. At the bridge, Semu Ju says that the Giwasa force and Poseidal forces are surrendering and they've won. There may be some Poseidal/ Giwasa forces that are in hiding and waiting to strike again but they can handle them. Bright notes that that is good newsbecause they need to move forward to another star system. Kento wonder if the Zarl will attack while they're not here but Semu-Ju says that with Poseidal and Giwasa dead, more and more people that were oppressed will join with the new Government's causes so they should be able to handle things here. What's left is to decide where to go next, Zarl or Grados. Eiji asks if they can go to Grados next since he knows that there are some Gradosian who oppose what their empire is doing and perhaps they can try to strike up peace with Grados. The others note that that's not a bad idea and Fairy adds that they might be able to get information about the ancient Gradosian and the seals along with information on the CUBE as well so everyone agree to go to Grados. Later on Alan, David and Simone congratulates Eiji and Eiji hopes that he can try to negotiate peace between Earth and Grados. Episode 51 Sanae asks Dr.Arl if they can't make peace with the Zarl like they plan to do with the Grados and Dr. Arl says that as long as Emperor Dolmen still exist then there can be no peace since Dolmen's ambition knows no end. He would probably betray his ally in the Intergalactic Alliance if they end up winning the war. The people living under his rules however are a different matter, they can be talked with but they are oppressed since Dolmen has any dissenter or resistance and their planets destroyed. At the bridge, Bright note that they've liberated Pentagona and helped Edon out of it's problem but in order to protect a wider galaxy, they need to set up an organization that is strong and commands a large force and for that they need to gather those like Prince Mito and Daba to form the core of this organization. Layla says that not everyone can be a leader like Prince Mito or Daba and Quattro says that it doesn't have to be someone of that caliber; they need someone who is respected in this part of the galaxy to be backing them. Dr. Arl then suggests the name of Gascon which Diego, Blues and Shutekken then agrees is quite good. The three says that Gascon, the tiger of space, is quite well known throughout the galaxy as a righteous warrior who is well known and commands respects. Sukedo and Kakus say that Gascon had once visited Edon many years ago to dispense justice to evildoer much like what they did. Shutekken says that if Gascon backs them up, then those that are still loyal to Poseidal or the New Planetoid Alliance will have to reconsider. Dr. Arl says that however, Gascon goes where he please so there's no telling where they'll meet him but if they do, he hopes Lord Kento isn't disrespect ful to him. The team arrives in Grados space and is faced with automaton Grados and Zarl troops, Eiji note that the automatic forces will detain the intruders while the main forces is contacted. Alan says that they are here to try and negotiate peace anyway so they have to make contact with the main forces. Gou and Kouji then note that the best way to get them here fast enough is to raise enough ruckus. The team deploys and defeated the automatic forces but then a Grados fleet appears and Eiji hails them saying that he is Albatrona Eiji Asuka and he is here with the Earth force to negotiate peace. The Gradosian commander however recognize Eiji as a traitor to the Grados but Eiji counters that while he did run away from the Gradosian army, he never betrayed his home, he's working for the peace between Grados and Earth. The Gradosian commander won't listen but Alan says that they have Prince Mito of Edon with them. Would the Gradosian higher up REALLY want to refuse an audience with the future king of the Edon Kingdom? The commander is unsure but Zarl reinforcement arrives and amongst them is someone who calls himself Gascon. Gascon announces himself as the tiger of space that is here because of his pledge with Kroppen and denounces the team saying that they are here for revenge on Grados, they've already decimated the Grados forces on Earth, and decimated Pentagona. Eiji says that that's not true, while it's true that many on Earth hated Grados for what the Grados did, they personally are not here for revenge, but the Grados troops and Gascon doesn't believe him or even Prince Mito and spurred on by Gascon's word, more Grados troops appear. Bright consider a retreat but Grados troops cut off their exit. Kento is mad and tells Dr. Arl that Gascon is nowhere near how Dr. Arl describes him and Shutekkent and Diego is in shocked that someone of Gascon's caliber would bow down to the Zarl and become their lackey. The team fends off Grados troops and defeat Gascon and Gascon note that they are powerful but all is going to plan and retreats. The Grados troops note that Gascon's signal is still around which means he is only going for repair. Soon after Gascon reappears but he then tries to break up the fight that the team has with the Grados. Kento is fighting mad and shouted that Gascon had the nerve to try and play peace maker after what he did just now. Gascon doesn't understand and Kento shouted that someone who is in league with the Zarl like him is going to get whupped. Gascon note that Kento probably heard about Kroppen giving him information on the team's whereabout and misunderstood but NO ONE, not even the grandson of Emperor Palmillion of the former Elios Empire talks down to him like that. Gascon says that he will show Kento the true power of the tiger of space who had walked through the various battlefield within the ten million light years of the galaxy and Kento shouted back that if Gascon's a tiger then he's going to skin him for a rug and roast him for dinner. Daltanious and Gascon's Robo then clash with each other with Daltanious dealing heavy damage to Gascon but Gascon then rush Daltanious damaging the leg portion and says that now Daltanious can't move and the fight's not over yet. However suddenly the two are then attacked by Kroppen and another Gascon appears. Gascon can't believe that there's someone who looked exactly like him and the fake Gascon spills the bean that he attacked the team earlier using Gascon's name and likeness to create this situation so that they would kill each other and now that they're half dead, he'll finish them both off and use the name Gascon, the tiger of space from now on. Tetsuya, Gou and Kouji then rush the fake Gascon saying that they'll take care of him and Kento apologize to Gascon for jumping to conclusion and Gascon says that goes double for him and technically Kroppen did a very good job of fooling them. Gascon offers to take the Daltanious back to the ship for repair. Gascon and the Daltanious leave the battlefield but the team is more than able to defeat the fake Gascon and Kroppen. Kroppen note that this failure means that Gascon will now aid the WB team and they're now even deadlier than before. The Grados troops call for more reinforcement and a horde of ships come but their leader broadcast on a frequency saying that he is Amas Gale, a former Grados solider and for the Grados soliders here to stop the fighting. The Grados commander asks if they are the opposition faction that they've heard about. Gale asks if joining the Intergalactic Alliance to wage an invasion is the Grados army's justice? They can no longer hurt or lose the Grados ideal, they must be brave enough to pull out of the Alliance and seek for peace with others. The Grados commander isn't caring and Gale says that if the Grados commander wants to force the hands, they will not hold back. The Grados commander is surprised that a huge number of fleet appears at Gale's word and Gale says that many soliders are tired from this useless war and have voiced out their thoughts. The Grados commander reluctantly flee and Akimi note that there's also a resistance in Grados. Eiji asks if it is truly Gale and Simone ask if Gale isn't the one that was engaged to Eiji's sister Julia. Eiji says that's so but he's supposed to be dead after clashing with Eiji. Meeting with Bright, Gale confirms that his opposition movement is considering joining forces with the WB to pull Grados out of the Intergalactic Alliance and stop this invasion war. A lot of voice in Grados is calling out for the end to the war thanks to it's length and he'd like the Gradosian to resolve this situation by their own hands. Daba note that if Grados does pull out that means the Intergalactic Alliance will be on it's last leg. Gale tells Bright that he thinks the opposition movement is strong enough to push for changes within Grados and he'd like the WB team to go take out the Zarl Empire instead. With the Zarl defeated, the pressure on Grados to continue this alliance will be gone and they can lobby for change. Right now they're pushing for Grados to stop their invasion of other star systems. Bright agrees to it and Gale says that there's an old station satellite that they can use to travel to Zarl territory Gascon is in a good mood and laughs it up with Kento and Gou on how well they get along. Dr. Arl asks if that means Gascon will help them and Gascon says it is so. Hayato says that there's one more idiot around to which Dr. Arl says is quite demeaning to Gascon but Gascon doesn't mind at all. Gale comes to Fairy's room and gives her a data disk on the info they have on the ancient Gradosian seal which will help Fairy in her research on the CUBE and tells her to use it for people's future Later on in the hallway, Gale meets with Eiji and he asks about Julia. Eiji tells Gale that Julia is alive and well on Earth. Eiji asks if Gale wants to come alongside them to fight for the peace of the galaxy but Gale says that he thinks he is more suited to stopping the Grados government from their current course of action. Gale tells Eiji that while their course may differ, they are working for the same things and he asks that Eiji take care of the fight with the Zarl. Episode 52 The team is traveling into Zarl territory and Shutekken says that according to their info, most planets under the rules of the Zarl are slowly secretly gathering a resistance force and they can be rallied around the name of Kento who is the grandson of the old Elios Emperor Palmillion. Kento says to not make him TOO famous since he isn't going to be around to take care of this responsibility which really annoys Dr. Arl that the heir to the throne is so irresponsible. Lecce and Shinobu (girl) says that some forces from the Pentagona system have commited themselves to fighting the Zarl as well as Ego's group from Edon. Alan note that with their current war against the Interdimensional Alliance, adding in enemy troops from Pentagona and Edon not to mention internal rebellion means that the Zarl forces will be stretched thin which will allow them to sneak in and take care of the head. 3J and Poncho also says not to forget their contribution since they create a good supply line for all of this to come about. Emperor Dolmen meanwhile gives Kroppen one last chance to defeat the WB team or not to come back. The team is near the Zarl mother planet, the former planet Elios. Most ally troops have now engaged the Zarl forces and Zarl forces also arrive where the team is too. Kento and Danji deploy forming Daltanious and the battle begins. Dr.Arl tells Kento to be careful since Kroppen will definitely be joining this battle and fight to the death. Danji asks how Dr. Arl is so sure and Dr. Arl says that Emperor Dolmen does not tolerate failure especially continuous failure that Kroppen has been having against the team so this is probably Kroppen's last chance. True to word, Kroppen and his underlings arrives with more forces. Kento says that it's a good chance to pay back the commander of the Zarl forces that burnted their home back in Japan to ashes. Kroppen decides to activate the space mines that are scattered around the area and Fairy tells Akimi to not land near them or risk detonating them. Even so the team manages to defeat Kroppen's underling like Kabuto and Boida but Kroppen himself does not go down easily as he get a second and third wind against the team and deploys even more forces. After much beating up of Kroppen whose will is still strong and doesn't quit but his mecha quit for him and Kento delivers the final blow against Kroppen defeating him. Carmen Carmen is informed of this development and note that all is going as plan for his Osiris Project. Back at their base, Boida and Kabuto apologize to Emperor Dolmen for their failure and say that the next time they deploy, they will fight to the death. Emperor Dolmen then appointed Zakuron from the Robot Empire to be Zarl and the Intergalactic Alliance's Commander in Chief which greatly peeved off the two since they thought that with Kroppen dead, they were next in line to succeed him. News of the team's victory spread and congratulatory message comes in from all over the conquered planet of the Zarl Empire and many have begun to openly join the rebellion led in Kento's name. At the hangar, Jeeg tells Akimi that he didn't think that the team would be this fast in making progress against the Zarl and Akimi ask if Jeeg plans to deploy against the Zarl as well. Jeeg says that the people from Guardisword have a score to settle with the Zarl as well since they were part of the Intergalactic Alliance that invaded Guardisword and it resulted in their home planet blowing up. Akimi asks if it's ok to leave Sally in the room like this and Jeeg says that this has become a matter of necessity since even if Sally DID cooperates like he does, she wouldn't be able to fight with a clear head and if she deploys, she's likely to get herself killed along with others as well. Even HE finds it hard to remain calm and cool if they're going to fight the Zarl. While it's not good for both he and Sally, he think that Sally should sit this one out. At his room, Dr. Arl prays to Emperor Palmillion to watch over his grandson in their final battle against the Zarl. Episode 52A Akimi asks Fairy why Jeeg and Sally hates the Zarl that much and Fairy says that it's because during the final invasion when the Intergalactic Alliance invaded Guardisword which led to the Guardisword planet being blown up, those two were at the forefront so they saw their comrades died and their planet destroyed and the main attacking force of the Intergalactic Alliance was the Zarl. Akimi asks if Fairy also hates the Zarl and she says that she doesn't like them but she's wondering if their invasion really did led to the Guardisword's home planet's destruction as was publicy announced. Helrukka's announcement that the CUBE experimentation area was attacked by Zarl forces leading to the CUBE going out of control leading to their planet blowing up seems a little fishy to her. She wasn't on the home planet at the time but she think it was orchestrated by someone. Akimi asks if she think it's Helrukka's work but what does he gain by blowing up his own home planet? Fairy doesn't know since this is all speculation on her part. Enemies suddenly appears on their route to Zarl and Bright orders the team to rush through since they can't waste time here. After rushing through, the team resumes their course to Zarl. At Sally and Jeeg's quarter, Sally is adamant about deploying against the Zarl but Jeeg forbids her to do so. Sally asks why can her bro deploy and she can't and Jeeg says that Sally will let her emotion get the best of her in the coming fight, it's different for him because he's fought alongside this team for a couple of mission now so they know how he fights but Sally would just throw the team's teamwork out the window. Sally isn't buying that much and says that as per their agreement with Akimi and Fairy, each of them can cooperate if they want to so she's going in, but Jeeg says that whatever the reason, he's not letting Sally deploy and he locks the door telling Sally to stay put until this is over. Episode 53 A message to the WB from the Resistance forces attacking Zarl territory all over tells the WB that Zarl forces have been ordered to give up defending the territory and to begin retreating from their area and head back to Zarl. Quattro, Shutekken, Diego and Gascon note that this isn't good. Zarl territory is quite large so there are lots of forces spread throughout the territories; if they decide to gather back at the Zarl Planet then the number will be huge. Of course, the resistance forces will try and stop them and maybe take out some of the Zarl troops but the majority of the force will remain and they will do their best to head back since words have probably gotten out that the team is the true main attack forces heading for the main head planet and that they've taken out Kroppen, the commander in chief. This makes the team note that it's a race against time before Zarl reinforcement return to Zarl. The team arrives at Zarl planet and Zakuron asks Ondron about their calculated chance at winning and Ondron says that according to their ruler, Mother Computer Sigma, they have a 100% chance of winning. Kento and Danji deploy and decide to rush in but are driven back by a planetary barrier. Zakuron deploys Silver and Boida and Kabuto also deploy. Boida and Kabuto aren't pleased having to take order from Zakuron and decides that they will use this battle to show Emperor Dolmen why THEY or more specifically, one of them, should be the new commander in chief. The team notes that they can't get through the barrier and they can't retreat now after coming all this way since if they do, Zarl reinforcement will arrive and make Zarl truly impenetrable. Dr. Arl tells Kento that it'll take sometime to analyze the barrier and find a weakness so they have to hang on and Kento says that they'll have to take out Boida, Kabuto and Silver first then. Boida and Kabuto are determined to use this opportunity to become the next commander in chief but they also fail and died. Silver screams for Ondron to help her as her mech explodes and Ondron note that it is such a waste since Silver really was beautiful. Meanwhile Dr. Arl has analyzed the barrier and tells the team to attack the satellite surrounding the barrier to dissipate it but Zakuron comes out to battle the team since Boida and the others are defeated. Zakuron is a tough nut to crack as the team batter him with attack but he says that it is all going according to the calculation of the Mother Computer and regenerates himself. Watta note that this Mecharobo is tougher than all the rest but Gou tells him that instead of complaining, he should be firing more missiles at it. The team manages to destroy all the satellite. (Note to "highly smart" supercomputer, NEXT TIME, put the satellite IN the forcefield) Ondron can't believe that the calculation and prediction of the Mother Computer Sigma was proven to be false. He begins laughing hysterically shouting that if the Mother Computer Sigma is wrong then the Robot Empire is over, everything is over if they can no longer trust in Mother Computer Sigma to always be right. Zakuron note that the enemy's fighting power is beyond what Mother Computer Sigma reported, how can this be? Zakuron is damaged badly by Trider G7 and he notes that if his defeat is known then the trust towards Mother Computer Sigma will be gone and the Robot Empire will fall apart. He can't fail, he's fighting like the computer tells him to. Watta sees his chance and uses the Trider Bird Attack to finish off Zakuron and Zakuron dies wondering why? Mother Computer Sigma was supposed to be perfect. (Technically I'd start having doubt the moment I see that the satellite generating the forcefield isn't INSIDE the force field) Kento shouts for Dolmen to come out and Dolmen deploys with a very large number of forces. Dolmen then announces that he will not accept their surrender, they will all die but they will know the dark secret of Elios as he shows them his face. Dr. Arl is surprised to see that Dolmen looks exactly like the deceased Emperor Palmillion and Dolmen says that it is because he is Palmillion's clone. Kento doesn't care about what happened that long ago, whatever the case, Dolmen has brought pain and suffering to them when his forces attacked Tokyo and destroyed their home not to mention the various planets he subjugated along with the countless innocents he killed. The team notes that it's a large enough force and odds are that there are more available. If the battle keeps up, they're going to be badly outnumbered, so they have to take out Dolmen as soon as possible. Jeeg is livid at the sight of Dolmen and Akimi tells him to stay calm. Akimi then wonders how Sally is feeling right now. Cut back to Sally's room. Sally is pounding on the door begging to get out, she promises not to run away but no one is there to hear her. Jeeg tells Akimi that it's ok, he's not going to let emotion get the best of him. After one attack, Dolmen's face changed and Kento asked what's going on and Dr. Arl says that it's true then that Dolmen is a clone since one of the way to tell them apart is that their skin pigment can change color under certain conditions Dolmen says that that won't stop him and deploys more troops telling Kento that the glory of Elios was due to the sufferings of the clones. Kento shouted that he doesn't care about the dead past. Dolmen attacks him saying that someone like Kento who continues the bloodline of Palmillion will die painfully at his hands. The glory of Elios meant that he was supposed to live and suffer in the shadows as the spare parts for the Emperor. The dark past of Elios is that they breed clones for parts for the Emperor and as stands in treating them like dirts and disposing of them once the Emperor falls. Kento says that he may emphatize with what the clone had to go through but because of Dolmen, too many people had to suffer and die, he's not going to forgive him for that. Dolmen bites it but says that this isn't over. As long as there's a need for clone in society, situation like his wil reoccur and rebellions like his will rise up again With Dolmen dead, the Zarl forces are in disarray and many began to surrender. Kento says that they've won but Danji note that it's a victory with a bad aftertaste. Shutekken tells the two not to worry about it, Dolmen was weak, he gave in to the world blaming every bad thing he did on being a clone. Akimi ask Jeeg if this means the Zarl are finished and Jeeg and Fairy says that the troops on the other world will go into disarray without someone to lead them. The Intergalactic Alliance is technically finished which means the battle with the Interdimensional Alliance will intensify. Akimi asks Jeeg what he plans to do next since Guardisword is part of the Interdimensional Alliance. Jeeg says that he plans to stick with the team for now, if the Interdimensional Alliance gives up their plans on conquest then there may be a chance for peace. Back at the ship, Dr. Arl is ecstatic, Elios can now be reborn but Kento isn't having any of it. Danji note that their boy just isn't fit for ruling but Daba and Mito wonders about that since they think Kento also makes a good king with Daba saying that sometime they have to live up to what others see in them and Dr. Arl adds that a lot of people expect big things from Kento and Kento says that he's postponing this little talk until all the battles are finished. Back at their room, Sally pout that her big bro didn't trust her but Jeeg says that there's another reason he kept her out of it, this battle had a very big chance of becoming a three way battle if the Interdimensional Alliance sees the chance and join in to attack both side. If that happen, Sally will definitely feel conflicted and that will cost her her life. With her on the ship, he himself isn't too conflicted if that situation occurs since even if they are "allies" if they attack the ship, he's not gonna hold back. Sally says she forgive him and Jeeg ask if she wants to attend the next meeting but Sally is still pouting saying that she knows her big bro had a thing for Akimi, she can see it during their deployment together, she's just gonna get in the way of his pining for her during the meeting .Jeeg says that's not true but Sally says that she doesn't feel like attending. Jeeg says he understands and leaves with Sally noting "Why did I say that, it's like I...." Bright note that with the Zarl situation resolved, he's wondering about the Interdimensional Alliance. Mito asks Shinobu about their movement and she says that there's been no noteworthy movement. Shutekken says that his source tells him that one fleet is withdrawing. They don't seem to want to negotiate with the team though Quattro thought that they would use the opportunity to attack. Shinobu says that they're probably planning something and Dr. Plato agrees saying that it's too quiet, too unnatural for them. Frau tells Bright that there is a message being broadcasted across the galaxyfrom Carmen Carmen. Carmen Carmen says that soon his Osiris plan will come to fruitition by exploding the Zarl sun ending all their ambitions and future to bring this area to the next dimension. Professor Hatsuki note that by exploding the sun, Carmen Carmen probably plans to utilize the massive energy from the explosion to move this area of space to another dimension, which isn't good for not only this area alone but Pentagona and Edon will be affected as well. Diane and Lecce quickly confirm that Nubia forces and the Interdimensional Alliance are moving towards the Zarl sun. Jeeg confirms that Nubia is one of the more dominant partners in their alliance in the IDA. Chris asks if they won't get caught up in the explosion as well but Fairy says that they will probably warp out since the IDA's main base is in another dimension. The team note that their next course of action is clear, they have to stop Carmen Carmen and Bright orders all ships to move out. Episode 54 Bright is told that at their current speed, they will arrive in two hours, faster than they anticipated. Quattro hands him a list of pilots/mechs that are still available for deployment since the battle with the Zarl damaged quite a lot of their machine and they don't have the time to do full repair right now. Bright note that Jeeg's name is still on the list and Quattro says that he's using every resource at his disposal. While Dr. Plato note that Jeeg works well with Akimi and his mech is powerful, Hayato wonder if he can be trusted since they are going against Guardisword's ally from now on and Quattro says that he wouldn't put Jeeg's name on here if he doesn't trust him. Akimi talks things with Jeeg, they're about to go up against Guardisword's ally now, is he fine with that. Jeeg says that after seeing the team in action for a while, he's come to believe in them and that the future they want to build is the one that he wants Guardisword to have, so he's in for the long haul with them. At the bridge, Bright says that they will send a strike team that can reach the destination quicker than the main fleet. Their job is to locate the machine that Nubia plans to use to destroy the sun and destroy it while the main fleet arrives afterward to take care of the IDA's forces. This means Akimi, Jeeg, Watta, the Dancougar team and the three J9 Teams are chosen Arriving at the destination, the strike force wonders where the machine to destroy the sun is and Fairy suggest that it may be aboard one of the enemy ship which means they need to wreck them all and/or wait until they start the machine up. Gildrome arrives to stop them and Jeeg note that it's Gildrome and Gildrome recognize Jeeg and says that he's been given order to terminate Jeeg. Jeeg says that if it's Muge then he won't have to hold back. Gildrome mocks Jeeg saying that it was due to Muge's protection that Guardisword which is comparable to a small country could survive, if Emperor Muge wishes so, he could wipe out Guardisword in an instant. He's going to rob Jeeg of all hope and crush him like a bug. Shinobu shouted that they're gonna fix that but Gildrome says that the nightmare is only beginning. Gildrome is right, his nightmare is only beginning as he is defeated, the main forces arrive and Bright asks if they've destroyed the machine but Fairy says that they haven't found it yet. Jin says that they should deploy and search around and Quattro agrees saying that they need to put the pressure on the enemy. Frau asks Puru what's wrong and Puru says that someone seems to be calling her so she wouldn't deploy just yet. Carmen Carmen arrives and deploys his forces which consist of Heavy Metal, enemy robots from Edon and more to which Izak note that Carmen Carmen must have been building up his forces for this gambit. Meanwhile, inside the WB, Sally is agonizing over what she should do since she still hasn't made up her mind like her big bro but Puru comes in saying that Sally should go out. Sally asks if that's the captain's order but Puru says that it's her own decision since she feels that Sally is going to be important in a while. Puru runs off and Sally wonders what to do and where her machine is. Carmen tells the J9 team that the only one that will go on the trip to the other dimension are the chosen ones of Nubia, as for them, they will die here. Izak says that there's no such thing as the chosen race. Carmen's ship is destroyed but he soon reappears and says that he is eternal. Izak note that it was a stand in and Bowie hopes that this time they have the real deal. Destroying Carmen's ship again, Carmen reappears with even more forces and Bowie notes that THIS must be the real one. Akimi's machine suddenly starts glowing and Fairy says that the CUBE is resonating with Carmen's ship which means that Carmen is using the CUBE which means it definitely IS the real Carmen this time. Kid and the others says that if that's the case then they can bombs away and reduce Carmen to ash and get it over with but Fairy says that it's dangerous to try and destroy the ship with the CUBE on it and Jeeg says that's true, it once wiped out Guardisword's mother planet. He doesn't think it'll wipe out just the sun but this entire solar system if they're not careful. Shutekken then says that they'll have to damage the ship enough to be able to slip in and disarm the CUBE. More enemy reinforcement appears and Bright notes that the difference in firepower is making it hard to do that. Any reinforcement on their side from Pentagona or Edon isn't going to make it in time before Carmen initiates his Osiris project. Sally then tells Bright that she's deploying. Jeeg asks why she's deploying and Sally says she doesn't want that tragedy to happen again and rushes in. with Akimi straight behind her. Jeeg tries to go too but Shutekken says that the stone has been cast, all they can do now is support her. Bright tells everyone that Sally and Akimi will have to reach Carmen's ship to create an opening for a boarding team to board Carmen's Ship while the other takes care of Carmen's reinforcement. Afterward the boarding team can go disable the CUBE. The J9 Team confronts Carmen again and he thanks them for coming to see him off in this glorious day. Izak and Kid shouted that Carmen had destroyed many lives in his mad destiny and it's time to pay the piper. Sally and Akimi finds an opening and enters. Fairy tells Sally that they're going in and if they're capture, to return to the WB with their machine since they can't let another CUBE fall into Carmen's hand. Carmen sends out arm guards to take out Fairy and Akimi who have reached the CUBE room and Fairy quickly overwrites the software regulating the CUBE. Escaping, Fairy tells Sally that she change the programming but Carmen's troop should only think that she quick disable it and thus reboot the CUBE with the new programming. They can't risk letting the enemy know over communication line so they have to get back to the ship. Once near the ship, Fairy tells Bright that she reconfigures the CUBE for Carmen's ship to make the jump without tampering with the Sun and the result should more or less throw him and his nearby follower into dimensional oblivion but they can't stay near here or they risk being transported too. They have to get out of here in five minutes. Carmen note that the team is retreating, have they given up or is it something else, whatever the case, he won't let them escape and enemy units appear blocking the team's escape route. The team dispatchs of them and prepares to pull out. Seeing the team running and believing he's won, Carmen Carmen heads over to the sun to start his Osiris plan and he and his followers disappears unaware that their destination is dimensional oblivion. Fairy note that the sun seems to be ok and that they save this galaxy. At the bridge, Hayato wonders what they should do next since the remaining enemy is the Interdimensional Alliance. Hatsuki says that if they can't control the gate then they have to wait for the IDA to attack but Fairy says that that might not be so since when she reset Carmen's CUBE, she copied the data and it can help them use gates to go anywhere they want. Jeeg confess that he has Muge's destination data if they want. It's decided that the team will go to Muge next. Akimi asks if Sally wants to come along and Sally says with a frown that if that's what they want, she'll be at her machine. It's pretty clear that Sally is still conflicted over having to fight the IDA. Meanwhile Desgaia is informed of Gildrome's death and Carmen's failure. The fact that the team is heading their way also enrages him. Desgaia informs Emperor Muge who says that the WB team will soon find out that the entirety of this dimension is comprised of Emperor Muge himself and Desgaia is filled with pride at battling beside his Emperor once again. Meanwhile, Helrukka note that the WB team is soon going to attack Muge and it seems Fairy has manages to crack the gate technology. Reginia apologize for not taking out Fairy sooner and Helrukka says that it's fine, what about the development of the army that she's in charge of. Reginia says that they are in final phase and with them complete, Guardisword's military might will increase a thousand fold. Helrukka says that is well but they will need to test them so he's sending some of them in as Muge's reinforcement. Episode 55 The team arrives in Muge space. Sally comment that it's just as depressing a place as ever and Akimi asks if they've been here before and Jeeg says that it was during their alliance with Muge. Amuro can feel the intense pressure from the planet and Jeeg says that's where Emperor Muge is and the team decides to go there. Entering the planet, everyone is surprised to see the sky is red. Dancougar deploys and Sarah note that it's like hell and the party with the reaper is starting. She note that they fought and fought Muge only to have it end in a place like this but their destination is not hell but the light beyond. Everyone deploys and Desgaia arrives saying that he will pay them back for that defeat they gave him on Earth.. Shinobu note that something is odd, he can't move Dancougar as freely as normal and Ryou and Masato say that they feel the same. Something's wrong here. In Muge's castle, Muge calls forth the evil spirits to do his biddings. The New Types sense enormous pressures with Puru shouting that she doesn't want to be here anymore. Prof. Hatsuki notes that the Dancougar's spirit energy level is dropping down like crazy and Dr. Plato note that everyone's mental condition seems to be deteriorating but they don't know the cause so they'll have to find out quick during the battle. The team defeated Desgaia or so they thought. As Shinobu goes in to try and verify it, Desgaia reappears and jumps Dancougar. Desgaia says that his Sangaio is undestroyable and it will always revive. Shinobu is ready to give it another go but Ryou tells him that if this keeps up, they wouldn't win, they'd just be wasting their energy. He's been thinking that this dimension has been designed to sap them and their mech of energy and vitality. Hatsuki says that they're working on ways to counter this and tells the team to hang in there. The team defeated Desgaia again but he pops back up cursing that the team managed to destroy his Sangaio twice but as long as the red skies are here, they'll never kill him. Sarah asks Hatsuki if he found a way yet and Hatsuki says that from their analysis of the Sangaio's revival, the biological parts regenerate but the cockpit core can't. Masato note that's true, Desgaia can't regenerate himself so if they kill him they can win, all they need to do is notice where the core is when it's regenerating. Shinobu shout that this time Desgaia is going down for real. The team blows the Sangaio to pieces and as it starts regenerating, Shinbou shouted that Desgaia isn't going to regenerate out of this one but the team was too slow in attacking the core so the Sangaio regenerates but this time the team is determined to do it right and defeats Desgaia once again. Ryou shout for Shinobu to hit Desgaia with the Dancoukougaken and don't miss and Shinobu heartily agrees. Emperor Muge sees that Desgaia is defeated and comes out. The team notes that the red sky is gone and now that they can move freely, they have a chance of winning but suddenly Fairy notice that the Interdimensional Gate is activating and Reginia pops out with Jyaku Jyu, Kikaijuu and Metal Armour (The Gilgasamune kind). Akimi asks Jeeg if the Guardisword made contact with any of the groups before the team defeated them but Sally says they only surveyed them but there was no talk of getting them on board. Akimi note that they'll have to ask Reginia what is going on then. The team manage to hurt Emperor Muge and he applaud them as a specie that hasn't fully evolved to his point but manage to give him a thrill, he's going to see how well they do against his offspring for a while and Muge retreats. Ryou doesn't think this is just a normal retreat and Alan tells Shinobu to save some strength to take Muge on once he reappears. Jeeg and Sally confronts Reginia and says that they have a couple of questions to ask, what is this group that she's brought with her but Reginia says that she has no time for talk and she blast a path away for herself and activates the dimensional gate. Sally rush in saying that she's going to confirm things with Lord Helrukka personally about Reginia's action but Jeeg shouted that Guardisword is no longer a place that will accept them. Sally doesn't understand what Jeeg is saying, she says that their objective is to find a new mother planet and create a peaceful world; she has to go tells Lord Helrukka that they can coexist with these people. Jeeg shouted that they've been abandoned by Helrukka but Sally thinks otherwise, it's all Reginia's fault. Jeeg says that that's not it, right now Helrukka rules over Guardisword with no dissention, the only one who could tells Reginia to do that was Helrukka. Sally says that it isn't true or is her big bro really adamant on fighting their own people. She's going to go and get things cleared up. Akimi tells Sally not to go but Fairy says that the gate is closing and Sally apologizes to Akimi and says to take care of her big brother. The other enemies are taken care of and Shinobu shout for Muge to come out of hiding. Muge says that he is the peak of their evolution and he will absorb all of them into him. Ryou shouted that Solbados is absorbing their willpower and everything they've got. Amuro says that the pressure is more intense than ever. Shinobu is hectic but Ryou tells him to calm down, he sense that Solbados is using the power of the ghost and evil spirits in here to absorb their energy. The only way they can win is to make their spiritual energy stronger. Shinobu note that they don't have much power left but if Solbados have the backing of evil spirits then he'll pray for the good spirits to help them and lend them power. Camille says that is so, the people who died for them and for the peaceful world they wish to create. Amuro, Camille, Judo and the other New Type then sense that the will of the people both alive and dead are beginning to join as one and gives them strength. Muge is astonished, he can't believe that the dead are lending these foolish humans the power to fight him and Shinobu shouted "THIS is it Solbados, Yatteyaruze!!" and Dancoukougahen him. The fight is over but Hatsuki note that Muge encompass this planet and once he dies, this planet is dying with him. The team retreats and once out in space sees that the planet they were on has broken down and vanish along with the dark will of the evil spirits. Later on, Bright is informed about Sally and Fairy says that she is probably at Guardisword right now. Jeeg tries to plead for Sally's case saying that she only wanted peace and Lalah says that she understands that Sally really want what's best for Guardisword. Akimi asks if they should follow and Kouji agrees noting that he's curious about the Kikaijuu army that Reginia summoned and Bright agrees to it. Meanwhile, Sally has reported to Helrukka about her findings about Earth and that they can co-exist with them now that the Intergalactic Alliance is destroyed, they don't have to hide within the Interdimensional Alliance anymore. Helrukka says that's true, they no longer need to hide and he tells Reginia to take care of the rest. Reginia then laughs and tells Sally that if they were to go about making peace with the Earthling and such, they'd be dead within a couple of years and proceeds to restrain Sally telling her that as per Lord Helrukka's command, she will be reborn to serve the new Guardisword. Sally tries to resist but Reginia says that she'll introduce her to a friend of her. Worth then walks in and Reginia orders him to take Sally to their lab. Sally recognize Worth as Fairy's former lover and asks what's wrong with Worth and Worth says that he must obey Lady Reginia and knocks her out. Episode 55A Kaine asks why they aren't headed for Guardisword yet and Dr. Plato says that Fairy is calculating the location for the warp gate right now. Meanwhile Bright tells the operator to be on full alert since the enemy can warp forces right near them without advance warning. No sooner has Bright says that that the mysterious troops that Reginia commanded attack again. The team deployed to stop them. Afterward at the cafeteria, Akimi note that the mysterious troops they fought feels quite fearsome and Amuro agrees that they give off bad vibes. Jeeg also agrees saying that they fought on until each one of them was destroyed but they don't seem to be A.I. manned robot, he wonder how Reginia created them. Akimi asks if Jeeg don't know anything about them considering that he worked dealing information for Guardisword but Jeeg doesn't know which makes him worry about Sally's well being since she still believed in Helrukka. Akimi says that they'll soon head out to save her so he should keep his hopes up. Episode 56 Fairy explains that the reason that it's taking so long to calibrate the measurement to warp to Guardisword Headquarter is because she doesn't want for them to be hit by space debris nearby. If they don't warp out precisely, they stand a chance of getting hit by it. Chris asks why the Guardisword headquarter is stationed in such a dangerous place and Jeeg says that it's for protection, Guardisword headquarter is stationed in what they termed the Rainbow space which is in an unstable dimensional rift which makes it hard for anyone to invade. Dr. Plato notes that just to be sure, they'd better recheck the calibration again. At the corridor, Akimi says that Jeeg is being quite cold even though Sally may be in danger but Jeeg says that it's because that Akimi is worrying in his stead that he can keep his cool. Akimi apologizes saying that she had him pegged wrong and that he's probably tearing up inside. Elsewhere, 3J delivers to the GingaReppu, a spare Baxinger that is equipped with the Auto-Synchro system. Diego and Shutekken say that with this, any one of them can use a Baxinger even if the rest can't deploy so they have to get used to using it. Before they can practice, the order to deploy come and the Ginga Reppu scrambles. Fairy thinks back of when she escapes from Guardisword years ago and how her lover Worth decided to stay behind to fight to give her the chance to escape. She tells Worth that she is no longer sad, the hope he entrusted to her is now with these brave people from Earth. Arriving at the location, Jeeg says that this is Fortress Isbelga and Fairy comments that it was only in construction when she left. Jeeg says that it's quite powerful but largely automated since the surviving population of Guardisword is fairly low. Akimi thinks that Sally must be in there and Puru says that she can feel Sally's presence there. Inside the fortress, Reginia is expecting the team and she tells Sally that unfortunately, there isn't time to brainwash her but she can still use the power of the CUBE to "dub" her which is to duplicate her machine and her but under the command of Reginia to fight the team. Sally screams for Reginia to stop but Reginia proceeds. Enemy mechs appear and Fairy note that Helrukka seems to be amassing up a huge army somehow. Sally's mech also appears and Puru says that it seems that Sally's on board but something feels off. Jeeg decides to go take a closer look but Amuro advised against it when another duplicate of Sally's machine appear. Puru says that the two machines definitely don't contain Sally even though it felt like it. Inside the fortress, Reginia smirks and asks Sally how many duplicates can Sally create before her mind breaks from the CUBE's power? Puru feels that Sally is in pain and Judo tells Puru, Akimi and Jeeg that the four of them should rush in and rescue Sally right now while the others take care of the enemies. The other three agrees and rushes in. Bright is furious at Judo for doing as he please and dividing their forces without his approval. Things go from bad to worse when Reginia expects it and puts up a force field within Fortress Isbelga, locking the four inside and preventing the others from getting in. Reginia then deploys hidden mechs against the outside team. The team fends off the enemies and Reginia tells Fairy if she remembers their encounter when she escaped from Guardisword. Fairy remembered all too well, after Worth stayed behind to fend off pursuing enemies, she had almost made it to the border of Guardisword territory and was about to go into Hyperdrive when Reginia caught up with her and begin to relentlessly attack her. Reginia tells Fairy that her troops have disposed of Worth but Fairy will be captured alive to continue the research on the CUBE but she's not going back without a couple of major injuries that Reginia plans to inflict on her just for kicks. She should have been wise and just keep on researching the CUBE like she's told. Fairy says that she cannot participate in what she knows is wrong. Suddenly Worth appears and tells Reginia that she's not laying a hand on Fairy and rushes her. Worth says that he knows that even if his mech is in fighting condition, he can't win against Reginia but he's taking Reginia out and before Reginia can reactWorth self-destruct his machine allowing Fairy to escape. Back in the present, Reginia says that she won't forgive Fairy for that time and this is her revenge and she orders the Odai to deploy. The Odai deploys and Fairy is shocked to see that the pilot is Worth or more precisely, a brainwashed puppet once named Worth. Reginia orders Worth to kill Fairy and Worth moves to comply. Jeeg tells Fairy that this isn't the man she knew any longer. Akimi asks Fairy what's wrong, she needs Fairy's support and Fairy tries hard to comply with Jeeg telling Akimi to cover for Fairy since she's not up to it right now. The four blasts back Odai and Fairy tells Worth to stop but the others note that there isn't anything of the man Fairy called Worth any longer. Judo note that this is bad, they have to find a way to take out the barrier and regroup with the outer team. Jeeg tells Akimi to go in to the core since Fairy is the only one with the expertise to deactivate the force field and she's useless on the battlefield against Worth right now. Akimi complys and head for the core with Judo and the others telling Worth that they'll be his opponent. Jeeg tells Judo that the Odai is too powerful for the three of them to take out so the best course of action is to stall for time. Inside, Akimi note that Fairy has calmed down and they both head to free Sally. Expecting to take on Reginia, the two busted in only to find Sally alone. A weakened Sally tells Akimi that Reginia has retreat towards the hangar to deploy. Fairy tells Akimi to take Sally to their mech while she goes to deactivate the force field. Akimi drags Sally to her mech with Sally apologizing for not understanding anything and causing this to happens but Akimi says not to worry. Sally asks to be taken to her machine but Akimi is against it since Sally can't pilot in this condition but Fairy comes in saying that Sally's mech can be programmed to take her back to the ship and they can't pilot efficiently if they have Sally on board the Soul Lancer. The forcefield is taken out though Reginia deploys more hidden force against the team though the team manages to regroup and takes out Worth who retreats. Akimi wants to follow but Fairy is against it saying that she now understand that the Worth she knew and love is dead, what's in front of her is a puppet that Reginia left alive to torment her. What's more important is to take Sally back to the ship. With Sally aboard, Bright orders the team to pull back to resupply and regroup before they attack again. Jeeg and Akimi takes Sally to the medical room before the order to redeploy comes again. The two tells Sally to rest as they head back to the battlefield. Episode 57 The team redeploys to take out Fortress Isbelga and Worth redeploys against the team also. Fairy says that the leader of the enemy's attack is Odai so they should focus on destroying it. Akimi asks if Fairy is ok, maybe they shouldn't have deployed but Fairy says that she needs to cut away the ties herself. The team concentrates on attacking Odai and Soul Gunner starts to land the final blow. Worth asks what Fairy is doing but Fairy shouted that he's no longer the Worth she knew and love and this is to free him. Odai is destroyed and Reginia comes out telling Fairy that that was pretty good but they're all going to be space scrap. She deploys a huge number of enemies which makes Kento and Eiji wonder how much force is stored on Isbelga. The team tackles Reginia and managed to severely damage her mech and Jeeg says that beyond them is the Guardisword's headquarter and that they can move in right now. More enemies deploy and Amuro says that it's too dangerous to rush in but Jeeg says that if they don't pass here they won't be able to get to Helrukka. Reginia then laughs and says that it's rare seeing the normally cool Jeeg acting all fired up like this but unfortunately there's nothing beyond here. Lord Helrukka had used the power of the CUBE to move Guardisword headquarter from this area and towards Earth. Earth is now under attack by the Jyakku Empire and Guardisword's replica army. Lord Helrukka foresaw everything and laid this trap for the team. Bright asks if it's true that Earth is under attack and Fairy confirms that with the power of the CUBE, it's possible to move the Guardisword headquarter and Bright note that they've been tricked into coming here. Reginia says that the entire area is going to be blanketed with high pressure gas that will soon turn everything in the area into ashes once it explodes. Hayato see that Guardisword plans to sacrifice their fortress to take down the team. Bowie says that they have to get out of here but Reginia isn't having that as she deploys more troops from Fortress Isbelga and activates an Interdimensional gate to get out of there. As she leaves, she shout for them to be honored that Lord Helrukka valued their fighting prowess so highly that he is willing to sacrifice all firepower here and Fortress Isbelga to get rid of them, now the question is will they die by being overwhelmed by the automated forces or the big boom from the gas. Tsutomu note that there are too many enemies deploying, far faster than them to get rid of, they'll be overwhelmed within a short period of time. Hatsuki says that they need some time and breathing space to create an interdimensional gate of their own to escape. Daba note that this fighting isn't getting them anywhere but Shiro tells everyone that Hatsuki and the others are probably coming up with something so they have to hold on and protect the ship. Diego note that everyone's mind is in turmoil, this is going to make it even harder for them to fight efficiently and survive. Shutekken note that there's nothing else they can do but fight and survive. Diego says that he has a plan and it involves using the spare Baxinger that they have. The Ginga Reppu then retreats back into the WB and Diego then pilots out the spare Baxinger. Diego tells 3J that if anything happens to him then he wants 3J to give this video message to Shutekken. Diego tells everyone that he's going into the core of the fortress, he has an idea and for everyone to protect him while he reaches the core. Diego tells everyone to trust him and everyone reluctantly agrees. Once he reaches the core, Diego tells everyone to get clear of the fortress and go back to Earth because he's going to take out the fortress by destroying it from the core. Kento shouted that if that's the case, if everyone combined their firepower, it might work better than Diego going it alone but Diego says that there's no time, if everyone dies here, who will be left to protect the peace of the universe. Enemies force then focus on Diego's Baxinger just as he predicted since their first priority is to protect Fortress Isbelga from falling, they will concentrate on him who is the closest to the core and disregard the others for a while. Diego shout for Shutekken to take care of the rest. The team can only watch as Diego begins his last stand and Hatsuki activates the interdimensional gate.Diego shouted as his Baxinger is destroyed that he may die but the spirits of Retsu that he created with the Ginga Reppu will never fade. Shutekken makes an oath to Diego that they will continue his dreams and vision. He tells everyone to not be saddened by Diego's sacrifices he has left them the future. The WB team then heads for Earth. Enroute, Shutekken shows the sadden Ginga Reppu, Diego's final video message. Diego's face then shows up telling the team that if they're watching this, he's already dead but he didn't went off to die for nothing but to preserve the spirits of Retsu that he and Shutekken created. He wishes for Shutekken to carry on his work and for the others to support Shutekken. This makes the Ginga Reppu resolve to carry on. Prince Mito wonders if the GingaReppu will be ok but Aizak says that the spirits of Diego will live on in them. Kakus also says that he has given them courage and they must now head back... to the final battle ground... to Earth. Akimi asks if Sally is ok now and Sally says that she's ok but Jeeg tells her to rest up since they'll need her for their next battle. Outside, Jeeg thanks Akimi for the help she's given them and Akimi says that they're friends. Akimi then invites Jeeg to come live with her after the fighting is over, her dad owns a lot of land and he and Sally can get a separate house to live in if they want. Jeeg says that he hasn't exactly thought about the things to do after the battle is over and Akimi chides him for being too focused on the battle and Jeeg shouts back that she's thinking way too far into the future without concentrating on the present. Back on Earth, at the Federation Base in Tokyo, Commander Igol is told of the invasion by the mysterious base that's attacking the Earth. Bushida wonders what happened in outer space and Chief Ashitatsu note that with their current firepower, they can't protect against the invasion at all. Commander Igol says that they'll have to do what they can for now but he hopes the WB team gets back soon since only they can handle this crisis. Meanwhile, Emperor Waruda prepares for their final attack on Earth and he gives Belzebu's machine, the Jyakku Satan, a power up, telling him that this is his last chance, there's no retreat anymore. Episode 58 Helrukka gives a speech to the people of Guardissword saying that the days of their former glory are almost near, for years they had to live in terror inside their own base in that dimension but it's allowed them to create the Replica Army which they can now use to dominate and conquer. They will soon gain a new home. Reginia comes in saying that they have taken over many areas that contained materials and production facility which they can use to mass produce more forces. Suddenly the alarm sounds showing that someone has come through an interdimensional gate which can only mean the WB team. Reginia is shocked to see that the team made it out and apologizes for not doing the job but Helrukka say that it's ok since he didn't think that that would stop the team Helrukka note that their sacrifice with the fortress only bought them some times. From the look of things, it looks like they're headed straight for Earth to take on the more immediate threat which is the Jyakku Empire which means they'll have time to fortify their base and produce their forces. Bright asks General Igol for an update and learns of the invasion from the Guardisword and the Jyakku Empire, General Igol tells Bright to deal with the current problem first and to head for Japan to take out the Jyakku Empire. General Bushida is busy evacuating the people of the Raijinoh town, he note that this is all they can do for now. Approaching their town, Jin see a strange aura permeating it, it's cut off communication with General Bushida in the town. Tsutomu note that the aura is Jyakku power but they don't know the purpose of it unless they're inside so the WB team decides to do a forced entry into the town and notes that the aura permeating the area is depleting their machine's energy faster than usual. If the battle keeps up for long, they'll be out of power. Jin shouts for Asuka and Kooji to follow him as they are the first to deploy, after all, this is THEIR town and they'll protect it. The RaijinOh forms and Jin tells Maria to deploy the BakuryuOh and they'll follow up and form the God Raijin Oh but Maria tells Jin that they don't know what the enemy has in plan right now, the Jyakku Satan isn't even here so it's best that they keep the Bakuryu Oh and the God Raijin Oh formation in check for now until the enemy shows their hand. Jin note that's not a bad idea and Gou and the other deploys to back Jin up. General Bushida then contacts Bright and says that their troops are doing all they can to protect the evacuated civilians but the Jyakku beast are stronger than usual so be careful. Jin says to leave it to them, this is THEIR town and they'll protect it. Asuka and Kooji agree and shout "Let's go protect OUR town." Maria asks if Tsutomu knows what the enemy is planning and Tsutomu wonder if they plan to plunge this town into their dimension Belzeb arrives in the Jyakku Satan and Maria says it's time for the Bakuryu Oh and Jin shout for the Chou Muteki Gattai to form God RaijinOh. God RaijinOh clashes with the Jyakku Satan only to find it much stronger than before. The team manages to defeat the Jyakku Satan but it regenerates. Belzeb shout that as long as this area is permeated with Jyakku Aura, he won't lose. Jin shout that he won't run and attacks again but Belzeb sends him flying. Maria tells Jin to run but Jin says that if they do, their town is done for. Belzeb tells Jin and the others to surrender and they will ask Emperor Waruza to spare their lives. Jin shouted back "Don't be counting your chickens before they hatch, we still haven't lost yet!!" Belzeb then says that if they do not surrender, they can die. The kids in the EDC wonders what they can do since the Jyakku Satan just regenerate no matter how many time they defeat it. Maria and the others then note that the Jyakku Aura in this area may be the key, if they can do something about it, find out where it's coming from and stop it, they may have a way to win. Tsutomu says that he's working on it and for the RaijinOh and the others to stall for time. However some of Guardisword's replica army also arrives to make trouble for the team. Tsutomu says that he's got it, the Jyakku aura is coming from that crater nearby, it's deep underground. Kaine wonders how they can attack something underground and Gou says that it's showtime for Shou and the Shin Getter 2. Shin Getter 2 drills down into the ground and destroys the Jyakku seed spreading the Jyakku Aura which stunned Belzeb that they have a mech that can go underground. Tsutomu says that without the Jyakku Aura, they're on an even footing and Jin says it's time to strike back. "Eat this, Jyakku Satan, Hyper Thunder Crash!!" The Jyakku Satan is defeated but Tsutomu says that there is a rise in Jyakku Power. Emperor Waruza then appears out of the crater and announces himself as the team's opponent. Kooji is scared saying that they threw everything they had at the Jyakku Satan so they're not in a shape to take on Waruza. Jin bolsters him up saying that they've come this far, they're not quitting now. The team attack enforces but Waruza seems to be able to shake it off as child's play. Jin can't believe that there's not even a scratch but Tsutomu says that Waruza is definitely hurt but he's regenerating continuously. Waruza says that he'll spread the Jyakku Power over this land that is full of hatred of people against others after defeating the team Belzeb and the Jyakku Satan then appears and says that these are their prey, they should be the one to kill them but Waruza has had enough of his loser underlings and decide to kill them off for daring to tell him what to do. Hayato is surprised at the split and Dr.Arl says that Waruza is like Dolmen who does not tolerate the underlings' failure. Belzeb is dismayed at the turn of events and wonder what he has been fighting for all this time. Jin then attacks Waruza distracting him and tells the Jyakku Satan to retreat. This angers Waruza who says that RaijinOh will be the first to die. The Jyakku Satan retreats. Shinobu note that like Muge, Waruza is stubbornly insanely tough and Tsutomu note that the only way to win is to stop him from regenerating with his Jyakku power, in order to do that, they need to hit him in his most weakened state with an anti-thesis power to it which is RaijinOh's Raijinpower raised to the max. In other words, let RaijinOh deal the finishing blow. Waruza is then hit by a concentrated blow by the team again hurting him but he says that as long as he has even a little Jyakku power, he can regenerate, however Belzeb then returns and fires a shot at Waruza making him lose concentration. Jin then hits him with God RaijinOh's full powered Hyper Thunder Crash. Waruza dies shouting that if only the Jyakku Satan hadn't interfered, then he would have still won. Jin says that they did it and Tsutomu says that the Jyakku power is gone and all Jyakku beasts on a rampage elsewhere have become inoperational. Jin says that they should call it a day and go home/back to base to celebrate but Belzeb says that celebration are premature, not until after they defeated him should they think they've won. Kooji says that Waruza is gone, there's no need to fight anymore. Daita tells Belzeb that he doesn't want to fight these guys anymore either and Belzeb drops him off from the Jyakku Satan saying that Daita must live on in this 3rd dimension. He offers Falseb the same choice but she declines saying that they were always a part of each other. The Jyakku Satan clash with the God Raijin Oh and Jin says that this is pointless with Kooji agreeing saying that the battle's been won already, there's no need to keep on fighting. However Belzeb would not accept the fact that his side has lost, he doesn't believe that there is someone here in this paltry 3rd dimension more capable and talented than someone from the 5th dimension like him. The God Raijin Oh then struck the Jyakku Satan down but does not finish it off. Shiro note that it's still operational but Amuro says to leave it to the kids. The GodRaijinOh then picks up the fallen Jyakku Satan over it's shoulder saying that Belzeb can learn to make up and live with them here on Earth as Belzeb says that Jin and the others have good friends, they have the power of the heart, something the people of the 5th dimension do not have. Belzeb then announce to the children of Earth that the Jyakku Powers are from the darkest of the human heart but it can be defeated through their courage and willpower. He note that this place is not a place they should have come to and announce that they will return to the 5th dimension. The Jyakku Satan disappear along with Belzeb, Falseb and Daita and Asuka note that he's glad that they worked it out in the end. Kooji says that the battle against the 5th dimension is over and Jin says that they should go home. Bright is informed that the Guardisword replica army has retreated and note that they have to hit back soon against the main base, since there's no use in fighting off the Replica army one after another. After resupply, repair and information, they're moving out. Quattro note that it will be their final battle. Akimi visited her dad and Fairy takes the time to do heavy maintenance on the Soul Lancer. Jinpui note that the engines have been wornedo ut thanks to being used a lot more than he expected and Fairy says that Ms. Akimi has been doing her hardest to keep both of them alive. Jinpui is glad that he could do repair and return it to tip top condition before the final battle. Akimi then meets Jeeg and reminds him that this is the park where they first met and then looks on sadly as she says that this is the last BIG one. Jeeg then consoles her saying that it may be big but it's ok, they can come back here afterward and see this park again, it's not like they're rushing into Custer's last stand as Custer or anything. Akimi then smiles and agree with Jeeg also agreeing trying to make his best faked smile natural. Meanwhile Reginia had informed Helrukka of the Jyakku Empire's defeat and Helrukka says that he predicted that, the power of the heart is both humanity's strong points and their weak points but without it, the Jyakku Empire could not win against a race that has it. Even their replica army amounts to nothing without a human commander. Helrukka then divert the topic saying that the WB team will soon be here so it's time to make preparation for the final battle and since it's final, let's make it worthy of one. Episode 58A The WB team's ship and mechas are undergoing repair and waiting for information and supplies. They are also waiting for other parts of the Federation to amount their forces to help support them in their final assault. Bright learn that Guardisword are sending in replica army to attack all over the world. The Federation forces are struggling to hang on. Eiji note that if the Federation force are overwhelmed before they can start their counterattack, then it'll be all for naught This makes David want to go out and attack already but Bright says that they'll have to make sure that the Federation can hold the line for now while they are getting ready. This will mean deploying and dealing with some of the Replica army themselves in order to make sure that the Federation force are still standing by the time they launch their counter attack. Aizak note that they can't do that forever since the pace of the attack will intensify since Guardisword's base are mobile and they are heading closer to Earth's atmosphere. Quattro agrees but reiterate that until they are all ready to launch the counterattack, they will have to deploy and hold off the enemy's assault and lessen the damage to cities and Fed bases for the time being. The team is then informed of an attack and goes off to deal with it. Episode Final Maria and the rest of the EDF class are perplexed at why Jin, Asuka and Kooji are asking them to remain behind on Earth. Jin and the other two say that the risk is too great so it's best that everyone remain on Earth and help out via long distance contact. Tsutomu says that it's too risky since there might be interruption in the communication and they cannot assess the situation and provide help accurately if they are not there with the team. Maria and the rest of the EDF class agrees that if they chicken out in the end then they're not worthy of calling themselves the Earth Defense Class. Jin and the other two then thanks Maria and their classmates' commitment. The two teachers note that their students just got back and now they have to leave again but decide to reassure themselves by saying that it's close by this time and before long, they'll be back for good. At the Photonic Lab, Dr. Yumi and Professor Saotome note that once again, they have to leave things in their hand and all they can do is send them off. Dr. Yumi says that even so, he still believes in them, they'll be back with victory. The White Base and Gandol is in orbit and reports are coming in that the Guardisword base is picking up pace and heading their way. Bright orders all pilots to battle station to prepare to launch. Camille heads for the dock and Faa asks him that once this is over, can they go back to life like before with going to school and studying. Camille says that it wouldn't be like before, he's found something that he wants to do after the final battle but until they win it, it's useless to talk about it. Judo asks Mondo if the ZZ is ready and Mondo says that he's got it up running. Judo tells Riina not to worry since he'll be back in a jiffy as Elle tells Judo that it's their turn to launch. Emma asks Chris in the mess hall if Chris is serious about quitting the military after this battle. Chris says that she wants this battle to be her last. Emma says that it's such a waste since Chris graduates with honors from military school. Chris says that without a reason to fight, she doesn't want to remain in the military. Chris asks about Emma and Emma says that she's staying since there's no guarantee that the Federation wouldn't become corrupt and Chris says to give her a ring if things get bad. Bernie then enters and Emma says that she'll be waiting at the dock. Bernie then asks Chris what she plans to do after the battle and Chris says that she think she'll return to the colony and she haven't thought anything afterward out yet. Bernie says that he promised Al that he'd go back and he'll look for a job there and if Chris would....(you know) Chris says that she'll consider it and tell him that it's time to go. Kento note that it's time for the final battle and he and Danji begins to walk out of their room. Sanae and the others tell him not to do anything rash and come back to them. Kento smiles and says "Roger that" Reginia tells Helrukka that the WB team has arrive and she will do everything in her power to destroy them. Helrukka says that it's time to greet them and let's make this the final battle a worthwhile one. Launching in the SoulLancer, Fairy note to herself "Worth, I have returned, returned to free Guardisword from Helrukka's grasp" Akimi shouted "Let's go Fairy -san" Behind her, Jeeg and Sally sortied with Jeeg swearing to himself "Helrukka, I'm coming for you,prepare to meet your maker" Sally is also intent on not letting Helrukka and Reginia getting away with this. Mito says that this battle is for the peace of the entire universe, they must not lose. Sukedo and Kakus agree saying "let us go, my lord" Mito then roars as the Daiohja forms"To ALL who preys on the weak and innocent, I shall mete out divine punishment!!" Shutekken reminds the Ginga Reppu that the concept of Retsu that they live by is embuing one's self with their sense of justice; Diego had shown them how to live by it. Laira then says that it's THEIR turn to shine THEIR Retsu and Shutekken adds that they will fight until their last shining their spirits of Retsu. They all roared "Ginga Reppu Baxinger, MAIRU!!" Blues says that this is the final gamble with Rock saying that he's been waiting for it, let's make it a big finale. Aizak tells his comrade that the time has come and they replied with their trademark thumbs up and shout "YEAH" "Cosmo Ranger J9, just call and we'll be there" Gou shout that they won't let this go as the Guardisword wants. Gai chimed in that they'll protect the peace of the universe with Shou ending it "With the power of the Shin Getter Robo" Frau give some words of encouragement to Amuro and Amuro reiterate to Frau that whatever the case, she can't give up, to die here is too sad. Frau thanks Amuro for also encouraging her and tells Amuro not to overdo it. Amuro nods "Amuro...Ikimasu" As the assault begins, Lieutenant Wakken comes in with an army of cannonfodder Gm and Dragoon. Wakken says that the rest of his forces are doing their best to detain the replica army in nearby areas so that the team can focus on taking down the main forces. The Federation troops note that the battle is going well with the WB team destroying replica Metal Armour and so on and charges in to the Guardisword command area in hope of finishing the job. Kai shouted for them to pull back, rushing in right that is no good and before he can even finish, Reginia appears and murder those troops. Reginia thanks the team for finishing off the other enemies faction but now they are in the gate of hell. Akimi gets annoyed and shouted "Sheesh, you make it sound like you had it all planned out, newsflash lady, you're on the rope." Chris, Amu, and Puru add that they're going to end this battle here, Reginia isn't getting away. Reginia says that she's not running since this is the team's grave and deploy MP Odai. Sally shouted that it's not going to stop them and Akimi rally everyone "Let's go, people" After beating the MP Odai and damaging Reginia's mech, Reginia decide to retreat back into the base and deploys more of the replica army and MP Odai saying that the team can deal with these things first. Shinobu note that these things are getting on his nerve. After trashing these enemies, Jeeg shouted that the Odais are scraps so it's high time Reginia comes out or do they have drag her out. Reginia redeploy saying that it's been ages since she found enemies that have made her blood boil like this and release the limiter on her machine. Jeeg tells everyone to be careful and Fairy adds in that by releasing the limiter, Reginia and her machine are going all out for the first time in their battle against her. Akimi is a bit shocked but Gou shouted "Well, that also means she's not running away anymore, HER back is against the wall, all we need to do is go in full steam and smash her through it." The team piles on Reginia and Shiro shout for Reginia to stop it, doesn't she care that her base is burning, let's end this peacefully and talk. Reginia ask how a simpleton like Shiro can still be alive, no thanks since she LOVES killing, nothing beats it. Shiro is shocked at Reginia's lust for blood and Reginia shouts "Come on, show me those bestial tendencies of yours, otherwise it's no fun." Reginia is defeated and she can't believe that even going all out, she lost to this bunch of so-called weaklings. Fairy says that it's because she doesn't have any friends at her side to back her up. Reginia says that in this world, there are only those who used people or those who gets used, nothing else exists. Reginia then apologize to Lord Helrukka for failing him and dies. Fairy note that Reginia was so enticed by the flames of battle, by bloodlust and by using other people that she won't allowed herself to be saved. Fairy has no idea what made Reginia this way but Jeeg says to stop thinking about that mad dog, the main event is coming. Helrukka's voice flooded the area saying that they did well to defeat Reginia, just as he planned for those that he raised. Akimi ask what's that supposed to mean and Helrukka says that he planned their ascent little by little into becoming a force that can take out the various other factions in the universe. Akimi and Kaine shout that he's cuckoo, all he actually did was attack them over and over, they built the bonds of friendship with each others themselves. Helrukka says that they are fools and now they will see his power, that of the Arounza, his ace in the hole to get rid of them now that they have served their purpose. A gigantic mech appears from the Guardisword base and Sally can't believe that a mech this huge was concealed from her during her time there. Kento and Jin says that the big boss has finally appeared, time to beat it to get the good ending. The team attacks with Akimi leading the charge. Akimi shouted "Let's finish this Helrukka" and Helrukka says that she must be Akimi, the earthing that is with Fairy. Let's see how well her machine uses the CUBE, don't disappoint him. This pisses off Akimi and she shouted that she'll show Helrukka her and Fairy's power. Fairy shouted that they will end his ambition. The Arounza and Soul Lancer clash and Akimi note that the Arounza is very powerful and Fairy confirms that it's also powered by the CUBE but she can't believe that Helrukka was able to draw out THIS much power and still be able to regulate it. Helrukka smirks and asks if Fairy is surprised and reveals "Actually...I started my research on the CUBE long before you did so of course I'd have better result. You see... I knew that I'd need to decipher a lot of information on the CUBE in order to control it which is why I directed the direction of your CUBE research from the shadows so that it wouldn't overlap with mine. By my prediction, if you'd continued to be in Guardisword, I reckon the Arounza would have been completed two years earlier." "Have that sunk in, you had always been dancing on my hand for quite a while now..." Fairy is shocked but Akimi shouted that it doesn't matter, don't be swayed by his words, what matters now is that they're being overpowerd by Helrukka and they need to focus in order to survive and beat him. Fairy says that's true and reassures Akimi that she's all right, they'll beat Helrukka together even if he has the technological advantage. The others then rush in to support Akimi Camille shouted that Helrukka is the source of all the strife and warfare in the universe, he can't be allowed to live and Helrukka says that Camille is a stupid boy, he will now learn the difference of power between them. Helrukka note that the D-Weapons aren't anything worthy and that pisses Kaine off. Tapp shout for Kaine to lead on, and Light agrees, they'll show Helrukka their power, the power of Dragonar. Kaine shouted that the old geezer can gloat for now, they'll see who laughs last. Eiji tells Rei to attack a lot to see the enemy's capability and Helrukka says "So YOU'RE the Grados half-blood Eiji Asuka. Julia Asuka's seal's activation helped out my plan a lot, I really do have to thank you for making it possible. Eiji shouted that Helrukka should stop counting his chickens before they hatch and he won't forgive Helrukka for manipulating peoples like this. "Let's finish this" Eiji shouted and Helrukka retorted "Fine, come then Eiji Asuka" Amuro dodged Helrukka's attack and Helrukka comment "You're quite a good pilot to be able to bring out performance beyond your mech's capability" and Amuro note that if this keeps up, he's done for but this is someone that has to be defeated. Daba note that Helrukka's mech is stronger than it looks and Helrukka smirks and says "What's wrong, Daba Myrod, your movement is lacking" Daba retorted that he won't let Helrukka bait him since this is going to be a battle of attrition and concentration. Mazinkaiser gets attacked and Helrukka comments that Mazinkaiser doesn't seem as tough as reputation has it. "Kabuto Kouji, don't make me disappointed" Kouji shouted "Blast it, Mazinkaiser, move, move. Mazinkaiser won't lose, it'll NEVER lose!!" Helrukka comment as Shin Getter Robo approaches it "So THIS is the Getter Robo that eradicated the Dinosaur Empire? It's not as good as rumours have it" Gou retorted "Is that SO? You old geezer, well the battle is just beginning" Helrukka replies that there seems to be more of a problem with the pilot than with the machine's capability. Gou growls "WHAT?" Shou then adds "Well it can't be helped if you think that's the case but you're forgetting one thing, Getter Robo is operated by the Getter team" Gai adds in "That's right, our leader's intelligence may be on par with a mountain monkey but if we three are together, we're the strongest" Gou grumble "Why you two little #@()*" Shou concluded "Helrukka, if you think you can beat us, go ahead and try but it wouldn't be easy" After clashing with Dancougar, Helrukka comments "Not bad, now THIS is a worthy test for Arounza"Shinobu grumbles "What a frustrating old geezer" and Sarah tells Shinobu to slap his wrinkly butt to which Shinobu agrees. Helrukka says that they can attack all they want, it wouldn't change the result but he wouldn't mind exercising with them just a little longer. Watta note that this one is hard to crack and his employees offers advice and tells him to be careful, if there's a problem come back and they'll provide all the support they can and Watta says that he's counting on them as he tackles Helrukka. Helrukka note that the team isn't doing too badly but enough of the warm- ups, if they don't get more serious, he won't be able to test the Arounza's power, even though the results will be the same with his victory, it wouldn't hurt for them to give it their all. Shinobu grumbles and shouts "You old geezer @*&!, I'll SHOW YOU!!" and the team attacks again. Quattro and Shiro say that the Arounsa has taken substantial damage; just one more strong valley of attacks should take it out. This is where they've got to give it everything they've got. Helrukka acts as if he was expecting it and plays his next card, telling the Guardisword base to accelerate full power. Kaine and the others then note that the fortress base is headed straight for Earth. Jeeg asks what Helrukka is planning, is he going to use this fort as a weapon ala a colony drop? Light says that from the looks of it, there's no way to decelerate it. Helrukka says that the Earth will be awashed in flames so what's THEIR next move. Suddenly something appears from the fortress and Shiro M. wonders if it's some sort of new weapons but Fairy says that it's an escape shuttle so the one on there are probably the entirety of the Guardisword civilians so please don't attack them. However the pods are attacked by the automated weapons on the fortress base which shocks everyone. Dr. Plato says that the fortress's automated system doesn't recognize the pods as allies and Dr. Arl wonders if Helrukka is using the civilians as hostages to throw the team's movement and formation into chaos. Maria shouts that they can't let those people die and Bright says that the White Base will move to recover those in the shuttle. Kai says that's impossible but Sayla tells him to stop whining and start recovering. Sleggar says let's go and the White Base and some of the WB team moves to protect the pod. Helrukka smirk saying that he knows how the team's hearts think, they're fools for wasting precious energy and chances in order to save the innocents and they will suffer for it The WB has start recovering the shuttle but is attacked by barrage of missiles. Bright is told that the ship's integrity is down and the engines are being destroyed one by one. Bright tells everyone that the WB will stay and recover the people in the shuttle but Quattro note that the WB contains their supplies and a lot of their friends so they'll have to divert some forces to protect it. Lecee note that this is Helrukka's underhanded ways of cutting their forces. Helrukka gleefully laugh and says that the team can't run now, not without abandoning their friends and the innocents. MP Odai appears and Light says that those things are from the other areas that the Federation forces were fighting, it seems they've been defeated and are either dead or had to pull out. The longer this keeps up, the more enemies will come from other area. The team members that remains to face the Arounza attacks it again and Akimi wonders if their attack did the job but Helrukka says that the power of the CUBE is infinite and he will rule the universe with this and begins to regenerates the damages done. Helrukka then activates some more underlings to attack the team and some more Odai appears with Light noting that the Federation forces stalling them must have either pulled out from being too damaged or they were decimated by the Odai. Linda announces that they've pass over the limit of stopping the decerelation of the fortress, they can't stop it anymore. Bright note that this means the Earth is done for even if they win. Bright tells everyone to retreat, there's no more use in them being here. They've lost the battle. However Fairy says that there's a way, if they can destroy the Arounza's CUBE, it will send out an impact that can demolish the base and what's left will be too small and burn up during re-entry. Quattro asks if something like that is possible and Fairy says that it is but they have to destroy it before the Arounza fully regenerates, she has an inkling where this CUBE core is on the Arounza, if they destroy it, it'll also destroy the Arounza as well. Judo says that it's two birds with one stone but Fairy says that the final blow to destroy the CUBE has to be pretty powerful or it'll regenerate itself. Akimi note that this means they have to use final attacks and such. Blues note that it's a dangerous gambit but he's in. Winner takes all and it's time to cash in all his chips. Gou shouts that he's burning up inside to do it and Kouji shout that they won't run, they will fight and win. Watta says that if that's the case, the one dealing the final attack will be his Trider G7 and the Trider Bird Attack to which Jin shouted "As if... the final blow will be dealt by the absolutely matchless, RaijinOh. Maria tells the two boys to stop showing off, this is the fate of the Earth they're talking about here. Helrukka shouted for the team to despair, this will be a holy battle for the pages of the history of the universe and he will show the entire universe the fearsome power of Arounza. Akimi shouted "Go ahead and gloat, but there's no way we'll let you do any of that" Helrukka deploys more troops and the WB is attacked more, The Gandol then moves in to cover for the WB and repels the attack. Hatsuki then says that the Gandol will take the civilians and the WB crew and Bright orders everyone to evacuate the WB. As the Gandol moves away with the WB crew in tow, the WB is again engulfed in enemy fire and begins to break down. Everyone is sad that their home for this one year along with their memory is going down but Bright says that it's the final phase of the battle and for everyone to concentrate. They need to win. Helrukka shout that they cannot run, all they can do is come to him to die. Mito shouted that they will come all right, but not to die but to provide divine punishment against Helrukka. Fairy tells Akimi to prepare to attack once more while keeping their distance and Helrukka then tells Fairy "Oh... one more thing that you should know... I was the one who made the CUBE unstable back during the attack by the Intergalactic Alliance on our home planet; it netted me a lot of information on the CUBE" Fairy, Jeeg and Sally can't believe it, Sally says that it can't be.... Wasn't the reason their planet explode because of the attack of the Intergalactic Alliance force making the CUBE unstable? Akimi shouted angrily "You... you sacrificed your own planet and murdered your own people and lied about it to rule over them, you Bastard" Helrukka smirks and says "Yes, but without doing that , there won't be today where I'll be the emperor of the universe, that little planet can go boom with those worthless peoples for all I care" Jeeg and Sally are livid "It really WAS your doing " Jeeg shouted and Sally says that she won't forgive Helrukka for what he did to their planet, to their people. The team then attacks and the final blow is a huge gigantic one. Arounza is finally defeated and Helrukka can't believe that he is defeated, he will not accept this result, but whether he accepts it or not, the Arounza's CUBE begins to go berserk. Fairy says that the CUBE is going to explode and for everyone to get clear. There is a huge explosion and aboard the Gandol, Linda says that the Guardisword's base have been largely vaporized as theorized and the small pieces that escaped are either burning up in the atmosphere or being vaporized bythe anti-meteorite system near the Earth's atmosphere. Tsutomu and the rest of the EDF shouted that they did it, they saved the Earth. Prof. Hatsuki says that celebration is premature because they have to find the others since they might not have escaped the explosion safely. Maria hope that they didn't get caught up in the explosion but Jin's voice suddenly comes in saying that this is the RaijinOh, they're ok but that was a close one. Elsewhere, Akimi and Fairy are adrifted in space. Akimi ask if they won and Fairy says that they won. Their sensors are dead but they're still in one piece, all they have to do is find the others. Suddenly Jeeg and Sally's voice comes in asking if Akimi's ok. Everyone else is ok and they've been picked up by the Gandol. Jeeg shouted "Come on back, will ya" and Akimi grumble that Jeeg has no delicacy as usual which makes Sally laugh and Jeeg says a bit embarrass "I don't care, just come on back" Akimi tells Jeeg "When I heard your voice, I knew I could relax because things are all right" Epilogue... It is the year UC 0080, The White Base team that assaulted the Guardisword fortress base emerges victorious, All enemy faction that have attacked the Earth have stop or are destroyed. Finally the war that had involved other planets has come to an end. A couple of days afterward... The Gandol is headed towards the Grados seal to rendezvous with Julia in using the power of the CUBE to open the seal and send some of their friends back into outerspace. Dr. Plato thanks them for coming to help Earth in the time of need and this is goodbye. Hayato says that they have been through many life and death situations together, no matter the distances in the universe, their ties will never fade. Mito says that is true, no matter how far apart they are, they will always be friend. Daba note that Earth is a beautiful planet, if possible, he'd like to return one more time in his lifetime to see it again. Kid says that they didn't really get to show the beauty of Earth that much but Shutekken says that they have pressing matters back on their side of the universe to attend to. Julia says that in them all, she see the light of hope and when peace has truly arrive, the seal on the Earth's solar system will reopen naturally. Fairy and Akimi uses the CUBE's power to open the seal temporarily and Gascon says that he'll be the first to test it out, he doesn't mind where they send him, not knowing makes it more fun. Kento note that's so like Gascon and Gascon promise to return to Kento's side with a billion soliders should the need arise. They both laugh and Dr. Arl note that it was a very long journey and Mito hope that the universe will be full of peace from now on. Daba then asks Mito what he plans to do after he returns to Edon. Mito says that he plans to return to travelling the province of Edon incognito to help those who suffered during the war. When asked about his ascension to the throne, Mito says that his father is still capable and there's also Ego to help out with reforms. He wants to learn more to create an empire that is filled with peace and happiness. Sukedo, Shinbou (girl) and Kakus pledge to follow Mito wherever his travels take him. Daba then asks if Kento will revive the Kingdom of Elios to which Dr. Arl says but of course. Kento says that he never promised such a thing to Dr. Arl's dismay. Dr. Arl then says "But you say you'd consider..." "Yeah, and I thought about it a lot and I came to the conclusion that I don't have the making of a king" Kento replied. Daba note that's true, the time may be coming where the Empires in the universe aren't rule by one above all and Mito agrees saying that is true, the universe belongs to everyone, he wants to create a world where there is no segregation. Kento then says to Dr. Arl "Just because I'm not going to be king, doesn't mean that I'm not going to help with the recreation of Elios" Danji note that they'll have to start with Elios and go from there and the kids and Sanae asks to be a part of it. Dr. Arl then thanks everyone for their help. Daba note that for a new country, the important thing isn't power but the cooperation of it's people who have the bravery to forge ahead to tomorrow. Kento apologize to Dr. Arl and says that because they've changed direction a bit doesn't mean that everything he did was all for naught. Dr. Arl then says that if it's for the advancement of the universe, he will no longer complain about it, he will work for the remaining people of Elios scattered throughout the universe. Mito says that the three of them must work hard for the people in the universe and Daba agrees that that is the best way to honour the old Elios, Pentagona and Edon trinity. Kyao then asks if Daba isn't returning to live his life out in Guam. Daba says that he wants Olivy to live in peace and Amu then asks what about the restoration to Pentagona. Daba then says that it may take a while but he will definitely return. Lecce then says that in the meantime, they'll take care of things for Daba and ropes Amu into it. Amu asks if Kyao isn't coming with them or Daba but Kyao says that he plans to go with Lilith to find Lilith's Milari race with her. The Ginga Reppu and Ginga Shippu then comes and bid farewell to Prince Mito and Kento tells everyone that they'll have to do their best to make the universe a peaceful one and he tells Akimi that once outer space is revived, they'll come back to Earth, so take good care of it. Akimi promises and soon all the people from outer space have left. Bowie note that the other J9 teams have left and Kid asks Aizak what's next for them and Aizak says that before all this trouble started, he had heard that there were a group of people wanting to explore the outer space frontier around Pluto and set up colonies there for the advancement of the human race. Kid and the others say that sounds like fun and Aizak note that it's decided then. Kid then bids Abayo to the team. Jeeg learn that the J9 team has left and Sally asks about their next course of action and Jeeg says they're staying on Earth to look over the rest of the Guardisword people who are refugees to this world.Fairy says that she'll help so that they can be integrated into Earth's culture so that they can live peacefully on Earth. Akimi says that she'll help too and Jeeg says "Welcome aboard" Several weeks afterward... Boss is riding his bike down the field noting the splendor of peace and nature as he rides...into a ditch and falls face first into the mud bank. Kouji rides by and tell Boss that they're told to head back to the Lab, there's a big announcement. Dr. Yumi announce that the Photonic Lab that they are soon to join a new galactic organization that will deal with reconstruction and enforcing the peace within this solar system.(Think Londo Bell but with a wider scope) General Igol created it to help deal with insurgent that are left by the war and perhaps to get them to stop. The force will be autonomous but will be made up largely of Federation force and independent force or in other word what's left of the WB Team. Tetsuya doesn't care much under what names they're called but he will walk down his path of justice with or without them. Kouji says that as long as the Mazinger army exists, all evildoers can just give up. At the Dancougar base, General Igor is briefing the Dancougar team on their new status and mission. For now they will be helping with helping Earth recover. Alan will be in charge of recovery in many areas so they'll be working under him there. Shinobu is game and so is Sara who says that it beats having nothing to do but sit around. Elsewhere, Shiro informs the rest of the 08th MS team that the 08th Ms Team has been assigned to protect the peace in the shadows. Karen asks if that means they're leaving the umbrella of the Federation. Shiro says that it's true (They're joining the new team) and for now they'll be using their MS to do some jobs. Aina points out that the job is to clear out trouble in some spots and make way for reconciliation between the Feds and the remnants of Zeon/ Giganos people. They have to work to clear the image of the Feds as oppressor who won the war. Shiro says that this job will take a long time so they're free to resign if they want. Miguel says that they can't leave it all up to Shiro, can they and Eledoa note that his music career will have to wait yet again. Karen and Santos are also in and Kiki then arrive saying that she heard what Shiro is going to do through the grapevine and she wants in also. At the Saotome lab, Gou is bored of all the training days in and out with Professor Saotome and Hayato looking on. Hayato wants to use the power of Shin Getter for humanity's future though Prof. Saotome is wary of it and thinks that technically Shin Getter should be sealed since it is too powerful and unneeded in peace time. Gou comes in asking if Prof. Saotome can make the Shin Getter even stronger and Gai asks what for since there's nothing to deploy Shin Getter against and that's the way it should be. Ryouma says that there may be nothing to use Shin Getter against but if Gou is looking for a fight, he can always join Ryouma in going to beat up bad guys like crooks and evil yakuzas and all that. Gou is game but then wonders what that Texas idiot is doing these days in time of peace. Jack and Mary calls in saying that they are patrolling all of America (ALL of it) but if there's trouble, Eiji and the rest are on call to help. In the United States, the Cosmic Culture Club has a long awaited reunion. Roan's pragmatic behavior and always looking for the bad side gets on David's nerve and he asks why does Roan have to be a spoilsports all the time, can't they have fun for just one day without him ruining the mood? Roan apologizes but Elizabeth says that Roan's behavior can't be helped since he had to be on alert all the time when he was infiltrating the Grados. Eiji tells Roan and David that they are friends that will work together for peace and Anna adds in that Roan no longer has to keep his grief and worry to himself anymore, he's no longer alone. Roan takes this in and thanks everyone. Later on, Eiji apologizes to Anna that he cannot step down from the Layzner to live a normal life like Anna wants but Anna says that she is fine with that , she wants to follow Eiji no matter where his life leads. At a Federation Base, the Dragonar team is beginning their new job at the base. Kaine thanks Dr. Plato for pulling strings for them in order to be with the Dragonar on the base and Tapp note that their new jobs at the base mean that he'll have a lot of time to spend at the hamburger stall. Kaine asks where Maiyo and the Practice are and Dr. Plato says that they are headed back to space on the next shuttle taking off from this base. Light says that there's still time to talk to them and Kaine takes Linda with him to go see Maiyo. Meeting up with Maiyo, Maiyo reconfirms that he is headed to space to the asteroid belt. Kaine says that he thought Maiyo would join them here to work at this base but Maiyo says that he wants to reconfirm his believe some place far away from Earth and asks for Linda to let him do as he wish for now. The Practice says that they're going with him so there's nothing to worry about (got that backward don't you?) Maiyo thanks Kaine for protecting his sister and tells him to take care of Linda from now on. Kaine asks that Maiyo promise that he would return and Maiyo says that when the time is right, he will return. Elsewhere at another Federation base, Emma tells Camille that he and Four will be her subordinate for the time they are stationed on this base and go on to explain their current mission in clearing out leftover weapon stores at a destroyed base before insurgent can get their hands on it to add to their arsenal. Outside the building, Faa is waiting for Camille when she runs into Four who talks to her and reassure Faa that she isn't going to take Camille from her since the only place Camille can return to is a place that Faa is waiting for him. Faa later meets Camille who says that he think that it's good that Faa quit being a pilot to take this support job at the base, he feels good that she is waiting for his return at the base. Out in space at Lunatz, Lt. Reed and Wakken talks about the new galactic organization that is going to be formed and Wakken says that he believes that the young people can handle it. Elsewhere at Lunatz, Sleggar says that the one in charge of them in this galactic organization is none other than Bright but he's at the moon seeing their new mothership so he'll be taking charge of them until Bright gets back. Amuro says that Judo is also on the moon and Sleggar says that he and Quattro are heading for Jupiter from there. Ryu asks if Amuro wasn't invited by Quattro to join them and Hayato ask if Amuro refuse the invitation. Amuro says that he think that there's a lot to be done on Earth, beside he's got Lalah with him. Amuro then turns the conversation to Kai leaving the army and Kai says that he plans to become a reporter since he seems to find that he's good at it. Sayla then asks if that questionnaire after the war was Kai's test run for the job. Sleggar then says that they'll celebrate Kai start in his new career, it's his treat. As the others walked away, Amuro asks Sayla if she's sure that it's ok that she isn't going with Lt. Quattro, after all, isn't he her brother? Sayla then ask how Amuro knew and Amuro says that it was intuition (being a Newtype and all) Sayla says that all she can do right now is send him off, their path are different, Amuro felt the same so he decide to stay behind right? Amuro nods and Sayla says that there's a lot of things for them to do and Amuro says that they should try their best together. At the Moon, Quattro asks "So THIS is Agama?" "It looks like a good ship." Bright asks Mirai to go ahead and check the system on the ship while he sends Quattro and Judo off. Quattro says that it's time for him to leave but he's glad that he was able to see this ship before he takes off. Bright tells Judo that he's counting on him to work hard on Jupiter. Elle tells Rou to take care of Judo but Puru says that's HER job. Judo says that he'll do his best. As Lalah tells Quattro and Judo that it's time, Riina bid her big bro farewell and Judo says that they'll meet again. As the shuttle leaves the Moon, Judo thinks to Amuro, Camille and himself that he will always believe in their belief that people's heart can be one. At Side 6, Al is in shock to see Bernie alive and Bernie says that he's back as he promised and Chris apologize for not contacting him sooner. Bernie tells a sobbing Al not to cry, they'll be together from now on. Back on Earth, at the RaijinOh school, Watta and his General Company, the Earth Defense Class, Akimi and the people of Saishou Industry and Jeeg and Sally are gathered to hear General Bushida and the other in the Federation outline the new galactic organization and how they can help. There's lots of reconstruction project for them to help in. The EDF agrees to Suiun tells Akimi to join up with Watta and the EDF agreeing to help, especially Watta since his company needed the money. Akimi grumbles that she's still a highschool student but is told that as before, she can study and work on these projects on her free time from school. Akimi says that isn't heartwarming to hear at all. Fairy also outline the fact that there are still remnants of many alien race that invaded and are still in hiding such as the Grados, Zarl, they'll have to find them and convince them to end their hostility towards Earth and live with them in peace like with the Guardisword. She'd like Jeeg and Sally along with Akimi and her to form the core of the team that would seek them out and negotiate with them. Jeeg then tells Akimi that he's heard enough of her fussing and whining but Akimi tells him to lighten up, every team needs a mood maker and she was playing one. Jeeg still doesn't get it but Sally says that Akimi isn't actually playacting since it's how she naturally is. Akimi grudgingly accepts that Sally has adapted too well to Earth humour and is now a master. General Bushida then says that the J9 is taking care of work in the outer space hemisphere and is making good progress.Maria and Jin sees that as a challenge and so does Watta who says that they brought peace to the Earth and now they'll rebuild it. Asuka note that that's right, it's THEIR future, they have to grasp it for this as Akimi ends it, is THEIR Earth. Later on, back at the park in front of Saishou Industry, Jeeg tells Akimi that the people of the WB team may have gone their separate path but they are all working together for the same cause. He says that if he never met her here, then all this couldn't have happened for him and the people of Guardisword. Akimi smiles mischieviously and then says "Well, compliments still wouldn't get you anywhere with me, big boy" Jeeg retorted that he was being serious and he's not done expressing his feelings yet. Akimi then smiles again and starts strolling off saying "Well, you'll have to catch up to me and tell me then."leaving a flustered and bewildered Jeeg behind for a moment before he runs off after her. ...And the warriors with their belief and their new path in life begin their walk to the future that they believe is full of hope. SRW GC THE END.